HAMMERUsersGuide PDF

HAMMER
USER S GUIDE
HYDRAULIC TRANSIENT MODELING SOFTWARE
Copyright 1986-2003 Haestad Methods, Inc. All rights reserved.

HAMMER Users Guide.
This documentation was prepared by the Haestad Methods and Environmental Hydraulics Group
staffs and it includes material from previous papers, theses, and reports. This documentation is
published by Haestad Methods, Inc. (Haestad), and is intended solely for use in conjunction with
Haestads software. This documentation is available to all current Licensees in print and electronic
format. No one may copy, photocopy, reproduce, translate, or convert to any electronic or
machine-readable form, in whole or in part, the printed documentation without the prior written
approval of Haestad. Licensee may download the electronic documentation from Haestads web
site and make that documentation available solely on licensees intranet. Licensee may print the
electronic documentation, in part or in whole, for personal use. No one may translate, alter, sell, or
make available the electronic documentation on the Internet, transfer the documentation by FTP, or
display any of the documentation on any web site without the prior written approval of Haestad.
Trademarks
The following are registered trademarks of Haestad Methods, Inc.:
CulvertMaster, Cybernet, Darwin, FlowMaster, Graphical HEC-1, Haestad Methods, PondPack,
PumpMaster, SewerCAD, StormCAD, WaterCAD, and WaterGEMS.
The following are trademarks of Haestad Methods, Inc.:
HEC-Pack, HAMMER, and GISConnect.
AutoCAD is a registered trademark of Autodesk, Inc. ESRI is a registered trademark of
Environmental Systems Research Institute, Inc. Microsoft, Windows, Visual Studio, Word, and
Excel, are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. All other brands, company or product
names, or trademarks belong to their respective holders.
HAMMER is based on technology originally created by Environmental Hydraulics Group, Inc.
http://www.ehg-inc.com
37 Brookside Road
Waterbury, CT 06708-1499 USA
Phone: +1-203-755-1666
Fax: +1-203-597-1488
E-mail: info@haestad.com
Internet: http://www.haestad.com
Contents
Chapter 1: Orientation and Installation
What is HAMMER? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

About EHG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Capabilities of HAMMER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Installing HAMMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Minimum System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Installing Haestad Methods Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Troubleshooting Setup or Uninstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Software Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Upgrades and the Globe Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Network Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Registering Network Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
Requesting a Permanent Network License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
Installation Guide for Network License Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
Network Deployment Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Learning HAMMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Frequently Asked QuestionsHow Do I?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Tutorials and Sample Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Haestad Methods Workshops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Contacting Haestad Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14
Engineering Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
Your Suggestions Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
Chapter 2: HAMMER Main Window
17
Main Window Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

Main Window: HAMMER Modeler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Output Windows: HAMMER Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
HAMMER Menus and Shortcut Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
File Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
Edit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
View Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
HAMMER User's Guide
Contents-i
Help Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Format Graph Shortcut Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Format Display Shortcut Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Using the Online Help, Online Book, and Help Pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Online Book (PDF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ONLINE HELP INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ONLINE HELP SEARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ONLINE HELP FAVORITES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ONLINE HELP TOPICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAVIGATION ARROWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-30
2-30
2-31
2-32
2-33
2-34
2-35
2-36
Hammer Dialog Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Project Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REPORT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REPORT TIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REPORT PATHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PREFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OTHER OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Run Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WaterCAD/WaterGEMS Import Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Import EPANET File Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Import Surge 2000 File Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SURGE TO HAMMER FIELD-TO-FIELD CONVERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
2-38
2-38
2-39
2-40
2-41
2-42
2-43
2-44
2-45
2-47
2-48
2-49
Bladder Surge Tank (Surge) to Gas Vessel (HAMMER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49

Closed Surge Tank (Surge) to Gas Vessel (HAMMER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
One-Way Open-Surge Tank (Surge) to Simple-Surge Tank (HAMMER) . . . . 2-52
Open-Surge Tank (Surge) to Simple Surge Tank (HAMMER) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Pressure Valve (Surge) to SAV/SRV (HAMMER). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Rupture Disk (Surge) to Rupture Disk (HAMMER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Single-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve (Surge) to Air Valve (HAMMER) . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Surge-Anticipation Valve (Surge) to SAV/SRV (HAMMER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Two-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve (Surge) to Air Valve (HAMMER) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Three-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve (Surge) to Air Valve (HAMMER). . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Search Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FlexUnits Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color Mapping Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color Map Settings Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choose Color Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Global HAMMER Options Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COLORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOOLTIPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILE I/O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OTHER OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HAMMER Viewer Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Animation Control Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Font Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-ii
2-62
2-63
2-63
2-65
2-66
2-67
2-67
2-69
2-69
2-70
2-71
2-72
2-73
2-74
HAMMER User's Guide
Copy Paths Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-74

HAMMER Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75
File Tools (Modeler Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75
Edit Tools (Modeler Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75
Run Control (Modeler Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75
Display Tools (Modeler Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75
Output Graphics (Modeler Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76
Help (Modeler Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76
Hydraulic Elements (Modeler Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76
Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-77
Control Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-77
Protection Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-78
Rotating Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-79
HAMMER Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-79
Chapter 3: Quick Start Lessons
81
Lesson 1: Pipeline Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82

Part 1Creating or Importing a Steady-State Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82
CREATING A MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82
IMPORTING A STEADY-STATE MODEL FROM EPANET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-89
Part 2Selecting the Transient Events to Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-90
Part 3Configuring the HAMMER Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-90
Part 4Performing a Transient Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93
ANALYSIS WITHOUT SURGE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93
Reviewing your Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
Analysis with Surge-Protection Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
Part 5Animating Transient Results at Points and along Profiles . . . . . . . .3-100

Part 6Adding Comments to Generate Report-Ready Graphs . . . . . . . . . .3-103
Lesson 2: Working with Data from External Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104
Part 1Exporting an Input or Output File to a HAMMER Datastore. . . . . . .3-105
CREATING A HAMMER INPUT DATASTORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105
CREATING AN OUTPUT DATASTORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-107
Part 2Importing a HAMMER Datastore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109
Part 3Importing Haestad Methods Models Using WaterObjects . . . . . . . . 3-113
Part 4Importing from Other Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
IMPORTING FROM EPANET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
IMPORTING FROM PIPE2000 OR SURGE2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-115
Lesson 3: Network Risk Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-115
Part 1Importing and Verifying the Initial Steady-States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-116
Part 2Selecting the Key Transient Events to Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-119
Part 3Performing a Transient Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-119
ANALYSIS WITHOUT SURGE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-119
ANALYSIS WITH SURGE-PROTECTION EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-124
Part 4Color-Coding Maps, Profiles, and Point Histories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-128
Part 5Adding Comments to Generate Report-Ready Graphs . . . . . . . . . .3-131
HAMMER User's Guide
Contents-iii
Chapter 4: Starting a HAMMER Project
137
File Management and Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HAMMER Input and Output Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HAMMER Datastore and Access Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WaterObjects Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multiple Sessions and Submodels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-137
4-137
4-138
4-138
4-138
4-139
Import and Export Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Importing/Exporting EPANET v.2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Importing/Exporting to a GIS or Database Using the HAMMER Datastore .
Importing from WaterGEMS/WaterCAD Using WaterObjects . . . . . . . . . . .
Importing PIPE2000 or Surge2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-139
4-140
4-141
4-141
4-142
Project Management and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Global HAMMER Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Project Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROJECT SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-142
4-142
4-143
4-144
Determining Pressure Wave Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

Determining the Run Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
UNIT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LIQUID PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VAPOR PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SELECTING THE FRICTION METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-145
4-146
4-146
4-147
Steady-State Friction Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147

Quasi-Steady Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Transient or Unsteady Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Drawing Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

FlexUnits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUMBER OF DIGITS DISPLAYED AFTER DECIMAL POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scientific Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum and Maximum Allowed Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 5: Layout and Editing Tools
4-149
4-150
4-151
4-151
4-151
4-151
4-152
153
HAMMER Modeler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating New Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Morphing Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting Hydraulic Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Hydraulic Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moving Hydraulic Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copying/Cutting/Pasting/Deleting Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-153
5-154
5-155
5-155
5-156
5-156
5-156
Finding Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157

View Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158
Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158
Contents-iv
HAMMER User's Guide
Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-158
Drawing Pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-158
Screen Layout (Format Display) Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-159
Chapter 6: Hydraulic Element Reference
161
Overview of Hydraulic Element Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-161

Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-163
Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-164
System Boundaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-164
Control Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-166
Flow-Control Valve Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-166
Flow-Control Valves as Sources of Hydraulic Transients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-167
Flow-Control Valve Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-168
Orifice Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-170
Rotating Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-171
Pump Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-171
PUMP INERTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-173
SPECIFIC SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-174
FIRST-QUADRANT AND FOUR-QUADRANT REPRESENTATIONS . . . . . . . . . . .6-175
VARIABLE-SPEED PUMPS (VSP OR VFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-176
Pump Element Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-177
Turbine Element Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-180
Protection Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-181
Check Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-181
Pressure Relief and Other Regulating Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-181
Protective Equipment Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-183
Gas Vessels and Surge Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-185
Chapter 7: Modeling Capabilities
189
Hydraulic Transient Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-189

Rigid-Column Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-190
Elastic Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-191
Data Requirements and Boundary Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-192
Infrastructure and Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-192
Water Column Separation and Vapor Pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-193
Global Adjustment to Vapor Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-193
Global Adjustment to Pipe Elevations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-194
Global Adjustment to Wave Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-194
Automatic Selection of the Time Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-195
Check Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-195
Orifice Demand and Intrusion Potential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-196
Numerical Model Calibration and Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-197
HAMMER User's Guide
Contents-v
Gathering Field Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-199

Timing and Shape of Transient Pressure Pulses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-199
Chapter 8: Presenting Your Results
201
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Time or Head to Trigger Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Text Output File Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Predefined Report Formats in Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-202
8-202
8-202
8-203
Hydraulic Element Labels and Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Using Your Organizations Name and Logo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Colors and Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Element Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Element Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-206
8-206
8-206
8-207
8-207
Generating Color Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-208

Profile Plots along a Path (or Walk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-210
Walking the Path (or Profile Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-210
Path or Profile Plot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-211
Time History Graphs at a Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-211
Graph Formatting and Annotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graph Formatting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Variable Formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Need for Print Previews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-212
8-212
8-213
8-214
8-214
Animating Maps, Profiles and Point Histories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-215
Chapter A: Frequently Asked Questions
219
Overview: How Do I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-219

Import/Export Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transitioning from Steady-State Models to HAMMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCENARIO MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEMAND ALTERNATIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTROL VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PUMPS AND PUMP CURVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IN SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Importing Data from WaterCAD/WaterGEMS Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Importing EPANET Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Importing Surge2000 and PIPE2000 Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Importing from a Database Using the HAMMER Datastore. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Considerations When Working with Large Model Files. . . . . . . .
A-219
A-220
A-220
A-221
A-221
A-222
A-222
A-223
A-223
A-223
A-223
A-224
Modeling Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-224

How Do I Set Up a HAMMER Project? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-225
Modeling a Hydropneumatic Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-227
Modeling a Pumped Groundwater Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-227
Contents-vi
HAMMER User's Guide
Modeling Parallel Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Modeling Pumps in Parallel and Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modeling Hydraulically Close Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top-Feed/Bottom Gravity Discharge Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Estimating Hydrant Discharge Using Flow Emitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modeling Variable-Speed Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-228
A-228
A-228
A-228
A-230
A-230
How Do I Access the Knowledge Base? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-231

Display Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How Do I Display my Organizations Name and Logo? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How Do I Control Element and Label Display? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How Do I Color-Code Elements? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How Do I Reuse Sets of Hydraulic Elements? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How Do I Copy a Path from One HAMMER Project to Another? . . . . . . . .
A-231
A-232
A-232
A-232
A-233
A-233
Editing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-233
Appendix B: HAMMER Theory and Practice
235
Acknowledgements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-236
Overview of Hydraulic Transients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History of Solution Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Causes of Transient Initiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impacts of Transients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design of Protective Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-236
B-237
B-239
B-242
B-244
Hydraulic Transient Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Conservation of Energy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Governing Equations for Steady-State Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONSERVATION OF MASS AT STEADY STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONSERVATION OF ENERGY AT STEADY STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Governing Equations for Unsteady (or Transient) Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTINUITY EQUATION FOR UNSTEADY FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOMENTUM EQUATION FOR UNSTEADY FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
METHOD OF CHARACTERISTICS (MOC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rigid Column Theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rigid Column versus Elastic Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elastic Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-244
B-245
B-246
B-247
B-248
B-248
B-248
B-249
B-250
B-252
B-255
B-256
Water System Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Celerity and Pipe Elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wave Propagation and Characteristic Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wave Reflection and Transmission Pipelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type of Networks and Pumping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Putting It All Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-257
B-257
B-261
B-262
B-264
B-266
Pump Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-267

Pump Characteristics and Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-267
Variable-Speed Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-269
HAMMER User's Guide
Contents-vii
Constant-Horsepower Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-270

Valve Theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valve Selection and Sizing Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Valve Bodies and Pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Closing Characteristics of Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flow-Decreasing Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-271
B-271
B-273
B-274
B-276
Friction and Minor Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-277

Hazen-Williams Equation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-277
Darcy-Weisbach Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-278
SWAMEE AND JAIN EQUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-279
COLEBROOK-WHITE EQUATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-280
Mannings Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-280
CHZYS EQUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-281
Minor Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-282
Quasi-Steady Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-283
Unsteady or Transient Friction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-285
Developing a Surge-Control Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-286
Piping System Design and Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-286
Protection Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-288
Approaches to Surge Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-289
SYSTEM-IMPROVEMENT METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-292
FLOW-SUPPLEMENT APPROACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-292
TWO-WAY SURGE TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-292
ONE-WAY SURGE TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-294
GAS VESSEL OR AIR CHAMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-294
INCREASE OF INERTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-296
Pump Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-297
CHECK VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-297
BOOSTER PUMP BYPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-297
Surge-Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-299
Operation and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-305
Engineers Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-306
Roughness ValuesMannings Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-307
Roughness ValuesDarcy-Weisbach Equation (Colebrook-White) . . . . . . B-308
Roughness ValuesHazen-Williams Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-309
Typical Roughness Values for Pressure Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-310
Fitting Loss Coefficients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-311
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-312
Appendix C: About Haestad Methods
317
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-317
WaterGEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-318
WaterCAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-318
SewerCAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-318
StormCAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-319
PondPack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-319
Contents-viii
HAMMER User's Guide
FlowMaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-320
CulvertMaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-320
Haestad Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-320
Training and Certification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-321
Accreditations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-321
Internet Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-321
Instant Account Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-322
CivilQuiz.com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-322
Chapter D: Environmental Hydraulics Group
323
Water Networks and Transmission Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-323

Deep Sewers and Tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-325
Hydraulic Testing and Forensic Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-326
Pump Station Upgrades and NPHS Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-327
Expert Witness and Break Investigations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-327
Field and Lab Tests for Disinfection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-328
Hydropower and Cogeneration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-329
Mining and Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-329
Index
HAMMER User's Guide
331
Contents-ix
Contents-x
HAMMER User's Guide
Chapter
Orientation and
Installation
Thank you for purchasing HAMMER. At Haestad Methods, we pride ourselves in
providing the very best engineering software available. Our goal is to make software
that is easy to install and use, yet so powerful and intuitive that it anticipates your
needs without getting in your way.
When you first use HAMMER, the intuitive interface and interactive dialog boxes will
guide you. If you need more information, use the online help by pressing the F1 key or
selecting help from the Help menu. Help text regarding the area of the program in
which you are working will be displayed.
In addition to Help resources, three other sources of information are available:
1.1
Printed Users GuideThe printed manual provides Quick Start lessons and it
can be used away from the computer to review HAMMER features and theory.
Online BookThe online text, which is available with each new software
version you download, includes information about the HAMMER interface and
hypertext links to help navigate the information more easily. (For more information, see Using the Online Help, Online Book, and Help Pane.)
Internet ResourcesThe Haestad Methods WaterTalk forum is a free service

where anyone can ask questions (from novice to expert level), and get answers
from other users. Engineers and experts from Haestad Methods and Environmental Hydraulics Group often post answers to questions. To sign up for
WaterTalk, visit http://www.haestad.com/forums.
What is HAMMER?
HAMMER is a powerful yet easy-to-use program that helps engineers analyze
complex pumping systems and piping networks as they transition from one steady
state to another. Hydraulic transients only last from seconds to a few minutes, but they
can damage a system or cause significant operational difficulties. For example,
HAMMER User's Guide
1-1
What is HAMMER?
HAMMERs name is due to the loud water hammer noise which can be heard when
sudden hydraulic transients occur. HAMMER helps engineers understand their
pumping and piping networks better, enabling them to design safe and economical
surge-control systems.
HAMMER is based on technology originally created by Environmental Hydraulics
Group Inc. (EHG), the water hammer specialists, and backed by a long-term collaboration between EHG and Haestad Methods. Haestad Methods and EHG are committed
to continuously improving HAMMER.
1.1.1
About EHG
Environmental Hydraulics Group, Inc. (EHG), has a proven
track record of advanced consulting projects and break
investigations involving water, sewage, oil/fuel, slurries, and
steam for the public, mining and industrial sectors world
wide. EHG is led by Dr. Alan Fok, P.Eng., a designated
Hydraulics Specialist (1983) who founded the firm in 1987
after completing his water hammer Ph.D. EHGs clients are
governments, legal firms, and consulting engineers requiring
expert assistance or reviews based on the highest level of
technical expertise and most advanced numerical modeling technologies (http://
www.ehg-inc.com).
1.1.2
Capabilities of HAMMER
HAMMERs graphical interface makes it easy to quickly lay out a complex network
of pipes, tanks, pumps, and surge control equipment. If you already have a steadystate model of your system, HAMMER can import its data and results automatically to
save you time and eliminate transcription errors.
You can use HAMMER to
1-2
Reduce the risk of transient-related damage to maximize operator safety and

reduce the frequency of service interruptions to customers.
Reduce daily wear and tear on pumping and piping systems to maximize the
useful life of infrastructure.
Reduce the risk of water contamination during subatmospheric transient pressures, during which groundwater and pollutants could be sucked into the pipe.
Reduce the number and severity of high transient pressure shocks, where applicable. High transient pressures can loosen joints or grow cracks, increasing leaks
and unaccounted-for water (UFW).
HAMMER User's Guide
Orientation and Installation
Prepare operation checklists for use in emergencies such as power failures, pipe
breaks, and component (valve, pump) and/or control failures.
Develop standards to ensure major water users do not damage the water system.
Information can be provided to industries to avoid sudden water takings or load
rejection. Safe speeds to open or close fire hydrants can be provided to the fire and
waterworks department.
Provide additional information (with respect to steady-state models) to help select

pumps, locate elevated tanks, and size air valves.
Transient Tip: Usually, hydraulic systems operate at a steady state of
dynamic equilibrium and changes in flow take minutes to
hours. Normal hydraulic transients may occur several
times a day as pumps start or stop. Emergency
transients may only occur once every month, year, or
decade when power fails or pipes break. Hydraulic
transients and surge-protection needs must be
considered in the context of a water utilitys risk
management and environmental protection plan.
1.2
Installing HAMMER
Before installing HAMMER, it is important to understand that it is intended for use by
engineers and expert users. HAMMER should not be installed on a computer used as a
network server or on a computer used for heavy multitasking.
HAMMER uses advanced numerical computation methods to represent pipelines or
networks as a large system of equations. Since HAMMERs performance during a run
is proportional to the processors speed and floating-point throughput, it has been optimized to use virtually 100% of system resources.
Transient Tip: Unlike steady-state programs, which may solve from one
to a few dozen time steps (e.g., 24 for an hourly
extended-period simulation), HAMMER typically solves
hundreds to hundreds of thousands of time steps, each
requiring hundreds of calculations.
1.2.1
Minimum System Requirements

A powerful personal computer or workstation is required to run HAMMER. It is best
not to run other large programs simultaneously. Depending on each runs configuration, HAMMER may require very large amounts of RAM and disk space. It is essential to configure a HAMMER run to avoid placing undue demands on your computer,
especially when generating output, as described in Lesson 3: Network Risk Reduction on page 3-115.
HAMMER User's Guide
1-3
Installing HAMMER
Animation is a powerful way to visualize the impacts of transients and a fast graphics
card is ideal to ensure smooth motion when animating HAMMER results. We suggest
the following minimum and recommended system requirements to avoid significant
delays:
Minimum (e.g., occasional use for simple pipelines)
Processor:
Pentium III 1 GHz
RAM:
256 megabytes
Hard Disk:
100 megabytes of free storage space,

with additional room for data files
Display:
800 x 600 resolution at 256 colors
Recommended (e.g., regular use for entire networks)

Processor:
Pentium IV or Athlon XP 2 to 3 GHz
RAM:
512 megabytes or more

(adding RAM is an economical way to
boost performance for large pipe
networks)
Hard Disk:
500 megabytes of free storage space

(or more depending on data files)
Display:
1280 x 1024 resolution at 256 colors or

more, 64 megabyte graphics card or
better (dual displays are helpful to
visualize complex networks by letting
you see HAMMER and another
application, like WaterCAD, on separate
monitors at the same time)
While Haestad Methods software will perform adequately given the minimum
system requirements, performance will only improve with a faster system. Our products are designed to perform at optimal levels with a fast processor and ample
amounts of RAM memory and free disk space. We highly recommend running
HAMMER on the best system possible to maximize its potential, especially for larger
network models containing thousands of pipes. An engineers time is valuable and we
have designed our software to help make the most of that time.
1-4
HAMMER User's Guide
1.2.2
Installing Haestad Methods Products

Note:
Windows 2000 and XP are the only supported operating

systems.
For Windows 2000 and Windows XP, follow these steps to install a single-user license
copy of HAMMER:
1. Place the CD in your CD-ROM drive (commonly the d: or e: drive).
2. If the Autorun feature of the operating system is enabled, setup will begin automatically. Proceed to step six.
3. If Autorun is disabled, click the Start button on the task bar, select Run, and type
d:\setup (use the actual drive letter of the CD-ROM drive if it is not the d: drive),
and then click OK.
4. Follow the instructions of the Setup Wizard.
Note:
You can choose not to activate the software immediately but you
can only run the inactivated software a few times before you are
required to activate it.
Activation is completely anonymous and no personal
information will be sent to Haestad Methods. During activation,
the product ID, registration number, and a nonunique hardware
identification are sent to Haestad Methods. This information is
used strictly for the purposes of validating the license for your
product. The hardware identification does not include any
personal information about you, any information about other
software or data that may reside on your PC, or any information
about the specific make or model of your PC. This information is
sent over the Internet in an encrypted form and stored at
Haestad Methods in a controlled environment.
5. After the installation finishes, you are prompted to register the software online or
by telephone using the Registration Wizard.
Haestad Methods products come with an uninstallation option. After a single-user
license copy of HAMMER is installed on a computer, it must be uninstalled before a
new installation or upgrade of HAMMER can occur.
To uninstall the program, click Start > Program Files > Haestad Methods >
HAMMER > Uninstall HAMMER.
HAMMER User's Guide
1-5
Installing HAMMER
1.2.3
Troubleshooting Setup or Uninstallation

Because of the multitasking capabilities of Windows, you may have applications
running in the background that make it difficult for the setup routines to determine the
configuration of your current system. If you have difficulties during the installation
(setup) or uninstallation process, please try these steps before contacting our technical
support staff:
Restart your PC.
Verify that there are no other programs running. You can see applications
currently in use by pressing Ctrl+Shift+Esc in Windows. Exit any applications
that are running.
Run setup or uninstall again without running any other program first.
If these steps fail to successfully install or uninstall the product, contact our support
staff.
1.2.4
Software Registration
During the installation of the program, a dialog box will prompt you to register the
software. Please note that the label with your registration information is on the inside
of the back cover of the manual.
Although this software is not copy protected, registration is required to unlock the
software capabilities for the hydraulic features that you have licensed. All registration
information must be entered into the Registration dialog box exactly as it appears on
the label:
Company
City
State/Country
Product ID
Registration Number
After you have registered the software, you can check your current registration status
by opening the registration dialog box in the software itself. To open the Registration
dialog box:
1-6
Select Help > About.
Click the Registration button in the About dialog box.
HAMMER User's Guide

The current registration status (number of licenses, expiration date, feature level, etc.)
will be displayed.
1.2.5
You can use the Copy button to place the registration information in the Windows
Clipboard so that you can paste it into another Windows application.
You can also use the Print button to print the information shown in the Registration Form dialog box.
Upgrades and the Globe Button

When you click the Registration button on the Help > About HAMMER dialog box,
the current registration status (number of licenses, expiration date, feature level, etc.)
is displayed. To upgrade to higher feature levels or additional licenses, contact our
sales team today and request information about our ClientCare program. We will
provide the information you need to get up and running in no time!
Note:
Use the Globe button to keep your investment current.
Haestad Methods makes it easy to stay up to date with the latest advances
in our software. Software maintenance releases can be downloaded from the Haestad
Methods Web site quickly and easily if you are a subscriber to our ClientCare
Program. Just click the Globe icon on the tool palette to launch your preferred Web
browser and open the Haestad Methods ClientCare Web site. You can download the
correct upgrade to bring your software up to date.
The ClientCare program also gives you access to our extensive KnowledgeBase for
answers to Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ). Contact the Haestad Methods sales
team for more information about ClientCare.
1.3
Network Licensing
Network versions of this product are available. If you purchased a network version,
your program will run at any workstation located on your network if a floating license
key is available for use. Floating licenses allow one or more concurrent users of a
particular application to access and use the full capabilities of the software, if the
number of concurrent licenses does not exceed the number allowed under the terms of
the license sale. Once the number of concurrent users equals the licensed number, new
application sessions will run in a limited demo mode.
Network licensing is implemented using Rainbow Industries SentinelLM license
manager. Administrators should refer to the SentinelLM System Administrators
Guide for details on implementing network licensing at your location.
HAMMER User's Guide
1-7
Network Licensing
1.3.1
Registering Network Programs

During the installation of the network deployment folder, a dialog box will appear
asking you to register the software. The label with your registration information is on
the inside back cover of the manual. This registration data is required to enable the
software capabilities for the hydraulic network size and features that you have
licensed. All registration information must be entered into the Registration dialog box
exactly as it appears on the label.
Company
City
State/Country
Product ID
Registration Number
After you have registered the software, you can view the current registration and
floating license usage status at any of the workstations that have the product software
installed on it. To open the registration dialog box:
Select Help > About.
Click the Registration button.
The current registration status (number of floating licenses, expiration date, feature
level, etc.) will be displayed. If all available floating licenses are in current use, the
software will run in demo mode.
Network administrators may activate network licenses and upgrade the features served
by their floating licenses by requesting a permanent license from Haestad Methods.
1.3.2
Requesting a Permanent Network License

System administrators who are responsible for managing network license versions of
Haestad Methods software must activate their organizations floating licenses by
obtaining a permanent license file from Haestad Methods.
1-8
HAMMER User's Guide

Note:
Haestad Methods uses SentinelLM License Manager software

from Rainbow Technologies to manage network licensing for
this application. For more information concerning the
administration of the Haestad Methods floating network
licensing, please see the Sentinel online documentation that
installed with your network license server software.
To acquire a network license file, the administrator must first generate the network
locking codes for the computer that will be acting as the network license server. To get
your license server locking code, use the SentinelLM echoid utility. This is installed
with the license server software on the computer acting as the network license host for
this application.
Note:
The echoid utility must be run from the same computer that will
act as the license server host for this particular Haestad
Methods application.
Write down the values for the locking codes that are posted in the echoid utilitys
message box. Be certain to record these values accurately, as they will be used by
Haestad Methods to generate a custom license file keyed to the specific license
servers hardware signature. Once issued, a license key-code may not be installed on
another machine. You will not be able to transport the license server to another
network machine without obtaining new lock codes.
With echoid values in hand, start the Haestad Methods product application on any
workstation located on the network served by the license manager. You can even
install and run the Haestad Methods application from the same computer that will be
acting as the license server host computer.
Caution:
The permanent license file that is generated depends on the

IP address and HostName of the computer from which the
lock code was produced. The issued license will not operate
on any computer without the same IP address and
HostName. If the license server software is moved to a
computer without the same IP address and HostName, it will
be necessary to obtain a new, permanent network license file
from Haestad Methods. A replacement/relocation network
license fee will be applied for the new license file. Please
select the server for the license manager carefully, to avoid
this process and fee.
Request a permanent license for the product by e-mailing or faxing to:
HAMMER User's Guide
1-9
Network Licensing
E-mail:
keycodes@haestad.com
Phone:
+1-203-755-1666
Fax:
+1-203-597-1488
Mail:
Haestad Methods
37 Brookside Road
Waterbury, 06708-1499
USA
Include the following information in your correspondence:

Note:
1.3.3
The registration information and product ID are on the inside of

the back cover of the user manual that shipped with your
product or on the ClientCare certificate you received.
Product name
Build number
Registration number
Product ID
Lock code 1
Lock code 2
Name of the registered user of the software
Attentionthe name of the person who is to receive the permanent license file
Company
City
State
Installation Guide for Network License Versions

To set up a Haestad Methods software product for operation as a network-licensed
version:
1. Place the CD in your CD-ROM drive (commonly the d: or e: drive).
2. If the Autorun feature of the operating system is enabled, setup will begin automatically.
If Autorun is disabled, click the Start button on the task bar, select Run, and type
d:\setup (use the actual drive letter of the CD-ROM drive if it is not the d: drive).
Click OK.
1-10
HAMMER User's Guide

3. To perform the following steps, you must have full administrator privileges for the
target network-based installation folders. Follow the instructions of the Setup
Wizard, which will guide you through the installation of two components.
Network Deployment FolderA directory installed on a network node that

is available from all client workstations on which the license product will be
installed. Users of the floating licenses will invoke the network-based installation utility, SETUP.EXE, which will install and configure the application to
each client workstation.
Network License Manager and UtilitiesThe license manager service

executable file that will automatically monitor availability and distribute
network floating licenses to client applications as they are started up across
the license hosting LAN. The license manager may be installed on any shared
node in the network, but is generally located on a network server machine.
4. Start the license server. The license manager runs as a service and can be manually
controlled via the Windows NT Control Panel > Services group.
5. Announce the availability of the product via e-mail. Instruct interested users to
install the product by using the Start > Run menu command and browsing to the
network deployment folder installed in step 3 to run SETUP.EXE. The license
server ships with special 30-day licenses that will allow users to begin using the
application immediately.
6. Obtain a permanent license file for the application. A permanent license file must
be obtained from Haestad Methods within 30 days of receipt of the product
package. Request a permanent license file by following these steps:
a. At the host computer on which the license server will run, use the echoid
utility (\Haestad\AdminTools\echoid) via the Locking Codes menu option to
determine the locking codes that will be used to generate license keys for your
network. The license key file will be configured specifically for the license
server machine installation. Write these locking codes down.
b. Request a permanent network license for the product. See Requesting a
Permanent Network License on page 1-8.
7. Use the lslic utility located in the AdminTools directory to modify the permanent
license file managed by the network license server. After the license key file
requested above is received via e-mail from Haestad Methods, save the file attachment to a computer folder on any computer resident on the network serviced by
the running license server. For future convenience, safety, and ease of support, it is
recommended that the license file be saved in the license manager tools directory,
AdminTools. This utility must be run from the operating system prompt. Enter
lslic -F <filename>, where <filename> is the name of the license file
attachment e-mailed by Haestad Methods and saved to the hard-drive. This step
will install the new license key into the license file, lservrc, located on the same
computer and in the same directory where the license server resides.
HAMMER User's Guide
1-11
Learning HAMMER
Once these steps are completed, floating licenses will be available to concurrent users
via the network. Should the number of users exceed the number of license keys available, the unlicensed client sessions will continue to run in demo mode.
1.3.4
Network Deployment Folder

Interested users may install the complete product via the network-deployment folder
using the Windows Start > Run command. Browse to the deployment directory, and
run SETUP.EXE to install the program to a client workstation.
1.4
Learning HAMMER
In addition to the online help and documentation, there are many ways to quickly learn
HAMMER:
1.4.1
Frequently Asked QuestionsHow Do I? on page 1-12
Tutorials and Sample Projects on page 1-12
Haestad Methods Workshops on page 1-13
Frequently Asked QuestionsHow Do I?

How Do I? is an easily referenced topic in HAMMERs online documentation. It is
a listing of commonly asked questions about HAMMER. To use it click Help > How
Do I? and a listing of topics will appear. Click the topic of your choice for a detailed
explanation.
1.4.2
Tutorials and Sample Projects

You can explore sample projects to investigate HAMMERs capabilities further:
1. Select File > Open to access the Open Project File dialog box.
2. Choose HAMsam??.HIF (where ?? is a number) from the Samples directory and
click Open.
These are working models, so you can explore the systems and see how different
elements are modeled. First, calculate the system by using the GO button on the main
toolbar to see how the system behaves. Then, click Tools > Viewer > Graphics to
look at sample graphs (.GRP) and animations (.ANI).
1-12
HAMMER User's Guide
1.4.3
Haestad Methods Workshops

Haestad Methods offers a variety of workshops dealing with water-distribution
modeling topics. These provide theory, modeling insights, and hands-on practice with
software instruction. These workshops are held at various locations and discounted
pricing is available to purchasers of Haestad Methods software.
For more information about our workshops (such as instructors, schedules, pricing,
and locations), please contact our sales department or visit our Web site at http://
www.haestad.com for current workshop schedules and locations. We will be glad to
answer any questions you may have regarding the workshops and our other products
and services.
Haestad Methods offers a range of other training services including on-site, on-line,
and on-campus training. For detailed information on the availability of these options,
visit http://www.haestad.com/education.
1.5
Contacting Haestad Methods

For information on contacting Haestad Methods, see:
1.5.1
Sales on page 1-13
Technical Support on page 1-14
Engineering Support on page 1-15
Addresses on page 1-15
Sales
Haestad Methods professional staff is ready to answer your questions. Please contact
your sales representative with any questions regarding Haestad Methods latest products and prices:
Phone:
+1-203-755-1666
Fax:
+1-203-597-1488
E-mail:
sales@haestad.com
HAMMER User's Guide
1-13
Contacting Haestad Methods
1.5.2
Technical Support
We hope that everything runs smoothly and you never have a need for our technical
support staff. However, if you do need support, our highly skilled staff offers their
services seven days a week and may be contacted by phone, fax, and the Internet. For
information on the various levels of support we offer, contact our sales team and
request information about our ClientCare program.
When calling for support, in order to assist our technicians in troubleshooting your
problem, please be in front of your computer and have the following information:
Operating system your computer is running (Windows 2000 or Windows XP).
Name and build number of the Haestad Methods software. The build number can
be determined by clicking Help > About HAMMER. The build number is the
number in brackets located in the lower-left corner of the dialog box that opens.
A note of exactly what you were doing when you encountered the problem.
Any error messages or other information displayed on your screen.
When e-mailing or faxing for support, please provide additional details as follows so
we can provide a timely and accurate response:
Company name, address, and phone number
A detailed explanation of your concerns
The FORERR.LOG file located in the \Comp subfolder of the product directory
You can contact our support staff during the hours shown below:
1-14
Monday Friday:
9:00 AM EST to 8:00 PM EST
Saturday Sunday:
9:00 AM EST to 5:00 PM EST
Phone:
+1-203-755-1666
Fax:
+1-203-597-1488
E-mail:
support@haestad.com
HAMMER User's Guide
1.5.3
Engineering Support
Technical-support questions pertain to the correct use of your HAMMER software's
features and capabilities. Engineering support is also available to help you develop
particular surge control designs or written recommendations. Consider engineering
support whenever project requirements exceed your in-house capabilities or the available staff time. In addition to Haestad Methods training courses, project-specific
coaching or collaborations can help you reach the next level of expertise in hydraulic
transients.
1.5.4
Addresses
Use this address information to contact us:
Internet
http://www.haestad.com
E-mail:
sales@haestad.com
support@haestad.com
info@haestad.com
1.6
Phone:
+1-203-755-1666
Fax:
+1-203-597-1488
Mail:
Haestad Methods
37 Brookside Road
Waterbury, 06708-1499
USA
Your Suggestions Count

At Haestad Methods, we strive to continually provide you with sophisticated software
and documentation. We are very interested in hearing your suggestions for improving
our products, our online help system and our printed manuals. Your feedback will
guide us in developing products that will make you more productive. Please let us hear
from you (ideas@haestad.com)!
HAMMER User's Guide
1-15
Your Suggestions Count
1-16
HAMMER User's Guide
Chapter
HAMMER Main
Window
If you are already familiar with standard Microsoft Windows interfaces or other
Haestad Methods software, such as WaterCAD or WaterGEMS, you will find
HAMMER to be intuitive and comfortable. Even if you are not accustomed to
Windows, just a few minutes of exploring HAMMER should be enough to acquaint
yourself with its flexibility and power.
Note:
You can also explore each component by moving the cursor

over it and then holding it still for a little while (i.e., hovering), to
display Tool Tip help text describing each particular item.
This section describes the programs main windows, menus, toolbars, and online help
to let you use HAMMER quickly and efficiently.
2.1
Main Window Components

HAMMER has two alternative modes: Main Window or Modeler mode and Viewer
mode. In Modeler mode, you can assemble hydraulic models in the Main Window or
import them from other models or databases. In Viewer mode, you can display, annotate and animate current (or previous) HAMMER simulation results as well as
generate and print tables and reports.
You will normally begin a new project using Modeler, but you can also run Viewer
separately if you only need to examine results or animations. To start HAMMER from
the start menu, select:
Start > All Programs > Haestad Methods > HAMMER > HAMMER
You can open the Viewer from within Modeler using Tools > Viewer > Graphics (for
graphs or animations) or Tools > Viewer > Output Database (for tables or reports).
HAMMER has the following Main Window (Modeler) components:
Menus, Tool Bar, and Status Bar
Drawing and Element Panes
HAMMER User's Guide
2-17

Viewer Mode
2.1.1
Graphing and Annotation Tools and Shortcut Menus
Animation Controller
Main Window: HAMMER Modeler

It is useful to keep HAMMERs fundamental purpose in mind while exploring the
Main Window. HAMMER simulates hydraulic systems made of various hydraulic
elements (e.g., pipes or valves) connected together at particular end points (or nodes)
to form paths (also known as profiles in WaterCAD) and/or networks. The Main
Window is used to input element data and to specify the locations (points or paths) for
which output is required.
The following figure shows the areas of HAMMERs Main Window (without showing
any model data):
Title bar
Element
selector
pane
Menus
Tool bar
(buttons)
Drawing pane
Element
data pane
Status bar
The components of the Main Window are:
2-18
Title BarThe title bar for the Main Window displays the current folder and
input file name. If the file has been modified since it was last saved, the title bar
displays [Modified].
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
MenusEach menu item can be accessed from the keyboard by holding down
the Alt key and pressing the underlined letter on the menu. Some frequently used
commands can also be accessed using toolbar buttons or shortcut key combinations. Shortcuts are invoked by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the letter
shown to the right of some menu entries (e.g., Ctrl+S to save).
Model and Element ToolbarsThe left-hand-side buttons are used to manage

files and to set view and simulation parameters. Buttons used to set the display
(zoom, color-code), some of which are inactive prior to a run, are shown in the
middle. The right-hand-side buttons are used to select hydraulic elements to drop
onto the Drawing Pane.
Note:
Individual buttons are provided for the two most common items
(node and link), followed by drop-down lists for each element
type: system boundaries (reservoir icon shown), control
equipment (orifice icon shown), protection equipment (air valve
icon shown), and rotating equipment (pump icon shown). For
more information, see Hydraulic Element Reference on page 6161.
Drawing PaneThe Drawing Pane displays the hydraulic elements forming the
system to be analyzed. It is the main interactive area for creating elements, editing
their parameters, and mapping key results for each one. After selecting a suitable
background color, you can copy the contents of the current Drawing Pane view to
the Windows clipboard (using the camera button on the toolbar) to create figures
describing your system in your favorite graphics software.
Display TabsClick the Properties tab to display properties of the currentlyselected hydraulic element.
a. Element Selector PaneThe element selector pane sorts elements alphabetically to help you find and select them easily. The drop-down list shows all
elements by default, but it can be restricted to display a single type of element,
such as pipes, nodes, system boundaries, control equipment, protection equipment, or rotating equipment.
b. Element Data PaneThe element data pane provides a name, data-entry
field, and unit (if applicable) for each attribute of the currently selected
hydraulic element. The number and types of fields are different for each
hydraulic element.
Status BarThe Status Bar located along the bottom of HAMMERs Main
Window displays useful information about the current state of your HAMMER
model, such as the cursor position, units, zoom percentage, display setting, and
whether the project file has been saved or computed recently.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-19
2.1.2
Output Windows: HAMMER Viewer

During a hydraulic transient simulation, HAMMER calculates how three fundamental
and interrelated variables change over time: head (or pressure), flow (or velocity), and
volume (of air or vapor) at each particular point in the system. The HAMMER Viewer
displays the results of these calculations as graphs, animations, tables, and reports.
After a transient model has been run, select Tools > Viewer > Graphics from the
main menu to display the graphics Viewer.
The following figure shows the graphics Viewer after running a sample file. The
components of the HAMMER Viewer are:
Title BarSimilar to the Main windows title bar but showing the output file
name. It can be toggled on and off within each graph window to maximize the
available display area.
MenusSimilar to the Main window but showing only applicable commands.
PathsIn HAMMER, a continuously connected pipe run is called a Path (red

label, top left in the viewer). This is analogous to a profile in WaterCAD. The
Viewer displays the number of interior points and the length of the current Path
from its start (From Point) to its end (To Point).
Time HistoriesIn HAMMER, results at a point of interest are called a time

History (red label, middle left). The Viewer displays the number of time steps in
the current history and its location or end point.
Profile
control
Point
control
Select location
to display
Select output
variables to
display
Select type
of display
Looking from left to right, the Viewer allows you to select the locations (point histories or pipeline profiles) for which to display one or more of the result variables (head,
flow, or volume) as plots or animations:
2-20
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
Clicking Plot automatically displays the selected variables on a graph so you can
annotate, save, and print it.
Clicking Animate displays the selected variables on a graph and automatically

loads the compact Animation Controller so you can animate all on-screen
graphs. You can also save the screen layouts you prepare (as an .ANI file) for use
in future presentations.
The components of the Animation Controller are:
Speed and
frame sliders
Time
step
2.2
Clock
(HH:MM:SS)
Play controls
Play ControlsLike other media devices, these controls let you play forward or
backward, stop, or advance by a single frame forward or backward.
MenusSimilar to those on the Viewer but only showing applicable commands.
Time ValueShows the time step or frame for which results are currently
displayed onscreen for point histories or path (profile) graphs (not shown).
ClockThe large, easy-to-read clock displays minutes, seconds, and hundredths

of a second. Transient pressure pulses can travel fast enough to require this degree
of simulation and display accuracy.
SlidersControl animation speed (in frames per second) and frame position.
Manipulate them during an animation to jump ahead or change speed.
HAMMER Menus and Shortcut Menus

Although the toolbars and shortcut keys provide quick and easy access to commonly
used features, the menu system provides comprehensive access to HAMMER properties and behaviors. Since toolbar buttons and shortcut keys do not exist for all of these
features, the menus are a logical choice for exploring all areas of HAMMER. This
section will introduce you to the features you can access using the menus and the
corresponding toolbar buttons and shortcut keys (where available).
HAMMER User's Guide
2-21

A typical HAMMER modeling project begins by laying out the system in the Main
Window (with dozens of menu and toolbar items) and ends by reviewing output using
the HAMMER Viewer or Animation Controller (with a minimum number of menu
and toolbar items). Note the following special features:
The menus show only the options required to accomplish tasks or to access model
features which may be needed in the part of the program you are using.
Nearly every item is available either from the main menu or from shortcut menus
opened by right-clicking items or graphs.
Menus and title bars can be hidden to maximize the portion of the graph window
available for plots or animations. This is useful during presentations or for large
systems.
Commands are grouped under top-level menus:
2.2.1
File Menumanage projects and the resulting graphs and animations.
Edit Menumodify or annotate system data or graphs.
View Menupan, zoom, and other graphic controls.
Tools Menuchange settings or start the Viewer or Animation Controller.
Help Menuaccess online help or documentation.
File Menu
Certain menu commands are only available in HAMMER Modeler or Viewer mode.
Commands are grouped under several categories separated by horizontal bars in the
menu. For example, the file management category provides menu commands to
create, open, run, save, rename, and close files, as described in the following:
2-22
New (Ctrl + N)Creates a new project file and opens a dialog box where
you can select a drive, directory, and file name for your new project file.
Open (Ctrl + O)Loads an existing project file from disk. A dialog box
opens so you can choose the name and location of the file.
Close (Ctrl + F4)Closes the current project file, but not the HAMMER
program, allowing you to load another project file.
Save (Ctrl + S)Saves the current project file to disk, overwriting any
previous version with the same name, if any. Remember to save often to
avoid losing your work if a problem occurs.
Save AsSaves the current project file to disk under a different filename. A
dialog box will open prompting you to enter the drive, directory, and new file
name for your project.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
Project SummaryDisplays the Summary tab of the Project Options

dialog box. This information includes the project title, run duration, and
other data.
Run (Ctrl + R)Runs the HAMMER file that is currently open. A

dialog box prompts you to choose the name and location of the output
files and whether you want to generate animation data. You can also run a model
by right-clicking anywhere in the Drawing Pane and clicking Run, clicking
Compute (if it is currently displayed) on the Status bar, or using the GO button on
the toolbar.
The import export category provides commands to exchange data with other applications, as follows:
Import > NetworkImports network data from other hydraulic models such as
EPANET 2.0, Surge2000 (and PIPE 2000), and WaterCAD and WaterGEMS. You
may need to supply information not imported from these models prior to running
HAMMER.
Export > NetworkExports network data to the EPANET 2.0 steady-state

model.
Export > DatabaseExports a HAMMER input or output (results) file to a

Microsoft Access database in HAMMER datastore format, complete with
predefined, customizable tabular reports.
The utility category includes the print, recent files, and exit commands. These are
only available by right-clicking in a graph window.
2.2.2
Page SetupIn HAMMER Viewer mode, in a graph, right-click and select Page
Setup to open a dialog to select the paper size, orientation, printer name, and the
page margins.
PrintIn HAMMER Viewer mode, in a graph, right-click and select Print to

print the contents of the current graph window. HAMMER does not currently
support printing from the Main Window, but it is possible to capture the contents
of the Drawing Pane and copy them to the Windows clipboard (click the Capture
Screen button).
Exit (Alt + F4)Closes the current project file and then closes HAMMER.
Edit Menu
The edit menu provides commands to select, locate, and modify network models and
their hydraulic elements. As with the File menu, menu commands are grouped into
categories separated by horizontal bars.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-23

Note:
Menu commands used in Modeler or Viewer mode are only

displayed in these modes. For example, commands used to
modify element data in Modeler mode are not shown in Viewer
mode to avoid a situation where input data does not correspond
to the output graphs and tables generated by HAMMER.
The cut and paste category includes the following menu commands, available in both
Modeler and Viewer modes, as follows:
Cut (Ctrl + X)Deletes the selected item or group of items and places it
on the Windows clipboard. This item can be pasted back into HAMMER or
other programs. You can also right-click any element and select Cut.
Copy (Ctrl + C)Copies the selected item or group of items and places it
other programs. You can also right-click any element and select Copy.
Paste (Ctrl + V)Inserts the items on the Windows Clipboard into the
Drawing Pane at the current cursor position and selects them. The same
items can be pasted repeatedly to replicate similar pump suction and
discharge piping, for example. You can also right-click any location and select
Paste.
Delete (Delete)Deletes an item or group of items permanently. You can also

right-click any element and select Delete.
Note:
You can select hydraulic elements in the Drawing Pane using the
Select toolbar button.
There are two ways to select a group of elements: clicking on
each item while holding down the Shift key or using a Selection
Window. To use a Selection Window, click and hold the left
mouse button, and move the cursor until the rectangle includes
the required items, and then let go of the button to select them.
The search and select category includes the following menu commands:
2.2.3
Find (Ctrl + F)Finds any type of element using its label or description and
selects it in the Drawing Pane. The find command is case sensitive.
Find Next (F3)Repeats a search to find any type of element using its label or
description.
Select All (Ctrl + A)Selects every element in the Drawing Pane. You can also
select or deselect individual elements using the mouse.
View Menu
2-24
PanAfter clicking this toolbar icon, hold down the left mouse button to
move the drawing within the Drawing Pane.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
2.2.4
Zoom In (Ctrl + numpad +)Enlarges the current view of the drawing

using the location you click as the center of the next view.
Zoom Out (Ctrl + numpad -)Reduces the current view of the drawing
using the location you click as the center of the next view
Zoom WindowOnly available as a toolbar icon. Activates the userdefined zoom tool. This tool lets you select the corners of the area within
the drawing pane that you wish to enlarge. You can also click in any area of
the drawing pane to zoom into that location.
Normalize Symbol SizeResizes all symbols in the Drawing Pane to a

convenient size for the current window. These symbol sizes persist when
the zoom level changes.
Zoom ExtentsResets the drawing pane zoom factor such that all
elements are displayed in the drawing pane.
Lock Drawing PaneToggles the Drawing Pane lock on or off. When the
Drawing Pane is locked, you can select hydraulic elements to modify their parameters or inspect their results, but you cannot change their coordinates using the
mouse. This is useful to prevent accidental movement or deletion of hydraulic
elements.
Anti-AliasTurns on (and off) the anti-aliasing feature to let you display lines
more smoothly.
Tools Menu
The external tool manager category includes the following menu items to start
external programs:
Start WaterCAD/WaterGEMSStarts the WaterCAD or WaterGEMS software.
Start EPANETStarts the EPANET program identified in the File I/O tab in the
Global HAMMER options dialog box (Tools > Global HAMMER Options).
Start Text EditorStarts the text editor of your choice to review HAMMER
output text files (based on the path and executable identified in the File I/O tab in
the Global HAMMER Options).
View Reports/LogsStarts the text editor of your choice and loads the output
logs generated by HAMMER during each run. The report includes detailed point
histories and path output for key variables. The output log includes warnings and
errors as well as preselected output tables as the run progresses. The error log
includes messages only if HAMMER terminates abnormally.
The output manager category includes the following menu commands to compare
the results of different HAMMER project files:
HAMMER User's Guide
2-25
Viewer > GraphicsOpens a dialog box from which you can select a HAMMER
output, graph, or animation file to open using the graphics Viewer. The graphics
Viewer lets you generate graphs and animations from output files (.HOF).
Viewer > Output DatabaseStarts Microsoft Access and prompts you for a
HAMMER output database to open (defaults to the most recently completed run).
The predefined tabular and summary reports provide a quick understanding of
your results and they are fully customizable.
The output variable category provides menu commands to specify and work with
output to create graphs and animations.
Generate AnimationsGenerates the HAMMER output file (.HOF) required to

view animations and automatically launches the Animation Controller. Since this
can be time consuming for large systems, this command allows you to defer this
step until you have already inspected summary output and graphics after a
successful HAMMER run.
Animation ControllerLaunches the Animation Controller, which allows you

to open current or previously generated HAMMER output files (.HOF) or animation files (.ANI) and view graphs and animations onscreen.
Copy PathsCopies paths from another HAMMER project file to the current
project file.
Reset ResultsResets the results of the previous run and turns off color coding.
Capture ScreenCopies the contents of the Drawing Pane to the

Windows clipboard. This is only available as a toolbar button.
The settings category includes the following menu commands to configure the
HAMMER workspace and runs:
2-26
Global HAMMER OptionsOpens a tabbed dialog box in which you specify

key HAMMER settings and options for colors, tool tips, default directories and
programs, and fonts. You can also right-click anywhere in the Drawing Pane and
select Global HAMMER Options.
Project OptionsOpens a tabbed dialog box in which you specify runspecific settings and options including project summary, report points,
report times, report paths, and other preferences and options. You can also
right-click anywhere in the Drawing Pane and select Project Options.
FlexUnitsOpens a dialog box in which you can globally change the units used
in HAMMER for specific attributes. You can also right-click anywhere in the
Drawing Pane and select FlexUnits.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
2.2.5
Help Menu
The Help menu contains online documentation for HAMMER, and includes the information contained in the printed documentation as well as updated information and
built-in tutorials. The following menu items can also be accessed from the Help menu.
Contents (F1)Opens the Table of Contents for the online help. For more
information, see Using the Online Help, Online Book, and Help Pane on
page 2-30.
IndexOpens the online help at the index.
SearchOpens the online help at the search tab.
Release NotesProvides the latest information on the current version of

HAMMER. Like a README file, it includes information about new features,
tips, performance tuning, and other general information.
ServicesOpens an Internet browser to Haestad Methods Web site or a local

page that provides an overview of the services and products offered by Haestad
Methods (including training) and EHG. The local page, accessed by selecting
Contents, provides links to frequently updated Haestad Methods Internet sites.
The introduction to HAMMER category provides access to resources for learning

HAMMER:
Welcome to HAMMERAccesses the interactive tutorials, which guide you

through many of the programs features. Tutorials are a great way to become
familiar with new features.
Using HAMMEROpens a help topic with an Introduction to HAMMER and

related information.
How Do I?Provides instructions for tasks commonly performed within the

program, as well as frequently asked questions.
The notices category provides access to the most up-to-date information about
HAMMER:
2.2.6
Update from Haestad.comConnects to http://www.haestad.com to check for

updates.
About HAMMEROpens a dialog box displaying product and registration

information. (For more information, see Software Registration on page 1-6.)
Format Graph Shortcut Menu

These menu commands are only available from within the HAMMER Viewer. Open
this menu by right-clicking on a graph axis.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-27

The formatting category includes the following menu commands to format the
contents of the output variable graphs (in Viewer) to obtain report-ready figures:
Format GraphOpens a dialog to select the axis titles and labels, major and
minor grid lines, tick marks, background color, and outline style.
Format DataOpens a dialog to select the line type, color, and thickness for
each output variable (head, flow, or volume) displayed in the current graph. For
the currently selected output variable, you can specify an offset value to create a
new line parallel to it; for example, to show a pipelines surge pressure tolerance.
You can also limit your formatting selections to a Line Segment, to show
different pipe materials along a pipeline, for example.
Note:
A Line Segment is a portion of the dependent variable (head,

flow, or volume) bounded by two user-selected values of the
independent variable (on the x-axis). You can subdivide output
variables into several Line Segments.
Format ShadesOpens a dialog to create and modify Differential Shades

between any two output variables (head, flow, or volume). You can select the
color and opacity of each Differential Shade. You can toggle each Differential
Shade on or off to improve animation performance or to reduce the size of a graph
when printing to a file.
Copy SettingsCopies the settings for the current graph to the Windows clipboard.
Paste SettingsModifies the current graph using the settings previously copied
to the Windows clipboard.
Copy SymbolsCopies all symbols in the current graph pane to the Windows
clipboard.
Paste SymbolsPastes the symbols previously copied to the Windows clipboard

into the current graph pane.
The edit category includes the following menu commands:
2-28
Copy DataCopies the output variable line data shown in the current graph pane
so you can paste it into another graph.
Paste Data ()Clears the contents of the current graph pane, then pastes the
output variable line data previously copied to the Windows clipboard into the
current graph pane.
Paste Data (+)Pastes the output variable line data previously copied to the
Windows clipboard into the current graph pane so you can compare the results of
two HAMMER project files. All results are displayed at the correct scale using the
units set for the graph.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

The draw category includes the following menu commands, which are available in
the Viewer only:
2.2.7
Draw LinesDraws vertical, horizontal, or diagonal lines and allows you to

specify their line type, color, and thickness.
Draw TextAllows you to enter vertical or horizontal text labels.
Draw SymbolsDisplays a graphical list of hydraulic symbols you can insert

into the current graph pane.
Format Display Shortcut Menu

These menu commands are only available from within the HAMMER Viewer by
right-clicking anywhere except the graph axes.
FlexUnitsOpens the FlexUnits manager, from which you can select the units of
measurement, display precision, and whether or not to use scientific notation.
Please note that changes made to FlexUnits take effect throughout the current
HAMMER project.
The graph display category includes the following menu commands to adapt the
appearance of each graph for use on-screen or as a printed figure:
Show Frame (Ctrl + F)Toggles the display of the frames that convert an onscreen plot to a report-ready figure, complete with your company logo, project
number, date, and a title block.
Page View (Ctrl + V)Toggles the display of the page outline to help you visualize how it will look after printing. With HAMMER figures, what you see is what
you get (WYSIWYG) so there is no need for a print preview command.
Lock Aspect Ratio (Ctrl + L)Toggles the display of the frames between figure
format, in which the length and width are scaled to the paper size, and on-screen
format, for which you can set the length and width by dragging the corner of the
graph window.
Show Title Bar (Ctrl + T)Toggles the display of the graph windows title bar.
Turn title bars off to maximize the display area; for example, when animating.
The print and save category includes the following menu commands to specify
printing options:
Page SetupOpens a dialog box in which you can select a printer, set page orientation, and set margin widths.
Print (Ctrl + P)Prints the current graph according to the graph display options
currently shown in the graph window.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-29
Using the Online Help, Online Book, and Help Pane
Save (Ctrl + S)Saves the current graph file to disk, overwriting any previous
version of the same name. Remember to save your work often.
Save AsSaves the current graph file to disk under a different filename. A dialog
box prompts you to enter the drive, directory, and new file name.
The data sources category includes the following menu commands to specify or
modify data sources:
2.3
Set Data FromOpens an .RPT file and plots the selected variables in the
current graph window, after deleting the current graph contents.
Add Data FromOpens an .RPT file and plots the selected variables in the
current graph window, without deleting the current graph contents. Useful for
comparing the results of two similar HAMMER projects.
Close (Ctrl + F4)Closes the current graph window without saving its contents.
Using the Online Help, Online Book, and

Help Pane
HAMMER provides two ways to get help: the Online Book and Online Help, which
can be updated and be available for download with new product releases.
2.3.1
Online Book (PDF)

Note:
On-screen display of graphics in .PDF files is dependent on the

zoom level you use. For better viewing of graphics in Adobe
Acrobat Reader, try using 167% and 208% zoom.
HAMMER includes an Adobe Acrobat online book (.PDF) in the installation

directory.
The online book is designed so that you can view it on screen or print page ranges.
Use the bookmarks, index, and search in the Adobe Acrobat Reader to find the topic
you want.
2-30
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
2.3.2
Online Help
For help menu commands, see Help Menu on page 2-27.
To open the online help for browsing, select Help > Contents. Use the table of
contents or index or perform a search to locate the information you need. You can also
save a list of favorite help topics for quick reference.
Click Hide/Show to
hide or show the
Contents tab
HAMMER User's Guide
2-31
Online Help Index

Use the Index tab to search the online help index. For most searches, the index
provides results more efficiently than the Search tab.
Type the
keyword you
want to find
Click a topic and click

Display to display the
selected topic
Click a Related Topic

button to see and
select topics related to
the current one
To use the index:

1. Type the word (called keywords) you want to find.
2. Select the topic you want to see and click Display. The topic you selected displays
in the help window. Keywords are highlighted.
3. If your keyword pertains to more than one topic, you are prompted to select the
topic you want. Click the topic to select it and click Display.
2-32
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
Online Help Search

Use the Search tab to search for all instances of a word or words in the help system.
If you enter more than one word, the online help will return only those topics that
contain all of the words you enter, though those topics might not have the words
all together or in the order you specify.
If you enter more than one word inside quotation marks, the online help search
returns only topics with the complete phrase as typed.
To search for words:

1. Type the words (called keywords) you want to find.
2. Click List Topics.
3. Click the topic you want to highlight it.
4. Click Display. The topic you selected displays in the help window; keywords are
highlighted.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-33
Keywords
are
highlighted
in the text
Click a topic and click

Display to display the
selected topic
Type the keywords you

want to find and click
List Topics
Online Help Favorites

You can use the Favorites tab to create a list of topics you frequently use.
2-34
Click the Add button in the Favorites tab to add the current topic to your list of
favorites.
Click Display to display the contents of the selected favorite topic in the help
window.
Click Remove to remove the selected favorite topic from the Favorites tab.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
Click Add to add the

current topic to the
Favorites tab
If you want to print part of the online help, consider opening the online book, which is
set up for printing.
Online Help Topics

Online help topics can be navigated by using hypertext and Related Topics.
Hypertext:
Hypertext is underlined blue text that is clickable.

Clicking hypertext displays the destination topic for
that hypertext link. Click Back to return to your
location before you clicked the hypertext.
Related Topics:
Related Topics is a button that displays at the end of

some help topics. If there is more than one related
topic, click the button to see a list of the related
topics. This list is hypertext. You can click an item in
HAMMER User's Guide
2-35

the list to display the related topic. If there is only
one related topic, click the button to display that
related topic. Click Back to return to where you were
before you clicked the hypertext.
Click Back to return

to the previous help
topic
Click the Related Topic

button to see and
select topics related to
the current one
Navigation Arrows
In addition to the standard HTML Help navigation tools, HAMMER online help
includes forward and backward arrows at the bottom-left of every topic that let you
navigate sequentially through the online help file. While the online book (.PDF) is
better suited to this kind of navigation, these buttons may be particularly helpful if you
are reviewing the HAMMER lessons online (for more information, see Quick Start
Lessons on page 3-81).
2-36
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
Navigation buttons at
the bottom-left of every
topic
2.4
Hammer Dialog Boxes

HAMMER provides dialog boxes for the following items:
Project Options on page 2-38
Run Dialog Box on page 2-44
WaterCAD/WaterGEMS Import Dialog Box on page 2-45
Import EPANET File Dialog Box on page 2-47
Import Surge 2000 File Dialog Box on page 2-48
Search Dialog Box on page 2-62
FlexUnits Dialog Box on page 2-63
Color Mapping Box on page 2-63
Color Map Settings Dialog Box on page 2-65
Choose Color Dialog Box on page 2-66
Global HAMMER Options Dialog Box on page 2-67
HAMMER Viewer Dialog Box on page 2-72
Animation Control Dialog Box on page 2-73
HAMMER User's Guide
2-37
Hammer Dialog Boxes
2.4.1
Font Dialog Box on page 2-74
Copy Paths Dialog Box on page 2-74
Project Options
The Project Options dialog box includes the following tabs:
Summary on page 2-38
Report Points on page 2-39
Report Times on page 2-40
Report Paths on page 2-41
Preferences on page 2-42
Other Options on page 2-43
Summary
The summary tab lets you set the system parameters.
Title:
Description of the model.
Run Duration:
Period of time simulated by the model.
Time:
Choose steps or seconds for modeling time.
Specific Gravity:
Comparison of a substances density to the density of

water.
Pressure Wave Speed:
Speed for the liquid being conveyed, the pipe

material selected and its dimension ratio (DR),
bedding, and other factors.
Vapor Pressure:
Pressure below which a liquid changes phase and

become a gas (steam for water), at a given
temperature and elevation.
For more information, see Project Setup on page 4-143.
2-38
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
Report Points
Report:
Report by All Points, Specific Points, or No Points.
Specific Points:
Report for points that you manually specify.
System:
Contains elements you do not necessarily want in

your report.
Click the < > move buttons to move selected
elements between the System and Report columns.
Ctrl+click or Shift+click to select more than one
element at a time.
Report:
Contains those elements that you want in your report.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-39
Hammer Dialog Boxes
Report Times
Report Periodically:
Report at equal intervals of time (default).
Report Specific Times:
Specify report for selected time steps. Start time

denotes the initial time step limit for reporting, Max
time denotes the final time step for reporting.
Click the < > move buttons to move selected time
steps between the System and Report columns.
Ctrl+click or Shift+click to select more than one
element at a time.
Time steps in the System column are excluded from
the report; those in the Report column are included.
Report All Times:
Reports the result for all time steps.
Report No Times:
No report based on time steps.
Period:
Period denotes the number of simulation time steps

between consecutive-output data (if Report
Periodically is selected).
2-40
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
Report Paths
Report Path:
A continuously-connected pipe run is called a path

(or profile in WaterCAD).
Set the paths to be included in the report using the
Add Path, Remove Path, Rename Path, and Show
Path buttons.
Add Path:
Lets you add a continuously-connected pipe run.
Remove Path:
Lets you delete a continuously-connected pipe run.
Rename Path:
Lets you change the name for a path.
Show Path:
Lists the elements in the connected pipe run, selects

them in the Drawing Pane and zooms in.
System Pipes:
Lists the pipes available for inclusion in a path.
Report Pipes:
Lists the pipes in the path that are included in the

report.
Valid Path:
Shown in green, indicates the pipes follow a logical

sequence and constitute a valid path.
Fix Path:
Shown in red, indicates the pipes sequence is

incorrect.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-41
Hammer Dialog Boxes
Preferences
Initial Flow Consistency Value: Flow changes that exceed the specified value are
listed in the output log as a location at which water
hammer occurs as soon as simulation begins. The
default value is 0.02 cfs.
Initial Head Consistency Value: Head changes that exceed the specified value are
listed in the output log as a location at which water
hammer occurs as soon as simulation begins. The
default value is 0.1 ft.
2-42
Friction Coefficient Criterion:
For pipes whose Darcy-Weisbach friction coefficient

exceeds this criterion, an asterisk appears beside the
coefficient in the pipe information table in the output
log. The default value is 0.02.
Decrement in All Pipe Elev:
Decreases the elevation of each pipe by the amount

specified. Use a negative value to raise the pipes. By
default, elevations are not adjusted. (Permissible
units are m and ft.)
Show Extreme Heads After:
Sets the time to start output of the maximum and

minimum heads for a run. You can set these to show
beginning at time = 0 (right away), after the first
maximum or minimum, or after a specified time
delay.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

Report History after Time:
Set the time at which reporting begins. The default

value is 0.02.
Friction Method:
Select Steady, Quasi-Steady, or Unsteady friction

methods. For more information, see Selecting the
Friction Method on page 4-147.
For more information, see Selecting the Friction Method on page 4-147.
Other Options
Other options lets you set the appearance of HAMMER. For more information, see
Text Output File Options on page 8-202.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-43
Hammer Dialog Boxes
2.4.2
Run Dialog Box

The Run dialog box lets you control the output created by a HAMMER calculation.
For more information, see File Menu on page 2-22.
2-44
Browse:
Click Browse to navigate to the folder where you

want to store the generated files.
File Name:
Type the filename you want to use for output.
Generate Animation Data:
Select this check box to generate animation data for

selected report paths and points.
Generate Output Database:
Select this check box to generate an output database.
Full:
Select a Full Type of Run to create a simulation with

specified conditions and parameters.
Data Check:
Select a Data Check Type of Run to quickly validate

your model. This lets you check for data-entry errors
and modeling problems without committing to a
lengthy run calculation.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
2.4.3
WaterCAD/WaterGEMS Import Dialog Box

Use this dialog box to import model data and steady-state results from WaterCAD or
WaterGEMS into HAMMER. For more information, see Part 1Importing and Verifying the Initial Steady-States on page 3-116.
File > Open:
Click File > Open or click the Ellipsis () button to

select the WaterCAD or WaterGEMS database
(.MDB) file you want to import. The path and
filename of what you import displays in the Project
field.
Scenario:
If the project you are importing has more than one

scenario, use the drop-down menu to select the
scenario that you want to analyze in HAMMER.
Units:
Select the units you want to use for the project.

(Permissible units are cfs, ft. and cms, m.)
Time Step:
Select the time step you want to use.
Create HAMMER Input File:
Click Create HAMMER Input File to create a

HAMMER file from your WaterCAD/GEMS project.
Steady State/Extended Period: If you have selected Extended Period, a set of

extended period options become available for
editing. These are Start Time, Duration, and
Hydraulic Time Step. Otherwise, HAMMER uses
steady-state for the basis of calculations.
Start Time:
Set the beginning time for the analysis.
Duration:
Set how long the analysis lasts.
Hydraulic Time Step:
Set the increments over which the model will be

measured.
Run Simulation:
Click Run Simulation to run the Steady State or

Extended Period scenario that you imported.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-45
Hammer Dialog Boxes
Table 2-1: Element Conversions from WaterObjects to HAMMER

WaterCAD/WaterGEMS
HAMMER Equivalence
Junctions
Junction with positive demand
Consumption
Junction with negative demand
Reservoir
Junction with zero demand (0 or 1 branches)
Dead end
Junction with zero demand (2+ branches)
Junction
Tanksa
Tank (variable-area)
Variable-area surge tank
Tank (constant-area)
Simple surge tank
Pipes
Pipe
Pipe
Reservoirs
Reservoir
Reservoir
Pumps
2-46
Pump (constant-power pump curve)
Constant-speed, between 2 pipes no pump

curve
Pump (design-point 1 point)
Constant-speed, between 2 pipes pump

curve
Pump (standard 3 point)

curve
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

Table 2-1: Element Conversions from WaterObjects to HAMMER (Contd)
WaterCAD/WaterGEMS
HAMMER Equivalence
Pump (standard-extended)

curve
Pump (custom-extended)

curve
Pump (multiple-point)

curve
Valves
PRV (pressure-reducer valve)
Valve of various types between 2 pipes
PSV (pressure-sustaining valve)
PBV (pressure-breaker valve)
Orifice between 2 pipes
FCV (flow-control valve)
TCV (throttle-control valve)
GPV (general-purpose valve)
a. You can convert any surge tank to a reservoir (either representation is hydraulically correct) if
the liquid level of the surge tank will not change due to transient inflows or outflows.
2.4.4
Import EPANET File Dialog Box

The Import EPANET File dialog box lets you to choose the EPANET input and report
files you import into an existing or a new HAMMER file. Because HAMMER needs
steady-state run results, including flow values, to calculate transients, the EPANET
report file is required. For more information, see Importing/Exporting EPANET
v.2.0 on page 4-140.
EPANET Report FileBrowse to select an .RPT file. The .RPT file is generated
by developing a report on an EPANET model run in the EPANET editor.
EPANET Network FileBrowse to select an .INP file. The .INP file is generated by exporting an EPANET .NET file to a network .INP file.
Output HAMMER FileBrowse to select the name of the new hammer file
(*.HIF) to which the data is transferred from the EPANET files.
ModeLets you select whether the file to which EPANET data is being written is
a new file or existing file that you want to update.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-47
Hammer Dialog Boxes
2.4.5
Existing Hammer FileBrowse to select the name of the existing hammer file
(.HIF) to which the data is transferred from the EPANET files. To enable this
selection, you must first set Mode to Update.
Recent ImportsLists the files recently imported from EPANET.
ImportImports the file chosen.
CloseCloses the dialog box without importing any files.
Import Surge 2000 File Dialog Box

The Import Surge 2000 File dialog box lets you to choose the Surge files you import
into a HAMMER file. For more information, see Surge to HAMMER Field-to-Field
Conversion on page 2-49 and Importing PIPE2000 or Surge2000 on page 4-142.
2-48
Surge Output FileBrowse to select the output file generated by Surge (.OT2).
Surge Input FileBrowse to select the input file generated by Surge (.DT2).
Output Hammer FileBrowse to select the name of the HAMMER file (.HIF)
to which surge information will be written.
ImportImports the file into HAMMER.
CloseCloses the dialog box without importing anything.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
Surge to HAMMER Field-to-Field Conversion

Consider the following when converting to HAMMER from Surge 2000.
Bladder Surge Tank (Surge) to Gas Vessel (HAMMER) on page 2-49
Closed Surge Tank (Surge) to Gas Vessel (HAMMER) on page 2-51
One-Way Open-Surge Tank (Surge) to Simple-Surge Tank (HAMMER) on

page 2-52
Open-Surge Tank (Surge) to Simple Surge Tank (HAMMER) on page 2-53
Pressure Valve (Surge) to SAV/SRV (HAMMER) on page 2-54
Rupture Disk (Surge) to Rupture Disk (HAMMER) on page 2-56
Single-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve (Surge) to Air Valve (HAMMER) on page 2-57
Surge-Anticipation Valve (Surge) to SAV/SRV (HAMMER) on page 2-58
Two-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve (Surge) to Air Valve (HAMMER) on page 2-60
Three-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve (Surge) to Air Valve (HAMMER) on page 2-61
Bladder Surge Tank (Surge) to Gas Vessel (HAMMER)

Table 2-2: SurgeBladder Surge Tank
Code
Description
Units
x1
Diameter
m, ft
x2
Initial fluid level
m, ft
x3
Initial gas volume
m3, ft3
x4
Expansion contstant
none
x5
Set pressure or head
m, ft
x6
Inflow resistance
none
x7
Outflow resistance
none
HAMMER User's Guide
2-49
Hammer Dialog Boxes

Table 2-3: HAMMERGas Vessel
Code
Description
Units
y1
Diameter of orifice or throat
mm, in
y2
Initial volume of gas or tank volume
m3, ft3
y3
Exponent of gas law
none
y4
Ratio of losses
none
y5
Headloss coefficient (outflow)
none
y6
Bladder
yes/no
y7
Tank volume
m3, ft3
y8
Preset pressure
m, ft
Table 2-4: Mappings

Code
Map
y1
x1
y2
x3
y3
x4
y4
x6 / x7
y5
x7
y6
Yes
y7
x3
y8
x5
X2 is not used, since HAMMER does not track tank geometry of liquid level.
2-50
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

Closed Surge Tank (Surge) to Gas Vessel (HAMMER)
Table 2-5: SurgeClosed Surge Tank
Code
Description
Units
x1
Diameter
m, ft
x2
Initial fluid level
m, ft
x3
Initial gas volume
m3,ft3
x4
Gas expansion contstant
none
x5
Inflow resistance
m, ft
x6
Outflow resistance
none
Table 2-6: HAMMERGas Vessel

Code
Description
Units
y1
Diameter of orifice or throat
mm, in
y2
Initial volume of gas or tank volume
m3, ft3
y3
Exponent of gas law
none
y4
Ratio of losses
none
y5
none
y6
Bladder
yes/no
y7
Tank volume
m3, ft3
y8
Preset pressure
m, ft
Table 2-7: Mappings

Code
Map
y1
x1
y2
x3
y3
x4
y4
x5 / x6
HAMMER User's Guide
2-51
Hammer Dialog Boxes

Table 2-7: Mappings
Code
Map
y5
x6
y6
No
y7
n/a
y8
n/a
X2 is not used, since HAMMER does not track tank geometry of liquid level.
One-Way Open-Surge Tank (Surge) to Simple-Surge Tank (HAMMER)

Table 2-8: SurgeOne-Way Open Surge Tank
Code
Description
Units
x1
Diameter
m, ft
x2
Maximum fluid level
m, ft
x3
Inflow resistance
none
x4
Outflow resistance
none
x5
Check-valve resistance
N, lb
x6
Check-valve time
sec.
Table 2-9: HAMMERSimple Surge Tank

Code
2-52
Description
Units
y1
Initial water level
m, ft
y2
Diameter
mm, in
y3
Diameter of orifice
mm, in
y4
Elevation of top of tank
m, ft
y5
Check valve installed
yes/no
y6
Ratio of losses
none
y7
none
y8
Weir coefficient
n/a
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

Table 2-10: Mappings
Code
Map
y1
n/a x2
y2
x1
y3
n/a
y4
n/a x2
y5
Yes
y6
x3 / x4
y7
x4
y8
n/a
X5 and X6 are not used, since HAMMER does not account for check-valve resistance.
Open-Surge Tank (Surge) to Simple Surge Tank (HAMMER)

Table 2-11: SurgeOpen Surge Tank
Code
Description
Units
x1
Diameter
m, ft
x2
Maximum fluid level
m, ft
x3
Inflow resistance
none
x4
Outflow resistance
none

Code
Description
Units
y1
Initial water level
m, ft
y2
Diameter
mm, in
y3
Diameter of orifice
mm, in
y4
Elevation of top of tank
m, ft
HAMMER User's Guide
2-53
Hammer Dialog Boxes

Code
Description
Units
y5
Check valve installed
yes/no
y6
Ratio of losses
none
y7
none
y8
Weir coefficient
n/a

Code
Map
y1
n/a
y2
x1
y3
n/a
y4
x2
y5
No
y6
x3 / x4
y7
x4
y8
n/a
HAMMER can track tank-overflow rate using y4 and y8, but Surge does not.
Pressure Valve (Surge) to SAV/SRV (HAMMER)

Table 2-14: SurgePressure-Relief Valve
Code
2-54
Description
Units
x1
Opening pressure
kPa, psi
x2
Opening time
sec.
x3
Closing pressure
kPa, psi
x4
Closing time
sec.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

Table 2-14: SurgePressure-Relief Valve
Code
Description
Units
x5
External head
m, ft
x6
Sensing node
none
x7
Inflow resistance
none
x8
Outflow resistance
none
Table 2-15: HAMMERSAV/SRV

Code
Description
Units
y1
Type of valve
SAV/SRV
y2
SAV Diameter
mm, in
y3
SRV Diameter
mm, in
y4
SAV threshold pressure
m, ft
y5
SRV threshold pressure
m, ft
y6
SAV open time
sec.
y7
SAV fully-open time
sec.
y8
SAV closing time
sec.
y9
Type of SAV
needle
y10
SAV Cv at full opening
n/a
y11
SRV spring constant
n/a

Code
Map
y1
SRV
y2
n/a
y3
n/a
y4
n/a
y5
x1
HAMMER User's Guide
2-55
Hammer Dialog Boxes

Code
Map
y6
n/a
y7
n/a
y8
n/a
y9
n/a
y10
n/a
y11
n/a
HAMMER SRV uses a spring constant, y11, not a pre-set opening time, x2. For the same
reason, there is no need for x3 and x4; the spring closes the valve.
x5, external head, is not used in HAMMER. Instead, connect SRV to suction piping (the default
connection is to atmosphere).
x6, x7, and x8 are not used in HAMMER. HAMMER assumes the valve is piloted locally, so
there is no need to describe losses in a sensing line.
Rupture Disk (Surge) to Rupture Disk (HAMMER)

Table 2-17: SurgeRupture Disk
Code
Description
Units
x1
Opening pressure
kPa, psi
x2
Inflow resistance
none
x3
Outflow resistance
none
Table 2-18: HAMMERRupture Disk

Code
2-56
Description
Units
y1
Typical flow
m3/sec., cfs
y2
Pressure
m, ft
y3
Threshold pressure
m, ft
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

Code
Map
y1
n/a
y2
n/a
y3
x1
x2 and x3 are not used because HAMMER assumes connecting lines are not limiting, unless
you model them as such using small diameter pipes. HAMMER has y1 and y2 that can be used
to account for the orifice and those two connecting pipes, if any.
Surge does not appear to have a Cv or other flow-versus-pressure-drop coefficient.
Single-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve (Surge) to Air Valve (HAMMER)

Table 2-20: SurgeSingle-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve
Code
Description
Units
x1
Outflow diameter
mm, in
x2
Outflow diameter
mm, in
x3
Initial air volume
m3, ft3
Table 2-21: HAMMERAir Valve

Code
Description
Units
y1
Initial air volume
m3, ft3
y2
Outflow diameter (< TV)
mm, in
y3
Transition volume
m3, ft3
y4
Outflow diameter ( TV)
mm, in
y5
Inflow diameter
mm, in
HAMMER User's Guide
2-57
Hammer Dialog Boxes

Code
Map
y1
x3
y2
x1 (=x2)
y3
n/a
y4
x1 (=x2)
y5
x1 (=x2)
Surge-Anticipation Valve (Surge) to SAV/SRV (HAMMER)

Table 2-23: SurgeSurge-Anticipation Valve
Code
Description
Units
x1
Opening pressure
kPa, psi
x2
Opening time
sec.
x3
Full-open time
sec.
x4
Closing time
sec.
x5
External head
m, ft
x6
Sensing node
none
x7
Inflow resistance
none
x8
Outflow resistance
none

Code
2-58
Description
Units
y1
Type of valve
SAV/SRV
y2
SAV Diameter
mm, in
y3
SRV Diameter
mm, in
y4
SAV threshold pressure
m, ft
y5
SRV threshold pressure
m, ft
y6
SAV open time
sec.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

Code
Description
Units
y7
SAV fully-open time
sec.
y8
SAV closing time
sec.
y9
Type of SAV
needle
y10
SAV Cv at full opening
n/a
y11
SRV spring constant
n/a

Code
Map
y1
SAV
y2
n/a
y3
n/a
y4
x1
y5
n/a
y6
x2
y7
x3
y8
x4
y9
n/a
y10
n/a
y11
n/a
x5, external head, is not used in HAMMER. Instead, connect SAV to suction piping (the default
connection is to atmosphere).
x6, sensing node, is not used in HAMMER. Instead, HAMMER assumes that the valve is
piloted locally. Note that SAV pilots are rarely more than 10 m away, so the wave travel time of
0.01 seconds may be less than a simulation time step.
x7 and x8, inflow and outflow resistance, are not used in HAMMER, but these can probably be
converted to y10, SAV Cv at full opening.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-59
Hammer Dialog Boxes

Two-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve (Surge) to Air Valve (HAMMER)
Table 2-26: SurgeTwo-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve
Code
Description
Units
x1
Outflow diameter
mm, in
x2
Outflow diameter
mm, in
x3
Initial air volume
m3, ft3

Code
Description
Units
y1
Initial air volume
m3, ft3
y2
mm, in
y3
Transition volume
m3, ft3
y4
mm, in
y5
Inflow diameter
mm, in
2-60
Code
Map
y1
x3
y2
x2
y3
n/a
y4
x2
y5
x1
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

Three-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve (Surge) to Air Valve (HAMMER)
Table 2-29: SurgeTwo-Stage Air-Vacuum Valve
Code
Description
Units
x1
Inflow diameter
mm, in
x2
First outflow diameter
mm, in
x3
Second outflow diameter
mm, in
x4
Switch value
depends on
x5
Switch flag
flow/pr./vol.
x6
Initial air volume
m3, ft3

Code
Description
Units
y1
Initial air volume
m3, ft3
y2
mm, in
y3
Transition volume
m3, ft3
y4
mm, in
y5
Inflow diameter
mm, in

Code
Map
y1
x6
y2
x3
y3
x4 (volume)
y4
x2
y5
x1
x5 is not used in HAMMER. Instead, you must convert flow or pressure (possibly obtained from
a trial HAMMER simulation) to an equivalent y3 transition volume.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-61
Hammer Dialog Boxes
2.4.6
Search Dialog Box

Use the Search dialog box to quickly locate any element in the drawing by its label.
For more information, see Finding Elements on page 5-157.
2-62
Enter the Label:
Type the element name for which you are searching.
Search for Node/Pipe:
Select whether the element that you are searching for

is a node or a pipe.
By Label/Node:
Select whether you want to search for the pipe by its

label name or by the node name.
Find:
Click Find to being the search for the item you

specified.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
2.4.7
FlexUnits Dialog Box

Select the units, system, precision, and scientific notation displayed for each attribute.
Click in a cell to change an attribute or setting. For example, to change the Unit for
Flow, click the Unit cell in row 6 and select the unit you want to use from the dropdown list. For more information, see FlexUnits on page 4-149.
2.4.8
System: SI:
If System: SI displays, then HAMMER is using the

metric system. Click System: SI if you want to
change the units to U.S. customary.
System: US:
If System: US displays, then HAMMER is using the

U.S. customary system. Click System: US if you
want to change the units to SI.
Color Mapping Box

The Color Mapping box is only available after you click Go and run your model. This
option lets you color code items. The color coding is available for pipes and nodes.
For more information, see Part 4Color-Coding Maps, Profiles, and Point Histories on page 3-128.
The following are the attributes available for color coding of pipes:
OffSelect this if you do not want to color code your pipes based on any
attribute.
Maximum/Minimum HeadColor codes the maximum or minimum transient

head experienced at any point in the pipe throughout the simulation period.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-63
Hammer Dialog Boxes
Maximum/Minimum FlowColor codes the maximum or minimum transient

flow experienced at any point in the pipe throughout the simulation period. Note
that the initial flow direction at time zero is considered as positive flow.
Maximum Vapor VolumeColor codes the maximum vapor volume, if any, that
occurred at all locations in the pipe at any time during the simulation.
Maximum Air VolumeColor codes the maximum air volume, if any, that
occurred at all locations in the pipe at any time during the simulation.
The following are the attributes available for color coding of nodes:
OffSelect this if you do not want to color code your nodes based on any
attribute.
Maximum/Minimum HeadColor codes the maximum or minimum transient

head experienced at the nodes resulting from a transient in any pipe linked with
the node.
Maximum/Minimum PressureColor codes the maximum or minimum transient pressure experienced at the nodes resulting from a transient in any pipe
linked with the node.
Maximum Vapor VolumeColor codes the maximum vapor volume, if any, that
occurred at a node at any time during the simulation.
Maximum Air VolumeColor codes the maximum air volume, if any, that
occurred at a node at any time during the simulation.
Click Scales to open the Color Map Settings dialog box. Click Legend and then click
the Drawing Pane to place a legend that describes the color coding.
2-64
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
2.4.9
Color Map Settings Dialog Box

Color Map Settings Dialog Box lets you set the color coding for pipes or nodes. The
title bar shows the name of the attribute for which color coding settings are displayed.
Color Setting:
%Percentage value of the attribute being color coded. 100% is maximum value
among all elements during the period of simulation or the Maximum Value and
Minimum Value you enter.
ColorThe color that corresponds to the percentage and value associated with an
attribute. This color is displayed for the selected percentage. Click a color to open
it and display the Choose Color dialog box (see Choose Color Dialog Box on
page 2-66).
ValueAbsolute value of the attribute being color coded.
Buttons:
AddAdds a new set point for the range of color.
DeleteDeletes an existing set point and color.
PresetsLets you select an existing, previously saved color-code range.
Save PresetLets you save the current color coding as a preset for use later on.
Delete PresetLets you delete any existing preset. Click Delete Preset and you
are prompted to select the preset you want to delete.
Scale Type:
Quartile, Quintile, Decile, and Percentile correspond to upper and lower range
limits of 25, 20, 10 and 1 percent, respectively.
You can also click Custom (Percent) to use the Low Percent and High Percent
sliders or Custom (Value) to enter the limiting values directly.
Scale Limits:
Default MinimumDisplays the minimum attribute value from the entire simulation.
Default MaximumDisplays the maximum attribute value from the entire simulation.
Minimum ValueUser-specified minimum value that is available if you choose

Custom (Value) as the Scale Type.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-65
Hammer Dialog Boxes
2.4.10
Maximum ValueUser-specified maximum value that is available if you choose

Custom (Value) as the Scale Type.
Low Percent/High PercentA visual representation of the scale chosen based

on scale type and limits.
Choose Color Dialog Box

The Choose Color dialog box lets you select a color for use in the color map.
2-66
SwatchesComprise predefined colors. Click a one of the color squares to select

it
HSBLets you define a color based on hue, saturation, and brightness. Hue is the
value of the pure color (such as orange) based on 360 degrees of a standard color
wheel (values are from 0 to 359 inclusive), saturation is them amount of gray in
the color (0% is gray and 100% is pure color), and brightness is the amount of
light in the color (zero brightness is black and 100% is white).
RGBLets you define a color based on the amount of transmitted red, green, and
blue light it contains (values for each range from 0 to 255 inclusive). For example,
255, 255, 255 is white and 0, 0, 0 is black.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

Click OK to apply that color to your color map. Click Cancel to close the dialog box
without making a change and click Reset to set the color options to their defaults.
2.4.11
Global HAMMER Options Dialog Box

The Global HAMMER Options include:
Colors on page 2-67
Tooltips on page 2-69
Tabs on page 2-69
File I/O on page 2-70
Other Options on page 2-71
For more information, see Global HAMMER Options on page 4-142.
Colors
To change colors, click the color you want to change, or click the Ellipsis () button
that corresponds to the item whose color you want to change.
Rubber Band:
This is the color of the border of the bounding box

that you draw when you click and drag to select
elements in the Drawing Pane.
Handle:
This is the color for the rectangle that goes around a

selected element.
Highlight:
The color for selected pipes.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-67
Hammer Dialog Boxes

Background:
The color for the main display.
Node:
The color for all of the individual nodes in the model
Line:
The color of the lines in the model
Text:
The color of the text in the model.
When changing colors, you can choose a predefined color from a drop-down list or
enter the RGB values for the color. After you change a color, click the Close button in
the top-right of the Color Editor dialog box to save your change.
Set an RGB
value
2-68
Click the Close

button to save
your changes
Pick a
color
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
Tooltips
Use the Tooltips tab to control how tooltips display in HAMMER.
Initial Delay:
Set the time it takes for the tooltips to open after you
move the mouse over an element in a dialog box.
(Unit is milliseconds.)
Enable Tooltips:
Set this to True if you want to use tooltips or False if

you want tooltips turned off and not to display in
HAMMER.
Tabs
Show Properties On Create:
Shows the property pane or tabs at the right of the

Drawing Pane when you're creating an element. This
has no effect if the tabs are already shown.
Show Properties On Select:
Shows the property pane or tabs at the right Drawing

Pane when you're selecting an element. Similarly, it
has no effect if the tabs are already shown.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-69
Hammer Dialog Boxes
File I/O
This tab lets you set default directories used by HAMMER for Data Path, Output Path,
and Report Path. Specify a default path and directory by clicking Browse, navigating
to and selecting the location you want to use.
2-70
Microsoft Access EXE, Epanet EXE, and Text Editor EXE let you set the location
of these program files that HAMMER can use.
The location of the Microsoft Access database allows you to open tabular reports
generated by HAMMER, and the default text editor is used when you open ASCII
.RPT or .OUT files. Wordpad and Notepad are examples of text editors.
Epanet EXE must display the path to the EPANET directory on your computer
before you can import or export EPANET files.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
Other Options
Default Font:
Select a font to be used for all projects using the

Default Font drop down menu. A range of font types
are available.
Anti-Alias:
Set this to True to enhance the appearance of straight

lines in the HAMMER Drawing Pane.
Show Startup Dialog:
Set this to True to display the Welcome to

HAMMER dialog box when you open HAMMER.
Optimized Anim. Performance: Set this to True to minimize the amount of RAM
required for animations or set this to False to
maximize the speed with which the animation can be
made ready.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-71
Hammer Dialog Boxes
2.4.12
HAMMER Viewer Dialog Box

For more information on the HAMMER Viewer, see Output Windows: HAMMER
Viewer on page 2-20.
File > Open:
Select a HAMMER output (.HOF), graph (.GRP), or

animation (.ANI) file you want to use.
Settings:
The settings menu lets you anti-alias plots and

animations for smoother lines and show (or not) a
company logo and name on the plots and animations.
For more information about logos and company
names, see Using Your Organizations Name and
Logo on page 8-206.
2-72
Tools:
The tools menu lets you select the logo and company
name that is called from the Settings menu. The logo
must be a .GIF file.
Path Profile:
Select the path profile you want to plot or animate.
Time History:
Select the element where the profile ends.
Graph Type:
Select the output variables you want plotted in the

graph.
Animate:
Creates a graph that can be animated to visualize

model results.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window

Plot:
2.4.13
Makes a static graph suitable for reports.
Animation Control Dialog Box

Use the animation control buttons (reverse, forward, stop, fast reverse, and fast
forward) to control the animation.
File > Save Animation/As:
Saves the location and size of every HAMMER

graph window currently shown on the screen in a
HAMMER animation file (.ANI). You may be
prompted to save all active graphs first. It is faster to
open an animation file from the HAMMER Viewer
than to open each graph file and reposition each one
manually.
View Menu:
Use the View menu to set whether you want the full
or compact version of the Animation Control dialog
box.
Speed:
Set the number of frames shown per second.
Frame:
Set the current frame in your animation.
Animation control
buttons
HAMMER User's Guide
2-73
Hammer Dialog Boxes
2.4.14
Font Dialog Box

Set the font family, style, and size you want to use in a HAMMER graph. (To open a
HAMMER graph, click Tools > Viewer > Graphics.) You should use font families
that are installed on your computer. These are installed in your Winnt\Fonts or
\Windows\Fonts directories (and perhaps in other locations if you purchased fonts or
font software).
2.4.15
Copy Paths Dialog Box

If two HAMMER project files share pipes, you can copy the path information from
one project file to the other. For more information, see How Do I Copy a Path from
One HAMMER Project to Another? on page A-233.
2-74
Source:
The HAMMER project file where the path you want

to copy is defined.
Target:
The HAMMER project file to which you want to

copy the path information.
Browse:
Click Browse to select the Source and Target

HAMMER files.
New Paths:
Select the check boxes of paths that you want to copy

from the source project.
Existing Paths:
Paths that already exist in the destination project are

listed.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
2.5
HAMMER Toolbars
There are two tool panes in HAMMER: utility and element. The utility tool pane
contains buttons to manage projects, work with data,m and present results.
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3
2.5.4
File Tools (Modeler Only)
New (Ctrl + N)Creates a new project.
Open (Ctrl + O)Opens an existing project.
Save (Ctrl + S)Saves the current project.
Edit Tools (Modeler Only)
Cut (Ctrl + X)Deletes the selected item or group of items and places it
other programs.
Copy (Ctrl + C)Copies the selected item or group of items and places it
on the Windows clipboard. This items can be pasted back into HAMMER
or other programs.
Paste (Ctrl + V)Inserts the item on the Windows Clipboard into the
Drawing Pane at the current cursor position and selects them. The same
items can be pasted repeatedly to replicate similar pump suction and
discharge piping, for example.
Run Control (Modeler Only)
Go (Ctrl + R)Runs the currently open HAMMER project file. A

dialog box opens so you can choose the name and location of the output
files and whether you want to generate an output database or animation data.
Project OptionsDisplays the Project Options dialog box. This includes

the project title, units, and other useful information.
Display Tools (Modeler Only)
SelectAfter clicking this toolbar icon, move the cursor over any
hydraulic element in the Drawing Pane and click to select it.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-75
Hydraulic Elements (Modeler Only)
2.5.5
2.5.6
PanAfter clicking this toolbar icon, hold down the left mouse button and
move the mouse to reposition the Drawing Pane window.
Zoom Window or Zoom InMagnifies an area of the Drawing Pane

centered on the cursor (left click). Magnify an area of the drawing by
holding down the left mouse button, moving the cursor, and releasing it to
define the Zoom Window.
Zoom OutReduces the magnification of an area of the Drawing Pane

centered on the cursor (left click) so you can see more of a large drawing.
Normalize Symbol SizeResizes all symbols and text in the Drawing

Pane to a convenient size for the current window. These symbol sizes
persist when the zoom level changes.
Zoom ExtentsZooms to the full extent of the workspace so that every

hydraulic element is contained in the Drawing Pane.
Output Graphics (Modeler Only)
StickyToggle sticky mode. While in sticky mode, the current mouse

function remains active until you change it by clicking a toolbar button.
CaptureCaptures the contents of the Drawing Pane and copies it to the

Windows clipboard. You can paste various views into a graphical editor to
generate compound figures, such as a large-scale view with a small-scale
inset showing the overall location in the network.
Map SelectionProvides a choice of the maximum

or minimum hydraulic transient heads or flows, or
the maximum vapor or air volumes, and automatically produces a customizable color-coded map in the Drawing Pane. You can
color-code pipes, nodes, or both.
Help (Modeler Only)

Haestad OnlineProvides instant access to a wealth of information on
Haestads Web sites and forums using your internet connection.
HAMMER HelpOpens the HAMMER Help utility.
2.6

The hydraulic element toolbar has two fundamental icons (node and link) followed
by four types of elements grouped together:
2-76
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
2.6.1
2.6.2
Boundaries on page 2-77
Control Equipment on page 2-77
Protection Equipment on page 2-78
Rotating Equipment on page 2-79
Boundaries
JunctionJunctions can be located at system boundaries or between

other hydraulic elements.
ConsumptionConsumption nodes can be located at system boundaries

or between other hydraulic elements.
Dead EndA dead end can be used to represent a permanently closed

valve or a blind flange end connection in the system.
Periodic Head/FlowA versatile hydraulic boundary condition which

allows you to specify a constant head (pressure), flow, or any time-dependent variation, including periodic changes that repeat indefinitely until
the end of the simulation.
ManholeA pressurized pipe connected to atmosphere that can accept

any user-defined inflow pattern or hydrograph. Useful in representing
surcharged sewer systems.
ReservoirA reservoir is assumed to have a very large surface area such

that it maintains a constant hydraulic grade line while supplying or
accepting any amount of flow to or from the system, respectively.
Control Equipment
These hydraulic elements are selected from the drop-down menu.
Orifice to AtmosphereA constant-diameter orifice which releases

flow from the system to atmospheric pressure in proportion to the transient head at the orifice location.
Orifice at Branch EndA Y-shaped pipe fitting with a branch at the

end of which is an orifice discharging flow from the system to atmospheric pressure in proportion to the transient head at the orifice location.
Orifice between 2 PipesA fixed-diameter orifice which breaks pressure, useful for representing choke stations on high-head pipelines.
Rating CurveA boundary element which releases flow from the

system to atmosphere based on a custom-defined rating curve relating
head (pressure) and flow.
HAMMER User's Guide
2-77
2.6.3
Valve to AtmosphereA valve which releases flow from the system to

atmospheric pressure based on its Cv curve and position (if open).
Valve of Check Type between 2 PipesA check valve only allows flow
in one direction. This element is useful to simulate a by-pass line with
check valve.
Valve of Check Type at Wye BranchA Y-shaped pipe fitting with a

check valve in one of the branches.
Valve of Various Types between 2 PipesA versatile element which

can represent a wide range of common valves complete with detailed
stroke data and Cv relationships.
Valve with Linear Area Change between 2 PipesAn ideal valve

useful for verifying best-case assumptions or representing motorized
valves.
Protection Equipment
2-78
Air ValveAn air-release valve which allows air to exit the system to
atmospheric pressure (but prevents fluid from escaping).
Air Valve (Slow-Closing) between 2 PipesAn air-release valve with a

damped closure mechanism to minimize valve slamrelated transient
pressures.
SAV/SRV at End of 1 PipeA surge-anticipator valve (SAV) or surgerelief valve (SRV) at the end of a pipe releases fluid from the system to
atmospheric pressure.
SAV/SRV between 2 PipesA surge-anticipator valve (SAV) or surgerelief valve (SRV) at the end of a pipe releases fluid from the system to
another part of the system, such as a reservoir or suction piping system.
Surge Tank (Simple)A cylindrical tank which allows fluid to enter the
pipeline when pressures drop and returns fluid to the tank when pressures
increase.
Surge Tank (Differential) between 2 PipesA specialized surge tank

within a larger tank which provides a fast response.
Surge Tank (Variable Area)A tank with user-specified geometry

which allows fluid to enter the pipeline when pressures drop and to return
to the tank when pressures increase.
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Main Window
2.6.4
Gas VesselA pressure vessel connected to the system and containing

fluid in its lower portion and a pressurized gas, usually air, in the top
portion. A flexible and expandable bladder is sometimes used to keep the
gas and fluid separate.
Rupture Disk between 2 PipesA plate which blocks the entire crosssectional area of a pipe, forming a dead end in the system unless a specified pressure is exceeded, in which case it bursts and allows fluid to exit
the system via the second pipe segment.
Rotating Equipment
2.7
Shut After Time Delay, between 2 PipesA pump between two pipe
segments which shuts down after a user-specified time delay. Useful to
simulate a power failure.
Constant Speed between 2 Pipes - No Pump CurveA simplified

constant-speed pump element between two pipe segments.
Constant Speed at Reservoir - Pump CurveA constant-speed pump

directly connected to a reservoir of fluid, which supports user-defined
pump curves.
Constant Speed, between 2 Pipes - Pump CurveA constant-speed

pump between two pipes, which supports user-defined pump curves.
Variable Speed, between 2 PipesA variable-speed (or torque) pump

between two pipes. Also known as a variable-frequency drive or VFD.
Turbine between 2 PipesA turbine between two pipes.
HAMMER Status Bar

The HAMMER status bar, at the bottom of the programs Main Window, displays
useful information about the current state of the Drawing Pane and HAMMER model
file. Its several useful components are described separately below.
General Status Information:
HAMMER User's Guide
General status information includes messages that

relate to your current activities. These messages
contain such information as menu command
descriptions and indications regarding the progress of
an executing command.
2-79
HAMMER Status Bar
2-80
Cursor Location and Zoom:
The status bar displays the current X and Y

coordinates for the cursors position within the
Drawing pane, complete with their current unit of
measurement. A list box next to the coordinates
allows you to select a particular zoom level for the
Drawing pane.
Show Tab Button:
The Show Tab button toggles the Properties tab on or

off (to maximize the amount of screen space
available to the Drawing Pane).
Unit System Status:
The unit system button on the task bar indicates the

unit system that is currently active: Systme
International (S.I. metric) or U.S. customary
(English). It does not indicate changes to units of
individual variable fields. If you use this box to
change the unit system, the dimension of every
variable will be converted automatically throughout
HAMMER.
Calculation Results Status:
In Modeler mode, if the current calculation results

are out of date or otherwise invalid, an indicator
appears in the status bar signifying that the results no
longer match the state of your input data. If the
results are currently valid, no such indicator appears.
File Status:
If changes have been made since the last time the

project file was saved, an image of a diskette appears
in the status pane. If the file is currently in a saved
state, no image appears.
HAMMER User's Guide
Chapter
Quick Start Lessons
Note:
You can perform these lessons in sequence, since each lesson

uses what you learned in the previous ones, or do the lessons in
any order using the catch-up files located in the
\Haestad\HAMR\Lesson#\Catch-up folder, where # is the lesson
number.
HAMMER is a very efficient and powerful tool for simulating hydraulic transients in
pipelines and networks. The quick-start lessons give you hands-on experience with
many of HAMMERs features and capabilities. These detailed lessons will help you to
explore and understand the following topics:
1. Pipeline Protection using HAMMERby assembling a pipeline using the
graphical editor and performing two hydraulic transient analyses; without protection and with protection. In Lesson 2, you will also be able to import the same
pipeline data from an EPANET file.
2. Working with Data from External Sourcesby importing hydraulic model data
from EPANET, PIPE2000/Surge2000, WaterCAD/WaterGEMS using WaterObjects technology, or GIS and databases using the HAMMER Datastore.
3. Network Risk Reduction using HAMMERby importing a water distribution
network model from WaterCAD/WaterGEMS and performing a hydraulic transient analysis using advanced surge protection and presentation methods.
Another way to become acquainted with HAMMER is to run and experiment with the
sample files, located in the \Haestad\HAMR\Samples folder. Remember, you can
press the F1 key to access the context-sensitive help at any time.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-81
Lesson 1: Pipeline Protection
3.1

In this lesson, you will use HAMMER to perform a numerical simulation of hydraulic
transients in a water transmission main and, based on the results of your analysis,
recommend suitable surge-protection equipment to protect this system from damage.
You can do this in three steps:
1. You need to analyze the system as it was designed (without any surge-protection
equipment) to determine its vulnerability to transient events.
2. You can select and model different surge-protection equipment to control transient
pressures and predict the time required for friction to attenuate the transient
energy.
3. You can present your results graphically to explain your surge-control strategy
and recommendations for detailed design.
3.1.1
Part 1Creating or Importing a Steady-State Model

You can create an initial steady-state model of your system within HAMMER directly,
using the advanced HAMMER Modeler interface, or import one from an existing
steady-state model created using other software. In this lesson, you will assemble a
hydraulic transient model using both methods to learn their respective advantages and
note the similarities between them.
Creating a Model
HAMMER is an extremely efficient tool for laying out a water-transmission pipeline
or even an entire distribution network. It is easy to prepare a schematic model and let
HAMMER take care of the link-node connectivity and element labels, which are
assigned automatically. Only pipe lengths must be entered manually to complete the
layout. You may need to input additional data for some hydraulic elements prior to a
run.
Note:
Regardless of the screen coordinates entered or displayed in the

element editor, HAMMER analyzes the system using the pipe
lengths entered. If you import data from another model,
HAMMER uses and displays the lengths from the corresponding
field, not the XYZ coordinates (if any).
The water system is described as follows: a water-pumping station draws water from a
nearby reservoir (383 m normal water level) and conveys 468 L/s along a dedicated
transmission pipeline to a reservoir (456 m normal water level) for a total static lift of
456 383 = 73 m. The elevation of the constant-speed pump is 363 m and its speed is
3-82
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons

1760 rpm. Transmission main data are given in Table 3-1: Nodes and Elevationson
page 3-84 and Table 3-2: Link (Pipe) Properties and Steady State HGLon page 3-86.
Other data will be discussed below, as you add or modify each hydraulic element in
this system.
To create a hydraulic model using the HAMMER Modeler interface:
1. Start HAMMER from the Windows start menu using Start > Programs >
Haestad Methods > HAMMER > HAMMER or double-click the HAMMER
desktop icon (if any).
2. Click File > New to start a new project. This starts HAMMERs graphical element
editor, so you can draw the system by inserting hydraulic elements.
3. Set the default unit system for this project to SI.
Click the button labeled U.S., which is displayed near the right end of the status
bar (to the right of the Show Tabs button), so that it displays: SI.
If this button
displays U.S.,
click it so that SI
displays
4. Add a node.
a. Click Add Node.
b. Move the cursor over the drawing pane and click to insert a node.
HAMMER automatically names this node J1.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-83

c. Select the node and rename it by entering Res1 in the label field of the
element editor pane.
Enter the name of

the node
d. Click Select Object.

e. Right-click this node and select Convert Type > Boundaries >
Reservoir.
5. Add three more nodes to the right of Res1 and rename them PJ1, PMP1, and PJ2.
6. Convert PMP1 to a pump by selecting right-clicking it and selecting Convert
Type > Rotating Equipment > Constant Speed between 2 Pipes - No Pump
Curve.
Table 3-1: Nodes and Elevations
3-84
Node Name
Elevation (m)
Description (Optional)
Res1
383
Source reservoir
PJ1
363
Suction
PMP1
363
Pump
PJ2
363
Pump discharge
J1
408
Feedermain
J2
395
Feedermain
J3
395
Feedermain
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons

Table 3-1: Nodes and Elevations (Contd)
Node Name
Elevation (m)
Description (Optional)
J4
386
Feedermain
J5
380
Feedermain
J6
420
Feedermain
Res2
456
Receiving reservoir
Note:
You can create nodes and link them together automatically

using the Add Pipe button. Just click the location where you
want the first node, move the cursor, click again and repeat the
procedure until done. The majority of nodes in the system can
be entered in this way.
7. Add a pipe connecting Res1 to PJ1, and PJ1 to PMP1.

a. Click Add Pipe.
b. Then, click Res1.
c. Then, click PJ1.
d. Then, click PMP1.
e. Right-click to finish adding pipe.
8. Complete the schematic of the entire transmission pipeline by adding all the nodes
and pipes shown in Table 3-1: Nodes and Elevationson page 3-84 and Table 32: Link (Pipe) Properties and Steady State HGLon page 3-86.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-85

Note:
If the steady-state HGL was not provided, you could calculate it

manually using the Hazen-Williams or Darcy-Weisbach formula
or obtain it by running a steady-state model such as WaterCAD/
WaterGEMS, EPANET, or PIPE2000.
If you have trouble entering decimals for any values (for
example, if the value is automatically rounded), then use Tools >
FlexUnits to set the precision for the attribute in question.
Table 3-2: Link (Pipe) Properties and Steady State HGL

Pipe ID
Node
From
Node
To
Length
(m)
Diameter
(mm)
F. Node
Hd (m)
T. Node
Hd (m)
DarcyWeisbach
Friction
Factor (f)
PS1
Res1
PJ1
50
600
383.00
382.78
0.0191
PMP1S
PJ1
PMP1
40
600
382.78
382.78
0.0191
PMP1D
PMP1
PJ2
10
600
464.23
464.23
0.0191
P1
PJ2
J1
20
600
464.23
464.14
0.0191
P2
J1
J2
380
600
464.14
462.46
0.0191
P3
J2
J3
300
600
462.46
461.13
0.0191
P4
J3
J4
250
600
461.13
460.02
0.0191
P5
J4
J5
400
600
460.02
458.24
0.0191
P6
J5
J6
250
600
458.24
457.14
0.0191
P7
J6
Res2
175
600
457.14
456.36
0.0191
9. Set the Init. Flow for all pipes (Q) to 467.996 L/s.
10. Set the Wave Speed for all pipes to 1,200 m/s.
Once you have finished adding these hydraulic elements to the system, your schematic should look like the following figure.
3-86
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
Add pipe
Add node
Specify units
for this project
a. Select individual nodes from the drawing pane and set their names and elevations as shown in Table 3-1: Nodes and Elevationson page 3-84. Alternatively, you can select All Nodes from the drop-down menu at the top of the
element selector in the Properties tab, as shown below, to display them.
Again, you must set the name and provide the correct elevation for each node.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-87
Select element type
Use shortcut menu

for FlexUnits
Click to open the

FlexUnit menu
b. Similarly, select each pipe and set its label and other properties as shown in
Table 3-2: Link (Pipe) Properties and Steady State HGLon page 3-86.
Transient Tip: Elevations are extremely important in hydraulic transient
modeling. This is because slopes determine how fast
water columns will slow own (or speed up) as their
momentum changes during a transient event. Therefore,
defining the profile of a pipeline is a key requirement
prior to undertaking any hydraulic transient analysis
using HAMMER.
11. Click File > Save As to select a directory and save your file with a name such as
Lesson1.hif (HAMMER file names are not case sensitive).
3-88
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
Wave speed
for this pipe
Steady-state flow
Steady-state head at node J3
Steady-state head at node J4
Results display after a run
Importing a Steady-State Model from EPANET

Note:
The results of the imported EPANET model will not match those
of the model for which you entered data manually unless you
change the lengths of pipes PMP1S and PMP1D as shown in
Table 3-2: Link (Pipe) Properties and Steady State HGLon page 386.
For a detailed description of the procedure to import a steady-state model into

HAMMER from EPANET, see Importing from EPANET on page 3-114. You can do
this and return to Part 2 afterwards, or continue directly to Part 2 now.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-89
3.1.2
Part 2Selecting the Transient Events to Model

Any change in flow or pressure, at any point in the system, can trigger hydraulic transients. If the change is gradual, the resulting transient pressures may not be severe.
However, if the change of flow is rapid or sudden, the resulting transient pressure can
cause surges or water hammer (see HAMMER Theory and Practice on page B-235).
Since each system has a different characteristic time, the qualitative adjectives
gradual and rapid correspond to different quantitative time intervals for each system.
There are many possible causes for rapid or sudden changes in a pipe system,
including power failures, pipe breaks, or a rapid valve opening or closure. These can
result from natural causes, equipment malfunction, or even operator error. It is therefore important to consider the several ways in which hydraulic transients can occur in
a system and to model them using HAMMER.
Transient Tip: If identifying, modeling, and protecting against several
possible hydraulic transient events seems to take a lot of
time and resources, remember that it is far safer and less
expensive to learn about your systems vulnerabilities by
breaking pipes in a computer modeland far easier to
clean upthan from expensive service interruptions and
field repairs.
In this lesson, you will simulate the impact of a power failure lasting several minutes.
It is assumed that power was interrupted suddenly and without warning (i.e., you did
not have time to start any diesel generators or pumps, if any, prior to the power
failure). The purpose of this type of transient analysis is to ensure the system and its
components can withstand the resulting transient pressures and determine how long
you must wait for the transient energy to dissipate.
For many systems, starting backup pumps before the transient energy has decayed
sufficiently can cause worse surge pressures than those caused by the initial power
failure. Conversely, relying on rapid backup systems to prevent transient pressures
may not be realistic given that most transient events occur within seconds of the
power failure while isolating the electrical load, bringing the generator on-line, and restarting pumps (if they have not timed out) can take several minutes.
3.1.3
Part 3Configuring the HAMMER Project

Before running the HAMMER model you have created, you need to set certain runtime parameters such as the fluid properties, piping system properties, run duration,
and output requirements.
1. Click Tools > Project Options or click the Project Options icon in the toolbar.
2. Select the Summary (default) tab and set the following parameters:
3-90
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
Run Duration = 140
Time = Seconds
Pressure Wave Speed = 1250 m/s
Vapor Pressure = 10 m-Hd (default value).
Specify run
duration in
seconds or steps
Global wave speed

Default vapor
pressure
Transient Tip: Wave speed is a key parameter in transient analysis.

Entering a pressure wave speed as a global parameter in
the System tab overrides all wave speeds assigned to
individual pipes. This is fine if all pipes in the system are
made of the same material, otherwise it is preferable to
leave the global wave speed field blank (not zero).
3. Click the Report Points tab and click Specific Points from the Report drop-down
list.
4. Select the following points to report on: PMP1D:PMP1, P1:J1, and P2:J1 to
output the transient history (or temporal variation of flow, head, and air or vapor
volumes) at the pump and nearby nodes (you can also add other points of interest,
such as P7:Res2).
HAMMER User's Guide
3-91
Specify selection
type for report
points
Nodes added
for reporting
Remaining
points (nodes)
in the system
Note:
Click to add or
remove report
points
Ctrl+click and Shift+click only work for removing elements from

the Report list; you cannot use Ctrl+click and Shift+Click to
select multiple pipes in the System list.
5. Click the Report Paths tab and then click Add Path to create a new path, then
name it Main.
6. Select the pipes PMP1D, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6 and P7 in the System pane and
add them to the Main path by clicking the > button.
7. Click OK to close the window.
3-92
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
Click to add
more paths
Click to show
path in the
drawing pane
Pipes in the
path: Main
Click to add or
remove pipes
8. Save the file with the same name (Lesson1.hif) using File > Save. You are now
ready to run your HAMMER model.
3.1.4
Part 4Performing a Transient Analysis

In this section, you will first simulate transient pressures in the system due to an emergency power failure without any protective equipment in service. After a careful
examination of your results, you will select protective equipment and simulate the
system again using HAMMER to assess the effectiveness of the devices you selected
to control transient pressures.
Analysis Without Surge Protection Equipment

To perform a hydraulic transient analysis of the system after a sudden power failure
without surge protection (other than the pumps check valve):
1. Right-click the pump node (PMP1) and select Convert Type > Rotating Equipment > Shut After Time Delay, between 2 Pipes.
You can also change this pumps type from the toolbar by selecting it from the
Rotating Equipment menu on the toolbar.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-93
Time delay
before shutdown
Time to close
check valve (no
delay)
Note:
Do not set the X- and Y-coordinate values.
2. Set the pump parameters:

a. Time Delay: Set this to 5 seconds. For convenience, it is assumed that the
power failure occurs after 5 seconds, so that point histories will show the
initial steady state during this period.
b. Time to Close: Set this to 0 seconds. The power failure is assumed to be
instantaneous and the check valve is allowed to close without any delay (zero)
to protect the pump from damage.
c. Diameter: Set the inside diameter of the pumps intake flange to 600 mm.
d. Specific Speed: Set this to U.S. 1280 - metric 25, based on the pumps rotation speed (1760 rpm). See Appendix B for an explanation of how to determine a pumps specific speed.
e. Reverse Spin: Set this to Not Allowed. Not allowing reverse spin assumes
there is a check valve on the discharge side of the pump or that the pump has a
nonreverse ratchet mechanism.
f.
3-94
Percent Eff.: Set this to 85 percent.
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons

g. Inertia of Pump: This is the combined pump, shaft, and motor inertia: set it
to 169 nm2. This can be obtained from the manufacturer or estimated from its
power rating (see HAMMER Theory and Practice on page B-235).
h. Rotational Speed: Set this to 1760.0.
3. Save your changes.
4. Click GO (on the HAMMER toolbar) to display the Run Control
dialog box.
5. Select the Generate Animation Data check box. (For more information on pump
properties, see Hydraulic Element Reference on page 6-161.)
Note:
If you do not have Microsoft Access, or if its path is undefined,

you will not be able to click Generate Output Database to get
formatted reports. You can set the executable path for Microsoft
Access using Tools > Global HAMMER Options, selecting the
File I/O tab, and clicking Browse to locate the MSACCESS.EXE
file on your computer.
6. Click Run; a HAMMER run status window opens and displays the progress of the
elapsed run.
If you suspect that a data-entry error may have occurred, you can select Data
Check before clicking Run, to perform a short run that detects errors before a
(much longer) full run.
7. When the run is completed, the HAMMER Viewer opens automatically to let you
view graphs and animate the hydraulic transient heads and flows.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-95
Click to plot
profile
Select parameter
to plot
Select point
to plot
Select parameter
to plot
Select path
to plot
Reviewing your Results

By default, HAMMER does not generate output for every location or every time step,
since this would result in very large file sizes (tens or hundreds of megabytes). For the
specific points or paths (e.g., profiles) you specified prior to the run, you can generate
several types of graphs or animations to visualize the results:
1. HGL Profile: HAMMER can plot the steady-state hydraulic grade line (HGL) as
well as the maximum and minimum transient head envelopes along the Main
path.
2. Time History: HAMMER can plot the time-dependent changes in transient flow,
and head and display the volume of vapor or air at any point of interest.
3. Animations: You can click Animate to visualize how system variables change
over time after the power failure. Every path and history on the screen is synchronized and animated simultaneously. Note how transient pressures stabilize after a
while.
It is important to take the time to carefully review the results of each HAMMER run to
check for errors and, if none are found, learn something about the dynamic nature of
the water system (either experiment or see Part 5Animating Transient Results at
Points and along Profiles on page 3-100 for instructions on how to do the following).
3-96
The graph for the Main path shows that a significant vapor cavity forms at the
local high point at the knee of the pipeline (i.e., the location where the steep pipe
section leaving the pumps turns about 90 degrees to the horizontal in the pump
station).
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
Viewing the animation a few times shows that a vapor pocket grows at node J1 (as
the water column separates) and subsequently collapses due to return flow from
the receiving reservoir Res2. The resulting transient pressures are very sudden
and they propagate away from this impact zone, sending a shock wave throughout
the pipeline.
The time history at the pump shows that the check valve closes before these pressure waves reach the pump (zero flow), effectively isolating it from the system
and protecting it against damage.
Vapor pocket at high point
Max. transient head
Steady-state head
Min. transient head
Pipe elevation
Analysis with Surge-Protection Equipment

Certain protective equipment such as a gas vessel (also known as a hydropneumatic
tank or air chamber), combination air valve CAV; also known as a vacuum-breaker
and air-release valve, or a one-way surge tank can be installed at local high points to
control hydraulic transients.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-97

Note:
Adding surge-control equipment or modifying the operating

procedures may significantly change the dynamic behavior of
the water system, possibly even its characteristic time. Selecting
appropriate protection equipment requires a good
understanding of its effect, for which HAMMER is a great tool, as
well as the good judgment and experience you supply.
It is clear that high pressures are caused by the sudden collapse of a vapor pocket at
node J1. You could install a Gas Vessel at junction J1 to supply flow into the pipeline
upon the power failure, keeping the upstream water column moving and minimizing
the size of the vapor pocket at the high point (or even preventing it from forming).
You can test this theory by simulating the system again using HAMMER and
comparing the results with those of the unprotected run:
1. Right-click node J1 and select Convert Type > Protective Equipment > Gas
Vessel.
2. Click Yes when prompted to reset the computed results.

3. Set the Gas Vessel properties:
a. Set the Elevation to 408.000 m.
b. Set the Diam. of Ori./Thrt. to 300 m.
c. Set the Ratio of Loss to 2.5.
3-98
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons

d. Set the Head Loss Coefficient to 1.0.
e. Set the Bladder to Yes.
f.
Set the Tank Vol. to 20.0,
g. Set the Preset Press. to 0.0.

h. Do not change the X- and Y- coordinate values.
4. Select File > Save As and save the file with a new name:
Lesson1_Protection.hif.
5. Click GO, check Generate Animation Data and click Run to run this model.
6. If you have done everything correctly, the maximum transient head envelopes
with gas vessel protection should look as follows.
No significant air pocket
Max. transient head

Steady-state head
Min. transient head
Pipe elevation
Installing a Gas Vessel at node J1 has significantly reduced transient pressures in the
entire pipeline system. Due to this protection equipment, no significant vapor pocket
forms at the local high point. However, it is possible that a smaller Gas Vessel could
provide similar protection.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-99

It is also possible that other protection equipment could control transient heads and
perhaps be more cost-effective as well. Before undertaking additional HAMMER
simulations, it is worthwhile to compare and contrast the results with or without the
Gas Vessel.
In Part 6Adding Comments to Generate Report-Ready Graphs on page 3-103,
you will learn how to change the appearance of HAMMER graphs. In Lesson 3:
Network Risk Reduction on page 3-115, you will learn how to add your organizations logo and many other useful presentation skills.
3.1.5
Part 5Animating Transient Results at Points and along

Profiles
HAMMER provides many ways to visualize the simulated results using a variety of
graphs and animation layouts. You must specify which points and paths (profiles) are
of interest, as well as the frequency to output prior to a run, or HAMMER will not
generate this output to avoid creating excessively large output files (.HOF). For small
systems, you can specify each point and every time step, but this is not advisable for
large water networks.
For the same reason, HAMMER only generates the Animation Data (for on-screen
animations) or Output Database (for tabular reports in Access) if you select this
option in the Run dialog box.
3-100
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons

Note:
To achieve shorter run times and conserve disk space, try to

avoid generating voluminous output, such as Animation Data or
Output Databases, at an early stage of your hydraulic transient
analysis. Fast turnaround makes your evaluation of different
alternatives more interactive and challenges you to apply good
judgement as you compare your mental model of the system
with HAMMERs resultsa good habit which is like estimating
an answer in your head when using a calculator.
While you are still evaluating many different types or sizes of surge-protection equipment, you can often compare their effectiveness just by plotting the maximum transient head envelopes for most of your HAMMER runs. At any time, or once you feel
you are close to a definitive surge-control solution, you can generate animation data in
one of two ways:
Use HAMMER to generate the animation data files before you run the program by
clicking Generate Animation Data in the run dialog box (as you have already
done this for the two previous runs). After the run, HAMMER automatically starts
the HAMMER Viewer.
Immediately after a run (i.e., prior to the next run), you can generate animation
data using Tools > Generate Animations. You will need to load this animation
data using Tools > Viewer > Graphics and selecting the correct HAMMER
output file (.HOF) prior to animating the results on screen.
Once you have generated the animation data files, you will be able to display animations without running HAMMER again. This saves a lot of time when comparing the
results of several surge-control alternatives.
You can load the animation data files using the HAMMER Viewer:
1. Click Tools > Viewer > Graphics.
2. Select the .HOF file you created previously.
3. In the HAMMER Viewer, select:
Path: Main
Graph Type: Path & Volume
4. Click the Animate button. This loads the animation data and Animation Control.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-101
Select path to animate
Select parameter
to animate
Click to animate
5. On the Animation Controller, click the play button to start the animation.
At a certain time (19.5000 s), the animation window should look similar
to the following figure.
Max. vapor pocket

Animated vapor pocket
Max. transient head
Animated profile
Pipe elevation
Min. transient head
6. Right-click on the graph and click Save as to save the result displayed on screen
as a HAMMER graph (.GRP) or Windows bitmap (.BMP). You can reload
HAMMER graphs later.
3-102
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
Save the animated

results in a
HAMMER .GRP file
3.1.6
Part 6Adding Comments to Generate Report-Ready

Graphs
1. Using the HAMMER Viewer, you can plot a transient history at any point in the
system to display the temporal variation of selected parameters (such as pressures
and flow). You can also plot a profile of selected variables along a particular path
to display the spatial extent of transient phenomena. Finally you can compare the
results of two similar graphs generated with or without protection, for example.
Lets start with the simulated results without protection.
2. Select Tools > Viewer> Graphics and load Lesson1.hof file to start the
HAMMER Viewer.
3. Select:
History: P1:J1
Graph Type: Flow & Head
4. Click Plot to display this transient history.

5. Select:
Path: Main
Graph Type: Path
6. Click Plot to display it.

7. To format a graph:
a. Click the graphs frame to select it (this will display square handles on the
frame outline)
b. Right-click the frame to open the graphs shortcut menu.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-103
Lesson 2: Working with Data from External Sources

c. Select a shortcut menu item, such as Draw Symbol.
d. In the shortcut menu, you can select Format Graph to open the Format
Graph dialog box and set the graphs properties.
8. To change the figure number, title, date, and project number, double-click them
and make the changes.
Change axis settings
Add hydraulic elements

on the pipeline
Double-click to
change the plot title
3.2
Lesson 2: Working with Data from External

Sources
Transient Tip: It is good engineering practice to run a HAMMER model
without modifying any of its parameters after importing it
from another steady-state model (i.e., EPANET). Since no
transient event has been selected, HAMMERs results
should show no change in head and flow for any time
and at any point in the system. If so, the initial steadystate can be considered correct. Otherwise, input
parameters or solution tolerances need to be checked
and likely corrected in the steady-state model.
3-104
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons

HAMMER makes it easy to import hydraulic model data from other hydraulic models
or database-enabled application software such as GIS (or to export HAMMER results
to such software). In this Lesson, you will learn how to
Import steady-state hydraulic model results from WaterCAD or WaterGEMS,

EPANET, or PIPE2000/Surge2000 into HAMMER.
Export and import database files (in Microsoft Access .MDB format) for data
sharing, result postprocessing, and interfacing with external data sources such as
AutoCAD or GIS.
Importing a model saves time and reduces transcription errors because HAMMER
automatically converts the majority of the data, but you still need to check the model
and enter information specific to hydraulic transient analysis.
3.2.1
Part 1Exporting an Input or Output File to a HAMMER

Datastore
A HAMMER datastore is a special database format (see Starting a HAMMER
Project on page 4-137) that can be used to obtain input data or create output tables.
This section discusses techniques to create, modify, and use the HAMMER datastore
to run HAMMER.
Creating a HAMMER Input Datastore

From any HAMMER input file (.HIF), you can create a HAMMER input datastore as
follows:
1. Double-click the HAMMER desktop icon, or select HAMMER from the
Windows Start menu: Start > All Programs > Haestad Methods > HAMMER >
HAMMER to start HAMMER.
Note:
You can use the Zoom Full Extent and Reset Zoom buttons to
scale the network in the HAMMER window.
2. Click File > Open, and open Lesson2.hif (in the \HAMR\Tutorials\Lesson2
folder).
3. Click File > Export > Database > Input to create the HAMMER input datastore
in .MDB format.
4. Name the file, Lesson2_Input.mdb.
5. HAMMER will create database tables and display the a message that the tables
were successfully created. Click OK to continue.
6. A control window opens, letting you Create ASCII File, open the Database
Window, or Exit Access.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-105

Click Database Window and an Access database window opens.
Note:
You can make changes directly to the HAMMER input datastore

or you can import data from external sources to any of its tables.
Following this, you can import the modified HAMMER input
datastore to perform another transient analysis.
7. Double-click an individual table, for example Pipes, to view and edit an element.
For your hydraulic system, the Pipes Table should appear as follows.
3-106
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
8. Experiment with other database tables (such as nodes, system, or path), make any
changes you need, and save the file with the same name.
Creating an Output Datastore

1. You must run a HAMMER model prior to creating a HAMMER output datastore.
a. Click GO in HAMMER Modeler.
b. Select Generate Output Database.
c. Click Run.
Even if you did not select Generate Output Database, you can click File > Export
> Database > Output to create a HAMMER output datastore. HAMMER creates
an output database using the same name as the HAMMER input file (in this case
Lesson2.mdb) and opens a control window:
HAMMER User's Guide
3-107
Note:
By default, HAMMER creates an output database template file

(.MDB) and saves it with the same name as the HAMMER input
file (.HIF) during each run. When you create the output datastore
using the exporter, HAMMER populates that database template.
2. Select Extremes and click Display to view the tabulated results in Access. The
table should look appear as shown below. You can also view reports for vapor
pockets, nodes, pipes, or the system summary.
3-108
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
3.2.2
Part 2Importing a HAMMER Datastore

HAMMER cannot currently import a HAMMER input datastore directly using File >
Import. However, you can import an input datastore into HAMMER using the
following procedure:
1. From Windows Explorer or your favorite Windows file manager, locate the file
Lesson2-input.mdb and double-click it to open Access and automatically load
the input datastore you have just created.
2. Click Database Window to display the list of tables for this pipe system.
3. Make any changes to the datastore; for example, connect two pipes to node J2 and
modify the Access database tables for Pipes, Nodes, and NodeDataSmall as the
highlighted rows in the following figures show:
HAMMER User's Guide
3-109
Newly added pipes
Newly added nodes
3-110
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
Newly added nodes
4. Save the database file with the same or a new name (same name is the default) and
close the database.
5. Open Lesson2-input.mdb in Access.
6. When prompted, click Create ASCII File to create a HAMMER input file in a
temporary .INP format.
7. Save this file with the name Lesson2-InputFromDatabase.INP and click OK.
HAMMER displays the status of the creation of the file.
8. In HAMMER Modeler, click File > Open and select the HAMMER input file you
have just created. You will see the modified pipe network with the two new pipes
you just added to the HAMMER datastores database tables.
9. HAMMER automatically converts .INP files to the HAMMER input file format
(.HIF). If a file with the same name exists, HAMMER prompts you to overwrite it
or provide a different file name.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-111
New pipes added in

the datastore
Using this technique, you can also modify an existing HAMMER input database by
linking it to other pipe-system database files from external sources, such as Access
databases created by AutoCAD or GIS software.
3-112
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
3.2.3
Part 3Importing Haestad Methods Models Using

WaterObjects
You can import system data from Haestad Methods WaterCAD or WaterGEMS
hydraulic models directly into HAMMER using WaterObjects technology.
1. Select File > Import > Network > WaterCAD/WaterGEMS to open the
WaterCAD/WaterGEMS Import dialog box.
Select units for

exported model
Select timestep to
export (for extended
period simulation)
Click to generate
steady-state results
to export
2. Use File > Open or the Ellipsis () button to select a WaterCAD or WaterGEMS
file. The path of the file is listed in the project field.
3. Select a Scenario, Units, and Calculation Options (Steady-State or ExtendedPeriod Simulation time step).
4. Click Run Simulation to generate steady-state hydraulic results.
5. Click Create HAMMER Input File to generate an .HIF file (HAMMER will
prompt you for the file name).
After the input file is created, a message box will display any notes about the
creation.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-113
3.2.4
Part 4Importing from Other Models

Importing from other models includes:
Importing from EPANET on page 3-114
Importing from PIPE2000 or Surge2000 on page 3-115
Importing from EPANET

You can compare the model you are about to import from EPANET with the one you
assembled in Part 1 of Lesson 1. To import data and steady-state results from the
EPANET 2.0 hydraulic model:
1. Click File > Import > Network > Epanet 2.0. The Import EPANET File dialog
box opens.
2. Click the EPANET Report File Browse button to select the EPANET Report File,
Lesson2_Epanet.rpt, from the \Haestad \HAMR\Tutorials\Lesson2\EPANET
folder.
3. Select the EPANET Network File Browse button to select Lesson2_Epanet.inp
from the same folder.
4. Click the Output HAMMER File Browse button, and name the HAMMER input
file Lesson2.hif.
5. Leaving the import Mode setting set to New.
6. Click Import. A dialog box will indicate the status of the import process.
3-114
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons

7. Select File > Open to load the HAMMER input file, Lesson2.hif, from the folder
you specified during the import operation.
8. Compare this imported pipeline with the one you created using the HAMMER
Modeler interface (see Part 1Creating or Importing a Steady-State Model on
page 3-82).
Importing from PIPE2000 or Surge2000

The procedure and interface for importing from PIPE2000 or Surge2000 is similar to
that for EPANET. The import dialog for PIPE2000/Surge2000 is shown below.
3.3
Lesson 3: Network Risk Reduction

In Lesson 1, you learned how to create and run a simple pipeline model and explored
its different characteristics using HAMMER Modeler and HAMMER Viewer. In
Lesson 2, you imported this same pipeline from EPANET into HAMMER. In Lesson
3, you will import a simple water-distribution network connected to the same pipeline
introduced in Lesson 1, using WaterObject technology. You will then perform a more
advanced hydraulic transient analysis, again in three steps:
1. Import the steady-state WaterCAD model into HAMMER and verify it.
2. Select a transient event to analyze and run the HAMMER model.
3. Annotate and color-code the resulting map, profiles, and histories using
HAMMERs powerful, built-in visualization capabilities.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-115
3.3.1
Part 1Importing and Verifying the Initial Steady-States

Follow these steps to import model data and steady-state results from WaterCAD or
WaterGEMS into HAMMER (see Part 3Importing Haestad Methods Models
Using WaterObjects on page 3-113):
1. Start HAMMER from the Windows Start menu using Start > All Programs >
Haestad Methods > HAMMER > HAMMER or double-click the HAMMER
desktop icon (if any).
2. Click File > Import > Network > WaterCAD/WaterGEMS to open the WaterObject importer.
3. Browse your system to locate and open the file Lesson3-WtrGems.mdb from the
folder Haestad\HAMR\Tutorials\Lesson3\WaterGEMS.
4. Click Steady-state, then click Run Simulation. Select cms, m in the Units dropdown list. Click Create HAMMER Input File and save the HAMMER input file
as Lesson3.hif.
Note:
3-116
Set the Control Status of valve VLV1 to Throttled or Wide Open.

Click Operating Rule and set the Relative Closure to 0 at 0 s and
0 at 1000 s (for example), so that the valve will remain fully open
throughout the simulation.
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons

Inspecting the steady-state model results using HAMMER Modeler reveals that
the water transmission main now carries only 207 L/s of water from the pumping
station to reservoir Res2 at elevation 456 m. A local main takes water from the
transmission main at a tee located about 400 m from the pumping station, distributing 265 L/s to a nearby subdivision. The part of the subdivision close to the
pumping station has lower ground (and therefore water main) elevations, while
the far end has higher ground elevations. Your goal is to identify transient issues
for this system and recommend surge protection alternatives.
5. By default, HAMMER selects a Constant speed pump (with no pump curve) to
represent the imported pump. Prior to running the HAMMER model of this
system, you need to select some profiles and points of interest.
6. Click Tools > Project Options and select the Report Points tab. Add nodes
PMP1D:PMP1, P1:J1, P2:J1, P2:J2, P8:J2, P27:J19, P28:J19, P47:J34, and
P50:J37 to the report points (you learned how to do this in Lesson 1).
Note:
HAMMER plots time histories at a pipes end points, defined as

the point on a pipe closest to a node and labeled
Pipe_End_Point:Node. To obtain a complete picture of what is
occurring at any given node, you must inspect every end point
connected to that node (e.g., in this example, plot histories at
end points P1:J1 and P2:J1 for node J1).
7. Click the Report Paths tab and create three paths as follows:
Create Path1 and add pipes PMP1D, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6, and P7 to it.
Create Path2 and add pipes PMP1D, P1, P2, P8, VLV1U, VLV1D, P9, P10,
P14, P48, P49, and P50 to it.
Create Path3 and add pipes PMP1D, P1, P2, P8, VLV1U, VLV1D, P9, P15,
P22, P24, P28, P30, P46, and P47 to it.
8. Click VLV1 and set the Disch. Coeff. to 0.9.

9. Click the Summary and set Run Duration = 160 s, Time = seconds, Wave
Speed = 1250 m/s, and Vapor Pressure = -10 m-Hd (default value).
10. Click File > Save to save this HAMMER input file with the same name,
Lesson3.hif.
11. Click File > Run and click Run to run the HAMMER model.
12. The HAMMER Viewer will open automatically after the run completes. Click
Plot to generate a plot of the maximum and minimum head envelopes along
Path1, Path2, and Path 3. The envelopes along Path1 should look like the
following figure.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-117
13. Click Plot to generate a plot of the hydraulic transient history of Flow & Head at
the pumping station. There should be no significant change in the steady-state
conditions with time.
Transient Tip: When you import a steady-state model using
WaterObject, the Friction Coef. and Wave Vel. fields of
individual pipes are left empty (not zero). This does not
affect the results, since HAMMER calculates the friction
factor prior to every run and because it uses the global
Wave Velocity (in the System tab of the Model Settings
dialog). If the pressure wave speed differs for individual
pipes, you must enter a Wave Vel. value for each pipe in
your system.
Results from the HAMMER run you have just completed do not show any change in
the steady-state heads and flows throughout the water network as time passes. This
indicates the imported steady-state model can be considered as correct. You are now
ready to proceed with the hydraulic transient analysis for this network.
If the solution tolerance of a steady-state model is too coarse, HAMMERs highly
accurate model engine may report transients at time zero in the .OUT file. This can
usually be handled by running the steady-state model again with a much smaller error
tolerance.
3-118
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
3.3.2
Part 2Selecting the Key Transient Events to Model

In Lesson 1, you simulated the transient pressures resulting from a sudden power
failure. In this lesson you will learn how to simulate transient pressures in a water
distribution network triggered by an emergency pump shutdown and restart.
Although a power failure often results in the worst-case conditions, restarting before
friction has dissipated the transient energy can cause higher extreme pressures than the
initial power failure.
3.3.3
Part 3Performing a Transient Analysis

In order to generate transient events for a rapid but controlled emergency pump shutdown and restart, you need to set appropriate pump characteristics to control the speed
at which this pump can shut down and restart. One of the ways to do this is to install a
variable-frequency drive (VFD), also known as a variable-speed pump.
Analysis without Surge Protection

1. Right-click node PMP1 and select Convert Type > Rotating Equipment > Variable Speed, between 2 Pipes. You can also select a different pump type in the
Element Property pane.
Note:
You will be prompted to reset the computed results. Click Yes.
2. You can use either Speed or Torque to control the VFD pump ramp times. In this
lesson, you will learn how to control the pump using Speed. The property window
for Variable Speed, between 2 Pipes appears as follows.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-119
Note:
HAMMER saves your data automatically when you exit a dialog

box by clicking Close.
3. Click the drop-down list next to the Operating Rule. A data table for the pumps
Speed and operating Time appears. Fill the table as indicated and click Close to
leave the table.
3-120
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons

4. Click Go to open the Run dialog box. Check Generate Animation Data and
click Run to start the simulation. You will need the animation data later to
animate the results on screen. When the run completes, it automatically loads the
HAMMER Viewer, from which you can plot and animate your results.
5. Plot the transient history at end point PMP1D:PMP1 (i.e., the discharge side of
the pump). It should look like the following figure and have these characteristics:
After the emergency pump shutdown, pressure and flow drop rapidly,
followed by a large upsurge pressure (at about 15 s) after flow returning to the
pumping station collapses the vapor pockets at the high points. The check
valve on the discharge side of the pump keeps the flow at zero during the
initial and subsequent pressure oscillations (until the pump restarts).
The maximum transient head resulting from the pump restart does not exceed
the maximum head reached about ten seconds after the initial power failure.
This is because flow supplied by the pump prevents vapor pockets from reforming and collapsing again.
The system approaches a new steady state after 50 seconds and it has essentially stabilized to a new steady state by 90 seconds.
As expected, the final steady state is similar to the initial steady state.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-121
6. Plot the maximum and minimum transient head envelopes along the Paths Path1,
Path2, and Path3. The Path3 envelopes should look like the following figure:
3-122
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
In these figures,
Subatmospheric transient pressures occur in almost half of the pipeline. Full

vacuum pressure (10 m) occurs at the knee of the pipeline (near the pump
station) and at the local high point in the distribution network.
Maximum transient pressure heads are of the order of 100% above steadystate pressures along the majority of Path3. This is likely very significant
compared to the pipes surge-tolerance limit, especially if the network
contains older pipes. It would be useful to show the pipes working pressure
and surge-tolerance limit on the paths to assess whether it can withstand these
high pressures.
7. Experiment to learn the sensitivity of this system to an automatic, emergency

shutdown and restart:
Set different shutdown and restart ramp times for the pump. For example, try
10 s ramp times for the pump. How fast does the flow decrease to zero? Why?
Select different time delays between the pump shutdown and restart. What
happens if you try to restart the pump when pressure is at its lowest, rising, or
highest?
HAMMER User's Guide
3-123

8. Identify the fastest ramp times and shortest time delay which do not result in unacceptable transient pressures anywhere in the system. Since the maximum transient
envelopes depend on these two variables, several valid solutions are possible. You
can document your solution in the operations manuals for the pumping station and
verify its accuracy upon commissioning.
Note:
The volume of vapor or air reported at a node is the sum of the

volumes at every end point of all connected nodes. Since a pipe
may have volumes elsewhere than at its end point, node and
pipe volumes may not match. If more than two pipes connect to
a node, the volume reported on a path (or profile) plot may not
match the volume reported for that nodes history, or in the
Drawing Pane, because a path can only include two of the pipes
connecting to that node.
9. The results indicate that significant pressures occur in the system. After viewing
the animations, it becomes even more clear that:
High pressures result from the collapse of significant vapor pockets at local
high points. Inspection of the transient histories at end-points P2:J1 and
P27:J19 confirms that vapor pockets collapse at around these times.
The pump restarts at 25 s or 20 s after the start of the emergency pump shutdown, just as the high-pressure pulse from the collapse of a vapor pocket at
node J1 is reaching the pump station. This pulse closes the check valve
against the pump for a while, until it reaches its full speed and power at
around 30 s.
Transient pressure waves travel throughout the system, reflecting at reservoirs, dead-ends, and tanks. This results in complex but essentially periodic
disturbances to the pump as it attempts to re-establish a steady state.
As expected, the final steady-state head and flow are similar to the initial
steady state.
Analysis with Surge-Protection Equipment

You can select from an array of protective equipment to control high and low transient
pressures in the pipeline (Path1) and distribution network (Path2 and Path3). Using
HAMMER, you can assess the efficiency of alternative protection equipment, noting
how protection for the pipeline affects conditions in the network and vice versa. In this
example you will try to protect this entire system with two surge-control devices:
3-124
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
A gas vessel or air chamber at node J1 similar to the protection used in Lesson
1. Due to the connected pipe network, transient pressure pulses fragment and
attenuate more rapidly and there is much less flow in the pipeline; therefore a 5 m3
gas vessel is adequate. This is a significant reduction compared with the 20 m3 gas
vessel in Lesson 1.
A simple flow-through surge tank or standpipe at the node J19. A combination

air valve could also be considered for this location if freezing or land-acquisition
costs are a concern.
To protect the system:

1. Right-click node J1 and select Convert Type > Protective Equipment > Gas
Vessel.
2. Enter the following Gas Vessel parameters:
HAMMER User's Guide
3-125

3. Right-click node J19 and select Convert Type > Protective Equipment > Surge
Tank (Simple).
4. Enter the following simple surge tanks parameters:
5. Select File > Save As to save the file with the name Lesson3-Protection.hif.
6. Click Go to run the model (check the option Generate Animation Data).
7. Once the run completes and HAMMER Viewer opens, select Path1, Path2, and
Path3 in sequence and click Plot to generate graphs of their transient head envelopes. The envelope along Path3 with surge protection should look like the
following figure:
3-126
No subatmospheric pressures occur anywhere in the distribution network

(along Path3).
High transient pressures are comparable to the steady-state pressures for the
downstream half of Path3. Keeping transient water pressures within a narrow
band reduces complaints and it could be important for certain industries.
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
8. Compare the transient head envelopes and transient histories for HAMMER runs
with different parameters, without and with protection:
You may be able to reduce the size (and cost) of the Gas Vessel and Surge
Tank (Simple) by changing their parameters until surge pressures are unacceptable.
Instead of the Gas Vessel and Surge Tank, you can also try installing a twoway or combination Air Valve at nodes J1 and J19.
9. Before recommending a surge-protection strategy for this system, you need to

perform a transient analysis of an emergency power failure and other possible
transient events.
10. Use HAMMERs animation capabilities to prepare a presentation explaining the
pros and cons of each protection alternative, as you did in Part 5 of Lesson 1. You
will learn more advanced techniques in the next parts of this lesson.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-127
3.3.4
Part 4Color-Coding Maps, Profiles, and Point Histories

In the design of a surge-control strategy for a water distribution network, the extreme
states are usually of the greatest interest. HAMMER has built-in capabilities to visualize maximum and minimum simulated flows, heads, pressures, and volumes (vapor
or air) throughout the pipe system. You can color-code nodes and pipes according to
these different parameters. HAMMER Modeler also displays line thicknesses in
proportion to the pipes diameter.
In this part of the lesson, you will learn how to use HAMMERs color-coding features
to make your presentation more intuitive and compelling to your audiences.
1. In HAMMER Modeler, click File > Open and load the file Lesson3.hif.
2. Click the Go button on the HAMMER toolbar and click Run to generate output to
be displayed with the color-coding. When the run is completed, you will see that
the entire pipe network, including the nodes, is now shown in color. By default,
HAMMER uses Maximum Head for both the pipes and nodes for color-coding.
3. Select any node on the map and set maximum and minimum pressures in the
network to psi using FlexUnit. You can do this by clicking on the unit indicator in
the Element Editor; for example, m-head or ft-head.
4. Use the Map Selection drop-down box on the HAMMER toolbar (left of the
Globe icon) to select the parameters you want to display for pipes and nodes. The
following screen prompts you for a selection. Keep Maximum Head (for pipes)
and select Maximum Pressure (for the nodes).
5. Click on the Scales button at the bottom of the Map Selection choice list. The
color settings correspond either to the Maximum Head or Maximum Pressure,
if these are currently displayed in the Map Selection drop-down list. Select a
Percentile scale.
3-128
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
HAMMERs Color Map Settings dialog for the variable Maximum Pressure
(for nodes) shows the maximum and minimum values of this variable using the
units you selected with the FlexUnits manager. The appearance of the resulting
map depends on how skillfully you divide the total range into intervals and how
you set colors corresponding to each of the interval boundaries:
Select equal intervals by clicking on the Quartile, Quintile, Decile, and

Percentile Scale Type. These correspond to upper and lower range limits of
25, 20, 10, and 1 percent, respectively.
You can also click Custom (Percent) to use the Low Percent and High
Percent sliders or Custom (Value) to enter the limiting values directly.
Throughout this process, you can press Preview to update the map color and see
the result of your changes as you make them. This saves a lot of time compared to
repeatedly opening the Color Map Settings dialog, making a selection, and
closing it again to view the resulting map.
6. In the Color Setting control, click the Add button to insert a new setpoint value,
in percent, and its corresponding color using the Color Bar. Set the values and
colors shown in the previous screen shot and click OK to return to HAMMER
Modeler.
7. Similarly, set the values and colors for pipes as indicated in the next screen
capture and click OK to return to HAMMER Modeler.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-129
8. The resulting color-coded map for Maximum Head (for pipes) and Maximum
Pressure (for nodes) should look like the following figure:
3-130
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons

9. Another way to obtain the above map using the Map Color Settings dialog is to
click Presets and select Lesson3-Pipes (for pipes) and Lesson3-Nodes (for
nodes) from the drop-down box. This will result in the same color map displayed
above.
10. Try different ways to set the Scale Type and Color Setting values for different
variables at pipes and nodes to try to make your presentation more descriptive.
For example, you could try the following:
In the Map Color Settings dialog, select the Color Setting preset System:
Max. Head. Since suction line pressures are much lower than those in the
pipeline and distribution network, you can alter the Minimum Value by
clicking on Custom (Value) and entering 400 m. More of the pipes are now
colored green, indicating normal to high heads in this system.
For pipes, set the percentage corresponding to the dark blue color so that
subatmospheric pressures are displayed in this color, alerting you to potential
pathogen intrusion and heavy pipe or joint pressure cycling.
For nodes, experiment with the percentages corresponding to yellow and

orange until they correspond to the pipes working pressure or surge-tolerance
limit.
Color-coding a map for selected variables provides an overview of extreme conditions

in the entire system. This map can be compared with profiles and histories (or their
corresponding animations).
Some parts in the subdivision also experience high pressures. For example, the colorcoded map and the Results section of the Element Editor indicate that the point with
the highest elevation in the subdivision, node J34, experiences the lowest minimum
transient pressure, while the lowest point in the network, node J37, experiences the
largest maximum transient pressure.
3.3.5
Part 5Adding Comments to Generate Report-Ready

Graphs
In Lesson 1 you learned how to add comments and change the graphs title and figure
number using HAMMER Viewer. In this part of the lesson, you will learn more
advanced graphing features, such as FlexUnits, and how to add your organizations
name and logo to the figures.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-131

You will also learn how to add lines showing pipes working pressure or surgetolerance limits, to check which parts of your pipe system are more vulnerable to
surges and to help decide whether or not you need surge-protection equipment. Lets
start with your results for the transient analysis without surge protection and follow
these steps:
1. In HAMMER Modeler, click Tools > Viewer > Graphics to start the HAMMER
Viewer and load Lesson3.hof.
2. You can insert your companys name and logo using the Tools > Set Logo and
Tools > Set Company Name menu commands in the HAMMER Viewer.
3. Select the Time History PMP1D:PMP1 and Graph Type Flow & Head and click
on Plot to generate the transient history at the pumping station. The head will be
plotted in m and the flow will be plotted in cms (SI units).
4. Right-click anywhere outside the graph to open the menu. Click FlexUnits to
open the FlexUnit Manager.
Note:
HAMMERs FlexUnits Manager allows you to select and plot your

results in different units, such as pressure head in U.S. units and
flow in SI units. You can select the display precision and use
scientific notation. Choices you make in the FlexUnits Manager
will not affect the accuracy of the solution or the underlying data
stored by HAMMER.
5. For plotting purposes, you can change the units for some variables using the FlexUnits Manager by:
3-132
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
Click SI for the Attribute Type row Elevation or Head under the column
System. This drop-down menu allows you to convert this variable to U.S.
units. As in other Haestad Methods software, FlexUnits automatically selects
a corresponding unit with a similar size: m in SI units converts to ft. in U.S.
units, in this case.
If your results were either very large or small, you could also change the unit
to in., yd., mile, etc.
Similarly, change the unit for Flow from cms to l/s by clicking on the
Attribute Type row Flow under the column Units. Change Display Precision
to zero for Flow.
6. Click OK to save these settings and leave the FlexUnits Manager. From now on,
Head will be displayed in ft. and Flow will be displayed in l/s, as shown in the
figure below.
7. To help interpret the maximum transient head envelope along the profiles, you can
add lines corresponding to the pipes working pressure or surge-tolerance limit. In
HAMMER Viewer, select Path (Profile) Path1 and Graph Type Path and click
Plot to view the graph.
HAMMER User's Guide
3-133

8. Lets assume that the working pressure of pipes in your network is 142 psi (100
m). Click on the graph frame and then right-click to display the menu. Click
Format Data to open the following dialog box:
9. Select Current Line: Lesson3: Path1: Elevation and click on the Add Segment.
A new segment is added parallel to the pipe. The offset is zero by default. Enter
100 in the Set Offset field and make sure there is a check in the Show box. You
can add another line segment with an offset of about 140 m to represent a typical
surge tolerance limit. This incorporates a safety factor for older pipes. You can
also change the line segments type, thickness, and color.
Note:
If your current FlexUnits settings for pressure are psi or kPa, you
must convert the pipes working pressure and surge-tolerance
limits to their equivalent heads and draw a line this distance
above, and parallel to, your pipeline.
10. Click on the graph frame and then right-click to display the shortcut menu. Select
Format Graph > Draw > Text to add the labels Maximum Transient Head,
Minimum Transient Head, Steady-state Head, and Pipe Elevation to your
graphs. Double-click the text to select a font and size for this text. The graph
should now look like the following screen capture.:
3-134
HAMMER User's Guide
Quick Start Lessons
11. Plot transient pressures envelopes along Path2 and Path3 and add the working
pressures in a similar way as you did for Path1 to check which part of your
network may need additional surge protection.
12. To visualize the system interactively, do the following:
a. Click Animate for Path3 and again for histories at end-points P27:J19 and
P2:J1 (only P27:J19 is shown in the next figure).
b. Rearrange the graphs on your desktop to look like the next figure. After
adding suitable annotations and titles, right-click each one and select Save As
> HAMMER Graph to save the to HAMMER graph files (.GRP) for subsequent recall.
c. You can right-click any graph and turn its title bar off to maximize the proportion of area available for graphs.
d. In the Animation Controller, click File > Save Animation As to save this
layout in a HAMMER animation layout file (.ANI).
HAMMER User's Guide
3-135
You can use the HAMMER Viewer to open a HAMMER output file (.HOF),
then open its animation files (.ANI) to re-create your screen layout automatically. This simplifies the preparations required for later discussions.
3-136
HAMMER User's Guide
Chapter
Starting a HAMMER
Project
In this section, you will learn how HAMMER manages files and project data and the
ways in which you can import model data from other models or databases. You will
also learn how to enter project-specific information, including fundamental fluid and
pipe properties. Finally, you will learn how to use the powerful FlexUnits feature to
select a global unit system or change the display settings for any variable.
4.1
File Management and Formats on page 4-137
Import and Export Commands on page 4-139
Project Management and Options on page 4-142
File Management and Formats

HAMMER lets you use several file formats.
4.1.1
HAMMER Input and Output Files

HAMMER uses binary files with the extension .HIF to store model-specific information, including project option settings, color-coding, and annotations. Using the File >
New menu command creates a HAMMER input file in .HIF format.
HAMMER results are saved to an output file which uses the .HOF extension. Using
the File > Run menu command creates a HAMMER output file in .HOF format (after
the run is completed). Clicking Generate Animation Data adds animation data to the
.HOF file for each selected point and profile.
HAMMER User's Guide
4-137
File Management and Formats
4.1.2
HAMMER Datastore and Access Connections

In addition to the .HIF file format, network information and output results can also be
stored in (or retrieved from) the HAMMER datastore. A HAMMER datastore is saved
as a Microsoft Access .MDB file. Export your work to apply changes to a HAMMER
datastore using File > Export > Database > Input or File > Export > Database >
Output. For an example of how to do this, see Part 1Exporting an Input or Output
File to a HAMMER Datastore on page 3-105.
Note:
A HAMMER output datastore (.MDB) file contains most of the

input data you specified prior to running HAMMER, as well as
the output data. Consequently, this file can be very large.
The HAMMER datastore consists of several tables whose entries can be edited using
Access. You can create new entries in the datastore to add new hydraulic elements to a
model. The first step to import this data into HAMMER is to click Create ASCII File
(.INP) in the HAMMER database Control Window. This Control Window starts automatically when you export a HAMMER input file to a datastore using File > Export >
Database > Input. Then, use File > Open to import the temporary ASCII .INP file
into a standard binary HAMMER input file (.HIF).
For an example of how to do this, see Part 2Importing a HAMMER Datastore on
page 3-109.
4.1.3
WaterObjects Connections
For an example of how to use WaterObjects connections, see Part 3Importing
Haestad Methods Models Using WaterObjects on page 3-113.
4.1.4
Additional Files
Note:
Use a separate folder for every HAMMER project to facilitate

project management and backup. At this time, each HAMMER
project requires a separate input file name.
HAMMER output graphs are saved in .GRP files and HAMMER animation layouts
are saved in .ANI files. For typical users and projects, it can take anywhere from a few
minutes to a half hour to create graph annotations and animation layouts. It is highly
recommended that you backup all .GRP and .ANI files in your project folder.
HAMMER also creates an empty output database template whether or not this option
is selected in the Run dialog. HAMMER does not need this .MDB to function but
Access scripts provided with HAMMER require it to generate tables and custom
reports. You can delete any .MDB file created by HAMMER, if you no longer require
it, or compress it using a third-party utility program.
4-138
HAMMER User's Guide
Starting a HAMMER Project

Note:
Haestad Methods software such as WaterCAD or WaterGEMS

can also store data in .MDB files. If you are saving files from
these programs to the same folder as your HAMMER project
files, be careful to give them different names to prevent loss of
data.
HAMMER creates additional files in the same directory as your .HOF file to save the
calculation results (.RPT, .OUT, .MDB). Since recomputing the input file can regenerate these results, these files do not necessarily need to be included when backing up
your important model data. However, if you are unsure, back up all files present in
your project directory.
4.1.5
Multiple Sessions and Submodels

Note:
If your computer has sufficient RAM, it is possible to open more

than one instance of HAMMER to copy and paste results
between similar projects, but this is not recommended, as it may
result in data loss. It is more efficient to copy and paste results
between the .GRP files generated by each project.
HAMMER does not support either multiple sessions or submodels. HAMMER uses a
single-document model. To compare results between different HAMMER project
files, you can save each one as a separate HAMMER graph file in .GRP format, then
cut and paste the results between graphs using the HAMMER Viewer. Memory
requirements vary with project size, but .GRP files are quite compact.
4.2
Import and Export Commands

The File > Import > Network menu command lets you import model data and
steady-state results from EPANET version 2.0, WaterCAD/WaterGEMS using WaterObject technology or PIPE2000/Surge2000. You will then be able to save these data as
a HAMMER project.
Data can be imported into a new project or an existing project, for example to update
the steady-state heads at the beginning of a transient analysis. PIPE2000/SURGE2000
data can only be imported into a new HAMMER project file.
HAMMER User's Guide
4-139
Import and Export Commands

Note:
We have made every effort to prevent the loss of data during

imports. However, all imported data should be checked for
accuracy. WaterCAD or WaterGEMS projects should open and
run in HAMMER after using the Import command, but additional
data is usually required before a hydraulic transient analysis
(e.g., pump and motor inertia).
Once you save the project in HAMMER file format, either .HIF or
.MDB (datastore), the HAMMER project files can no longer be
opened in WaterCAD or WaterGEMS, but the original WaterCAD
and WaterGEMS files are not lost.
You can also use the File > Export menu command to export HAMMER output to
EPANET version 2.0 or to a Microsoft Access database in HAMMER datastore
format. If you intend to run an EPANET file exported from HAMMER, make sure the
HAMMER output represents a final steady state.
4.2.1
Importing/Exporting EPANET v.2.0

Note:
In Global HAMMER Options, Epanet EXE must display the path

to your EPANET directory before you can import or export
EPANET files (see File I/O on page 2-70).
In EPANET version 2.0, you will need to save the steady-state results to an EPANET
report (.RPT) file prior to importing them into HAMMER. For an extended-period
simulation (EPS), you must first select which time step you want to export from
EPANET.
Importing steady-state results from EPANET saves time and eliminates transcription
errors, but additional information is required prior to running a HAMMER model.
After importing your data into HAMMER, you will need to add data specific to
hydraulic transients.
To import EPANET model data and steady-state results into HAMMER, use the menu
command File > Import > Network > Epanet 2.0 and either import it into a new
HAMMER project file (set the import Mode to New) or use it to update an existing
HAMMER project file (set the import Mode to Update). For more information, see
Importing from EPANET on page 3-114.
After the transient energy has attenuated and a new steady state has been achieved or
if you created a steady-state model using HAMMER, you can also export some
HAMMER results to EPANET 2.0 using the menu command File > Export >
Network > Epanet 2.0.
4-140
HAMMER User's Guide
4.2.2
Importing/Exporting to a GIS or Database Using the

HAMMER Datastore
By default, HAMMER uses its own input and output file formats. The HAMMER
datastore is an alternative method for creating and using input and output files to
analyze any pipe system whose data can be output to a Microsoft Access .MDB file.
HAMMER datastores can be used to create HAMMER input files from information
contained in your GIS (i.e., network data) or other databases (e.g., water demands
from meters).
For example, you can obtain system data and topology from a GIS and export it to an
.MDB connection file (e.g., HAMMER datastore). The process is described in Part
2Importing a HAMMER Datastore on page 3-109. After importing a HAMMER
datastore, you will typically need to add data specific to hydraulic transients, such as a
pressure wave speed for each pipe, then save this input file as a HAMMER .HIF.
After running HAMMER, the results can be exported to an .MDB connection file if
you want to transfer data back to the GIS for postprocessing or visualization. Use the
command File > Export > Database > Output.
When new water-demand forecasts become available, you can export a new .MDB
connection file from your database or GIS, copy it to the HAMMER datastore and
import it. To do this, select Export ASCII from within Access and open the resulting
file in HAMMER (see Part 2Importing a HAMMER Datastore on page 3-109).
4.2.3
Importing from WaterGEMS/WaterCAD Using

WaterObjects
Note:
If you are saving a HAMMER file or database and are prompted

that the file already exists, save using a different name than the
one you have chosen, or make sure you are not overwriting an
existing WaterGEMS/WaterCAD file that you need.
If you import a file from WaterGEMS or WaterCAD, and then save
the HAMMER database (*.mdb) file the same as your
WaterGEMS/WaterCAD file, you will overwrite your WaterGEMS/
WaterCAD file.
You will need to select the scenario and alternative prior to using WaterObject technology to export model data and steady-state results from WaterCAD/WaterGEMS to
HAMMER. For an extended-period simulation (EPS) file, you must first select which
time step to export from WaterCAD or WaterGEMS to HAMMER.
HAMMER User's Guide
4-141
Project Management and Options

To import WaterCAD or WaterGEMS model data and its steady-state results into
HAMMER, use the menu command File > Import > Network > WaterCAD/
WaterGEMS. For more information, see Part 3Importing Haestad Methods
Models Using WaterObjects on page 3-113.
Importing steady-state results using WaterObject technology saves time and eliminates transcription errors, but additional information is required prior to running a
HAMMER model.
4.2.4
Importing PIPE2000 or Surge2000

You can import model data and steady-state results for a single time step into
HAMMER. If you are working from an extended-period simulation (EPS) file, you
must first select which time step to use.
To import PIPE2000 or Surge2000 model data and its steady-state results into
HAMMER, use the menu command File > Import > Network > Surge2000 and
import it into a new HAMMER project file. For more information, see Importing
from PIPE2000 or Surge2000 on page 3-115.
Importing steady state results saves time and eliminates transcription errors, but additional information is required prior to running a HAMMER model.
4.3

At the beginning of a project, you need to set some parameters using the Global
HAMMER Options and Project Options windows. You can specify the units, the friction formulas to be used, and whether you want to use tooltips.
Note:
Options can be viewed or edited using the Tools > Global

HAMMER Options or Tools > Project Options menu commands.
You can also access the FlexUnit Manager using the Tools > FlexUnits menu
command (see FlexUnits on page 4-149) in order to globally specify the units and
number of decimal places for displaying each model parameter.
4.3.1
Global HAMMER Options

Colors Tab:
4-142
You can specify the background and foreground

colors of the Main Window and Drawing Pane in
HAMMER Modeler. You can specify individual
foreground colors for handles, lines, text, rubber
band, and highlighted elements.
HAMMER User's Guide

These color settings do not apply to the HAMMER
Viewer, Profile, or History windows.
Tooltips Tab:
Tooltips are short messages which pop up

automatically whenever you pause over a HAMMER
feature or icon. You can set a convenient time delay
(in milliseconds) to prevent them from appearing
most of the time or you can turn them off altogether.
Dont confuse tooltips with Sticky Tools.
File I/O Tab:
This tab allows you to specify default directories and

the location of useful tools, such as:
Sticky Tools:
The default text editor (to open ASCII .RPT or

.OUT files)
The location of the Microsoft Access database

(to open tabular reports generated by
HAMMER)
The location of the EPANET version 2.0

executable file (if available)
The Sticky Tools option is not part of the

Global HAMMER Options dialog box. Sticky
Tools can be turned on or off in HAMMER
Modeler mode using the Push Pin button.
With Sticky Tools disabled, the drawing pane cursor
returns to the Select tool after a hydraulic element is
inserted onto the Drawing Pane or a pipe run is
finished. With Sticky Tools enabled, the tool does not
reset to the Select tool, allowing you to continue
dropping new elements into the drawing without
reselecting the same hydraulic element from the
toolbar menu.
4.3.2
Project Setup
Set the following essential information about your HAMMER project:
Project Summary on page 4-144
Unit System on page 4-145
Liquid Properties on page 4-146
Selecting the Friction Method on page 4-147
HAMMER User's Guide
4-143
Project Summary
In the Summary tab of the Project Options window (Tools > Project Options), you
can enter the Project Title and describe the source of your model data. If the
HAMMER data were imported from another model, you can enter information such as
the Source File, scenario and Alternative, and Time Step (if it came from an EPS
run). You can change any of this information at any time. This tab is also where you
specify the default wave speed, specific gravity, and run duration for the project.
Determining Pressure Wave Speed
HAMMER uses a default pressure wave speed of 1,000 m/s (3,280 ft./sec.). If your
system includes pipes with different materials, you can specify a default pressure
wave speed corresponding to the majority of pipes. To enter a different pressure wave
speed for each pipe, select that pipe and use the Element Editor to enter a specific
value. For more information, see Celerity and Pipe Elasticity on page B-257.
Determining the Run Duration
Run duration is measured either in seconds or as a number of time steps. HAMMER
determines the length of each time step automatically. Time steps typically range from
a few hundredths of a second to a few seconds, depending on the system and the pressure wave speeds. The run duration has a direct effect on the modeling computation
time.
For simple systems or if the time required to compute the HAMMER model is not a
concern, it is ideal (but not always necessary) to set run durations long enough to
allow a final steady state to be achieved once all transient energy attenuates. This is
quite manageable in many cases, such as for the sample file Hamsam02.HIF, which
requires about 30 to 40 seconds to reach a final steady state. Each system requires a
different amount of time to reach a final steady state.
Transient Tip: Every pipe system has a characteristic time period, T = 2
L/a, where L is the longest possible path through the
system and a is the pressure wave speed. This period is
the time it takes for a pressure wave to travel the pipe
systems greatest length two times. It is recommended
that the run duration equal or exceed T. Another factor to
consider when determining run duration is to allow
enough time for friction to significantly dampen the
transient energy. If in doubt, run HAMMER for a longer
duration and examine the resulting graphs and time
histories.
4-144
HAMMER User's Guide

For larger systems, you can use the following guidelines to decide on the most appropriate run duration:
1. First run HAMMER for only a few time steps to identify the sources of transients
(remember to output every time step in the Report Times tab of the Project
Options dialog boxsee Report Times on page 2-40). You can also check for
input errors by clicking GO and Data Check in the run window. Finally, click
GO and Full to run the model, and then look for errors in the steady-state model
or other initial transients in the comments at the end of the HAMMER output file
(.OUT).
2. Run HAMMER again for a duration of T=4 L/a (or greater) to verify that your
simulation includes the maximum and minimum transient heads. These normally
occur within this time frame. A longer run duration may be required if air pockets
form or if a gas vessel or surge tank is installed, due to the persistence of oscillations in the system.
3. Run HAMMER again for a duration of T=20 L/a or greater, whatever is enough to
allow friction to attenuate the transient energy and, consequently, to let the system
approach or achieve a final steady state. Use the following friction method:
If the cause of transients is a sudden valve closure or pipe break, select the
unsteady (transient) friction mode in the Preferences tab (see Preferences
on page 2-42) of the Project Options window.
If the system includes a gas vessel, surge tank, or air pocket, the quasi-steady
friction mode may be sufficient.
The most extreme transient pressures (typically the first maximum and
minimum reached) are often of primary interest because of the need to check
if pipes will break. In such cases, or for the early runs, steady-state friction is
often sufficient.
The preceding procedure increases the likelihood that you will correctly simulate the
key aspects of the hydraulic transient event for your system. However, remember that
L is only a characteristic length which may not be directly applicable to branched or
looped networks or plants. Always use sound engineering judgment in reviewing
HAMMER results and interpreting the output.
Unit System
Note:
If the file you are editing in HAMMER Modeler is already

associated with a WaterCAD/WaterGEMS file, changing the unit
system may make it difficult to compare results between models.
Although units for individual variables can be controlled throughout HAMMER, you
may find it useful to change your entire unit system at once to either the Systme
International (SI) unit system or the U.S. customary (English) system. You can do this
using Tools > FlexUnits, and click the System SI or System U.S. button.
HAMMER User's Guide
4-145
Liquid Properties
You can specify the type of liquid in Tools > Project Options > Summary. By default,
HAMMER assumes the liquid is water at 20 degrees Celsius (about 65 degrees Fahrenheit), with a specific gravity of 1.0 and one atmosphere of ambient pressure. If the
liquid being conveyed is not water, you must specify its specific gravity.
Note:
The kinematic viscosity for water may be used in determining

the friction coefficient in the Darcy-Weisbach Friction Method
(see Darcy-Weisbach Equation on page B-278). but it is a default
for HAMMER (not entered here).
Vapor Pressure
A liquids vapor pressure limit is defined as the absolute pressure below which it
flashes into its gas phase (vapor or steam for water) for the fluid temperature at which
the system is operating. Vapor pressure is a fundamental parameter for any hydraulic
transient analysis. Low transient pressures can cause a liquid to vaporize and, once
one or more of these vapor pockets collapse later on, result in very large transient
pressures, which may break pipes or other system components.
Transient Tip: For drinking-water systems at typical temperatures and
pressures, HAMMER uses an approximate vapor
pressure of 10.0 m or 14.2 psi (gauge) or 32.8 ft. by
default, depending on the unit system in use. Typically, a
liquids vapor pressure can be obtained from tables
(steam tables for water) given its temperature and
absolute (not gauge) pressure. You might consider
adjusting the vapor pressure if the elevation of your
system is significantly different from mean sea level.
The vapor pocket collapse process is analogous to the well-known tip-cavitation

phenomenon, which causes pitting damage at pump impellers; however, vapor
pockets can be orders of magnitude larger than cavitation bubbles and can result in
system-wide transients.
Transient Tip: To determine the impact of collapsing vapor pockets on
your system, set the vapor pressure to a large negative
value which you do not expect to occur, such as 1000
m, and run HAMMER with a different file name. Then
reset the vapor pressure to its true value and run
HAMMER again. The difference between these results is
due to the effect of vapor pressure.
4-146
HAMMER User's Guide

Heating or pressurizing a fluid increases its vapor pressurean important consideration in industrial applications. Consider both operating temperature and pressure
when determining a liquids vapor pressure limit. (For example, water boils at a lower
temperature at high altitudes due to the lower atmospheric pressure and lower absolute
vapor pressure. Similarly, water boils at a higher temperature in a pressure cooker and
this increased steam temperature accelerates the cooking process.)
Selecting the Friction Method

The Friction Method option enables you to select the methodology for determining
flow resistance and friction losses during calculations. This can be accessed from the
menu using Tools > Project Options > Preferences. Available methodologies
include:
Steady-State Friction, including: Darcy-Weisbach, Hazen-Williams, and Manning
Quasi-steady Friction
Transient Friction, also known as unsteady friction
For more information on the theory for each of these friction models, see Friction and
Minor Losses on page B-277.
Steady-State Friction Methods
The most widely used steady-state friction-loss calculation methods include:
The Hazen-Williams method, in which friction losses are proportional to relative

pipe roughness but not to changes in flow.
The Mannings equation, in which friction losses are proportional to relative pipe
roughness but not to changes in flow.
The Darcy-Weisbach method, in which friction losses are proportional to relative

pipe roughness and to changes in flow.
In HAMMER, a hydraulic transient analysis usually begins with an initial steady state
for which the heads and flows are known for every pipe in the system. Prior to beginning the transient calculations, HAMMER automatically determines the friction factor
based on this information:
If a pipe has zero flow at the initial steady-state, HAMMER obtains a friction
factor based on its diameter from the following default table:
HAMMER User's Guide
4-147
Hazen-Williams Friction
Coefficient, C
Approximate DarcyWeisbach Friction

Coefficient, f
70
0.050
100
0.025
140
0.015
If a pipe has a nonzero flow at the initial steady-state, HAMMER automatically

calculates a Darcy-Weisbach friction factor, f, based on the heads at each end of
the pipe, the pipe length and diameter, and the flow in the pipe.
HAMMER uses the Darcy-Weisbach friction method in performing the hydraulic

transient calculations. If you enter an f value for a pipe in the Element Editor,
HAMMER uses this value in the calculations instead of the calculated value.
Note:
If your steady-state model used another method to calculate

friction losses, the friction coefficients may be imported into
HAMMER, but they will not be used directly. Instead, HAMMER
automatically uses the steady-state flow and heads (resulting
from the other method) to calculate an equivalent DarcyWeisbach friction factor, f.
Quasi-Steady Friction
The quasi-steady friction method uses variable Darcy-Weisbach friction factors, f, at
each point along the system, so that friction losses for an instantaneous velocity match
the friction losses which would occur for fully developed steady flows with the same
cross-sectional average velocity. For more information, see Quasi-Steady Friction
on page B-283.
Transient or Unsteady Friction
Compared to a steady state, fluid friction increases during hydraulic transient events
because rapid changes in transient pressure increase turbulent shear. HAMMER can
track the effect of fluid accelerations to estimate the attenuation of transient energy
more closely than would be possible with quasi-steady friction.
Computational effort increases significantly if transient friction must be calculated for
each time step. This can result in long model calculation times for large systems with
hundreds of pipes or more. Typically, transient friction has little or no impact on the
initial low and high pressures, and these are usually the largest ever reached in the
system.
4-148
HAMMER User's Guide

Transient Tip: The steady-state friction method yields conservative
estimates of the extreme high and low pressures which
usually govern the selection of pipe class and surgeprotection equipment. However, if cyclic loading is an
important design consideration, the unsteady friction
method can yield less-conservative but rigorous
estimates of recurring and decaying extremes.
For more information on the implementation of the transient friction method in

HAMMER, see Unsteady or Transient Friction on page B-285.
4.3.3
Drawing Setup
Set up the graphical display of elements in the drawing pane, including:
4.4
Lock Drawing Pane:
Use View > Lock Drawing Pane to disable the dragand-drop components of the Drawing Pane, but still
be able to enter or modify data in the Element Editor
and to pan, zoom, and otherwise reconfigure your
view of the model schematic.
Anti-Alias:
Use View > Anti-Alias to enhance the appearance of

straight lines in the HAMMER Drawing Pane.
Normalize:
Use View > Normalize Symbol Size to resize all

hydraulic element symbols to a convenient size at the
current zoom level. This setting persists as the zoom
changes. Experiment with zooming in, clicking
Normalize Symbol Size, and zooming out again to
see how this feature allows you to set any desired line
thickness and symbol size.
Symbol Visibility:
Turn on or off the display of pipe or node labels in

Tools > Project Options > Other Options.
Selection Set Options:
You can pick (but not name or recall) element sets in

the Drawing Pane and copy/paste them.
FlexUnits
FlexUnits (the ability to control units, display precision, and scientific notation) are
available from almost anywhere within Haestad Methods software, including the
Element Editor, most windows, and the FlexUnits Manager.
HAMMER User's Guide
4-149
FlexUnits
Note:
The units and formatting used to display numeric values can be

changed from several other areas in the program, and any
changes are project wide. For example, if the unit for length is
changed from feet to meters, all windows, tables, and graphs
display length in meters. If you change the units in a window
from meters to yards, the FlexUnits Manager indicates that
length is displayed in yards.
Click Tools > FlexUnits to open the FlexUnits Manager. The FlexUnits Manager lets
you set the parameters for all the units used. It consists of the following columns:
Attribute TypeModel parameter measured by the unit.
UnitType of measurement displayed. To change the unit of an attribute type,

click the unit and select an alternate from the drop-down menu. This option also
allows you to mix U.S. customary and SI units in the same project.
SystemSets the units to be used in the current project for each variable. Click to
select a unit in the system column for the desired Attribute Type (row), and a
choice list appears. Click to set the unit system to U.S. or S.I. as required.
Click the System: U.S. (or System: SI) button to change the unit of every
Attribute Type in the current HAMMER project file.
4.4.1
Display PrecisionControls rounding of numeric values or the number of digits

to be displayed after the decimal point.
Enter a number from 0 to 15 to indicate the number of digits to be displayed

after the decimal point.
Enter a negative number to specify rounding to the nearest power of 10: 1

rounds to 10, 2 rounds to 100, 3 rounds to 1000, and so on. This feature
works the same whether scientific notation is on or off.
Scientific NotationDisplays numbers using scientific notation. Click the check

box to turn scientific notation on or off. If it is turned on, a check mark appears in
the box.
Units
Units are the method of measurement for the attribute or numeric variable. To change
units, right-click the unit displayed next to the field to bring up the choice list, then
click the desired unit. The list includes both SI metric and U.S. customary units, so
you can mix unit systems within the same project.
FlexUnits are intelligentwhen you change units, the displayed value is converted to
the new unit so the underlying magnitude of the attribute or numeric value remains the
same. For example, a length of 100.0 ft. is not converted to a length of 100.0 m or
100.0 in. It is correctly converted to 30.49 m or 1200.0 in.
4-150
HAMMER User's Guide
4.4.2
Display Precision
Note:
Changing the display precision or rounding numbers only

formats numeric values. It does not affect calculation accuracy.
The precision setting can be used to control:
Number of Digits Displayed After Decimal Point on page 4-151
Rounding on page 4-151
Number of Digits Displayed After Decimal Point

Enter 0 or a positive number to specify the number of digits to be displayed after the
decimal point.
For example, if the display precision is set to 3, a value of 123.456789 displays as
123.457.
Rounding
Enter a negative number to specify rounding to the nearest power of 10. Entering 1
rounds to the nearest 10, 2 rounds to the nearest 100, and so on. For example, if the
display precision is set to 3, a value of 1234567.89 displays as 1235000.
4.4.3
Scientific Notation
Note:
Displaying numbers using scientific notation only formats

numeric values. It does not affect calculation accuracy.
Scientific notation displays any numeric value as a real number beginning with an
integer or real value, followed by the capital letter E and an integer (possibly preceded
by a sign). In the FlexUnits Manager, click Scientific Notation to turn scientific notation on or off. A check appears in the corresponding box to indicate that this setting is
turned on.
HAMMER User's Guide
4-151
FlexUnits
4.4.4
Minimum and Maximum Allowed Value

Note:
Allowable or recommended minimums and maximums are only

available for certain parameters.
Minimum and maximum values are used to control the allowable range for an
attribute or numeric value and to validate input. For example, some coefficient values
might typically range between 0.09 and 0.20. A frequent input error is to misplace the
decimal point when entering a value. If you enter a number that is less than the
minimum allowed value, a warning message is displayed. This helps reduce the
number of input errors.
You may override these values in cases where you find the default limits too restrictive. The default limits are stored internally in the program and cannot be modified.
Some attributes do not have theoretical minimum or maximum values, and others may
have an acceptable range governed by calculation restrictions or physical impossibilities. For these attributes, minimum and maximum allowable values may not be applicable.
4-152
HAMMER User's Guide
Chapter
Layout and Editing

Tools
The layout and editing tools allow you to select hydraulic elements in the Drawing
Pane of the HAMMER Modeler to perform various graphical or editing operations,
locate particular elements, review the network for potential problems, add labels, and
review your input data and results.
5.1
HAMMER Modeler
One of the most powerful features of the HAMMER Modeler is the ability to create,
move, edit, and delete network elements graphically. With these capabilities, working
with your model becomes a simple point-and-click exercise.
For more information, see Lesson 1: Pipeline Protection on page 3-82 and Lesson
3: Network Risk Reduction on page 3-115.
Note:
If you move the mouse over a feature or hydraulic element and

then stop moving it for a little while, a tooltip will display useful
information about that feature or element, including its label.
This feature is useful when the element labels have been turned
off or when the drawing view is zoomed out.
Most network editing tasks can be performed using the mouse:
Creating New Elements on page 5-154
Morphing Elements on page 5-155
Selecting Hydraulic Elements on page 5-155
Editing Hydraulic Elements on page 5-156
Moving Hydraulic Elements on page 5-156
Copying/Cutting/Pasting/Deleting Elements on page 5-156
HAMMER User's Guide
5-153
HAMMER Modeler
5.1.1
Creating New Elements

The hydraulic element toolbar buttons displayed to the extreme right of the screen
contain all of the tools necessary for adding network elements to the Drawing Pane.
From left to right, these tools include:
Pressure Junction ToolIn WaterCAD or WaterGEMS, Junctions are

nonstorage nodes where water can leave the network to satisfy consumer demands
or enter the network as an inflow. These are called Consumption nodes in
HAMMER and are categorized as a system boundary since flow can only enter or
leave a system at a boundary.
Pipe Layout ToolPipes are link elements that connect junction nodes, boundaries, rotating equipment, flow controls, and protection equipment. You can lay
out a series of connected elements without stopping (a pipe run) and morph some
of them into other element types later.
Boundaries ToolsBoundaries are system end points such as tanks, reservoirs,

or dead ends. The water surface elevation of a tank changes as water flows into or
out of it. The water surface elevation of a reservoir never changes during a
HAMMER simulation, because it is assumed that its surface area and volume are
large compared to the net transient volume change.
Flow Control ToolsFlow-control elements include orifices and control valves.

Valves can open, throttle, or close during a hydraulic transient simulation and a
rapid or sudden valve operation may cause the transient to occur. A valve is represented as a node between two pipes, unless stated otherwise.
Protective Equipment ToolsProtective equipment includes gas vessels, surge

tanks, surge-control valves of various types, and rupture disks. Protective equipment is represented as a node between two pipes, unless stated otherwise.
Rotating Equipment ToolsRotating equipment includes various types of

pumps and turbines, which are represented as nodes in HAMMER. A pump adds
head to the fluid as it passes through, whereas a turbine removes head from the
fluid. Rotating equipment is represented as a node between two pipes, unless
stated otherwise.
Although elements can be inserted individually, the most rapid method of network
creation is through the Pipe Layout tool. You can use the Pipe Layout tool to connect
existing nodes with new pipes and to create new nodes as you lay out the pipes.
For example, when the Pipe Layout tool is active, clicking within the drawing pane
inserts a node. Clicking again at another location inserts another node and connects
the two with a pipe.
5-154
HAMMER User's Guide
Layout and Editing Tools
5.1.2
Morphing Elements
Occasionally, you may find that you need to replace a node with a different type of
node. You can make this change through a process called morphing.
With morphing, you change the type of a hydraulic element node without having to
delete and recreate the node and its connecting links. Parameters that are common
between the existing and new elements are copied into the new element (i.e., coordinates, elevations, etc.). To morph an existing hydraulic element into a different type of
hydraulic element:
1. In the Drawing Pane, place the cursor over the element and right-click it.
2. Click Convert Type to open the submenu and display lists of available hydraulic
elements.
3. Select the new hydraulic element from the available lists.
5.1.3
Selecting Hydraulic Elements

You need to select one or more elements from the Drawing Pane before performing
various operations, such as moving, deleting, and editing. When an element is selected
in the Modeler Drawing Pane, it is displayed with a box around it. To select one or
more hydraulic elements directly in the HAMMER Modeler Drawing Pane:
Click on the Select tool (arrow icon), then move the cursor over the hydraulic
element, and click once.
To select a group of hydraulic elements, click the Select tool, click anywhere in
the Drawing Pane, and drag the mouse to form a selection box around the
elements you want to select. All elements that are fully enclosed within the selection box are selected.
To select all elements in the system, select Edit > Select All or simply press
Ctrl+A.
To toggle the selected status of one or more elements, you can click on each
element while holding down Shift. You can also select a group of elements this
way.
You can also use the Element Selector tool on the Properties pane:
Select a single element by clicking one of the labels displayed in the list. This list
can be resized horizontally or vertically if more space is required.
HAMMER User's Guide
5-155
HAMMER Modeler
Note:
Limiting the type of elements displayed in the Element Selector

does not hide any elements in the Drawing Pane.
You can filter the selection list by clicking the choice list at the top of the Element
Selector and selecting one of the following:
All Elements to display every type of hydraulic element (full listing)
All Pipes to limit the Element Selector display to pipes only
All Nodes to limit the display to nodes
Boundaries to limit the display to system boundaries. Note that this includes
consumption nodes.
Flow Controls to limit the display to orifices and valves
Protective Equipment to limit the display to surge-control equipment
Rotating Equipment to display only pumps and turbines
Another way to select a hydraulic element is to locate it using the search command
Edit > Find or F3, as described in Finding Elements on page 5-157. It will be
selected automatically.
5.1.4
Editing Hydraulic Elements

Click any element and the Element Editor displays its properties and lets you edit
them.
5.1.5
Moving Hydraulic Elements

You can change the location of elements easily. The first step is to select the elements
to be moved. Next, click to drag the element and release the mouse button to drop the
element at its new location. When a node is moved to a new location, all connected
pipes remain attached, and the pipes data remains unchanged (except for z and y coordinates).
A hydraulic element can also be moved by editing its coordinates in the Element
Editor pane.
5.1.6
Copying/Cutting/Pasting/Deleting Elements
HAMMER offers a full range of intuitive on-screen editing features to allow you to
rapidly duplicate individual hydraulic elements or groups of elements:
5-156
HAMMER User's Guide
CopyYou can duplicate an element or a set of elements (with all data preserved)
using the copy feature. Select the elements to duplicate and then select Edit >
Copy from the menu or press Ctrl+C. You can also right-click any element and
select Copy.
CutThe cut feature is a combination of the copy and delete commands. It

copies the selected elements to the Windows clipboard and deletes them from the
Drawing Pane immediately. Select the elements to cut and then select Edit > Cut
from the menu or press Ctrl+X. You can also right-click any element and select
Cut.
Note:
5.2
The integrity of the network is automatically maintained during

deletions. This means that when a node is deleted, any
connecting pipes are also deleted to prevent dangling pipes that
would cause the network to be invalid.
PasteHydraulic elements previously copied or cut are retrieved from the

Windows clipboard and placed on the Drawing Pane using the Edit > Paste menu
command or by pressing Ctrl+V. You can also right-click anywhere in the
Drawing Pane and select Paste.
DeleteTo delete elements, select the elements to be deleted and then select Edit
> Delete from the menu or press the Delete key. You can also right-click any
element and select Delete.
Finding Elements
This powerful feature allows you to quickly locate any element in the drawing by its
label. It performs a case-insensitive search. To find an element:
1. Select Edit > Find or press: Ctrl+F or F3.
2. Choose the element type to search for: node or pipe.
3. Type the full label or substring of the label of the element you wish to find in the
system.
4. If pipe is selected, you must define how this pipe should be located. Selecting by
label will locate the pipe based on its label while selecting by node will locate the
pipe by the label of the nodes attached to it. If both options are checked, both
criteria will be used for the search.
5. Click Find to find the element.
Selecting Edit > Find Next or pressing F3 repeats a search using the previous search
criteria.
HAMMER User's Guide
5-157
View Menu
5.3
View Menu
The View menu includes:
5.3.1
Pan on page 5-158
Zoom on page 5-158
Drawing Pane on page 5-158
Pan
Using the pan feature, you can change your current view without changing the size,
proportion, or zoom level of the current view. Select View > Pan and use the arrow
keys, or click the Pan tool (hand icon), click and hold anywhere in the Drawing Pane,
and drag the cursor to navigate around.
5.3.2
Zoom
Zooming controls how large or small a drawing appears on the Drawing Pane. This is
helpful when you want to enlarge the display to see local details or reduce it to see an
entire system or network. Zooming does not change the actual size of the drawing,
only the extent of the current view.
From the View menu or the toolbars, you can perform the following zoom operations:
Zoom InEnlarge the level of detail shown on the Drawing Pane by clicking at the
desired location. Using the mouse, you can use the same tool to define a selection box
to zoom in to this area (called Zoom Window in WaterCAD or WaterGEMS).
Zoom OutDecrease the level of detail displayed in the Drawing Pane.
Normalize Symbol SizeAdjust the size of all elements in the current zoom with
respect to 100% zoom.
Zoom ExtentsBring all elements in the drawing into view.
5.3.3
Drawing Pane
Select View > Lock Drawing Pane to turn the Drawing Pane lock on and off. When
the Drawing Pane is locked, you can select hydraulic elements to modify their parameters or inspect their results, but you cannot change their coordinates using the mouse.
This avoids accidentally moving or deleting hydraulic elements.
Select View > Anti-alias to improve the appearance of lines in the Drawing Pane.
5-158
HAMMER User's Guide
5.4
Screen Layout (Format Display) Menu

These menu commands are only available from within the HAMMER Viewer. They
can be invoked by right-clicking anywhere except a graph pane.
Show FrameToggles the display of the frames which convert an on-screen plot to a
report-ready figure, complete with your organizations logo, project number, date, and
a title block. For more information, see Using Your Organizations Name and Logo
on page 8-206.
Page ViewToggles the display of the page outline to help you visualize how it will
look after printing. With HAMMER figures, what you see is what you get
(WYSIWYG), so there is no need for a print preview command.
Lock Aspect RatioToggles the display of the frames between figure format, in
which the length and width are scaled to the paper size, and on-screen format for
which you can set the length and width by dragging the corner of the graph window.
Show Title BarToggles the display of the graph windows title bar. Turn title bars
off to maximize the use of your display area when, for example, showing animations.
HAMMER User's Guide
5-159
Screen Layout (Format Display) Menu
5-160
HAMMER User's Guide
Chapter
Hydraulic Element
Reference
This reference provides a detailed description of the purpose, parameters, and proper
use of the various hydraulic elements available in HAMMER. Using these hydraulic
elements, virtually any system and surge-protection strategy can be modeled.
6.1
Overview of Hydraulic Element Properties

Element Editor:
The primary component of a HAMMER project is

the system model displayed in the Drawing Pane.
Using the Select tool (arrow toolbar icon) and
clicking on any hydraulic element in the Drawing
Pane, or clicking on its label in the Element Selector
list, automatically displays the elements properties
and results (if applicable) in the Element Editor.
Results are displayed after each HAMMER run and
they cannot be modified.
Element Type:
HAMMER User's Guide
You will learn about the input data requirements for

each element and the way results are displayed in the
Modeler and Viewer interfaces. Hydraulic elements
are grouped into two general categories: pipes and
nodes. Nodes are further classified into four types:
Boundaries of the systemIncludes

consumption at a node, dead ends, reservoirs,
maintenance hole with user-defined inflow
hydrograph, and custom (periodic) head or flow
at a system boundary.
Flow-control equipmentIncludes valves of

various types, orifices, and custom (rating curve)
head-discharge relationships.
6-161
Overview of Hydraulic Element Properties
Surge-control equipmentIncludes orifices,

rupture disks, check valves, pressure-relief
valves, surge-anticipator valves, vacuum
breakers, combination air valves, surge tanks of
various types, and gas vessels (standard or
bladder type).
Rotating equipmentIncludes pumps of

various types and turbines.
Each of these element types and their members are

described separately in the following sections. The
fields describing each particular hydraulic element
are also discussed, except for fields common to all,
which are discussed in the next section.
General Properties:
6-162
Every hydraulic element has several general

properties and these are listed at the top of the
Element Editor:
TypeDisplays the type of each element such as

pump, reservoir, and junction, when the
particular element is selected.
LabelAll elements inserted into HAMMER

Drawing Pane have unit labels. HAMMER
automatically assigns labels to the elements and
you can change or edit labels at any time.
CoordinatesExcept for pipes, every hydraulic

element displayed on the HAMMER Drawing
Pane has x and y coordinates.
ElevationExcept for pipes, every element has

an elevation with respect to a certain datum, such
as mean sea level. The elevations of the nodes at
each end of a pipe determine the elevations along
the top of the pipe, also known as obvert or
crown. HAMMER assumes that all pipes are
straight.
Report PeriodThe number of time steps

between successive output data; overridden by
the Report Times tab of the Project Options
window. By default this printout is suppressed
unless a report period is defined.
DescriptionA place to enter additional

information about the element. By default,
HAMMER leaves this field blank.
HAMMER User's Guide
Hydraulic Element Reference
6.2
Pipes
Pipes link two nodes together and convey fluid between them. In HAMMER, all pipes
flow full unless stated otherwise. Pipes have the following characteristics:
LengthThe length of the pipe is used in HAMMER calculations regardless of

the x, y and elevation coordinates of the two nodes it connects.
DiameterInside diameter of the pipe (often abbreviated as I.D.). The pipe material and pressure rating class can significantly affect the actual inside diameter.
Transient Tip: Entering an I.D. that is 5% too big increases the pipes
area (and velocity) by about 10% and reduces friction
loss predictions by about 20%, since losses are
proportional to V2/2g. The effect may be even greater
with a quasi-steady or unsteady friction method. Always
consult manufacturers tables to enter the correct I.D. or,
for older pipe, try to verify its I.D. in the field (it may have
been reduced due to deposits or tuberculation).
Check ValveWhen this box is checked, flow can only travel in the same direction as the flow at the initial time step (i.e., time zero).
From NodeThe first of two nodes bounding a pipe, as displayed in the Element
Selector.
To NodeThe second of two nodes bounding a pipe, as displayed in the Element

Selector.
Friction CoefficientPipe roughness coefficient or value associated with the

roughness method selected during the project setup for the selected material,
either a Hazen-Williams C or a Darcy-Weisbach f. If blank, HAMMER automatically calculates a value of f based on the flow, diameter, and heads at the start of
transient simulations.
Wave SpeedThe pressure wave speed for the liquid being conveyed, the pipe
material selected, the working pressure rating (determined by its dimension ratio
or DR), the bedding, and other factors. Pipe manufacturers often provide this
parameter for water, assuming standard bedding and construction techniques.
Initial FlowThe flow in the pipe at time zero. If positive, the flow direction is
towards the To Node.
From Node HeadThe head at From Node at time zero.
To Node HeadThe head at To Node at time zero.
After a HAMMER run completes successfully, the following results will be displayed:
Max and Min HeadThe maximum and minimum transient head experienced at
any point in the pipe throughout the simulation period.
HAMMER User's Guide
6-163
Nodes
6.3
Max and Min FlowThe maximum and minimum transient flow experienced at
any point in the pipe throughout the simulation period. Please note that the initial
flow direction is taken as positive.
Max Vapor VolumeThe maximum vapor volume, if any, that occurred at all
locations in the pipe at any time during the simulation period.
Max Air VolumeThe maximum air volume, if any, that occurred at all locations in the pipe at any time during the simulation period.
Nodes
All nodes are pressurized in HAMMER, unless otherwise stated.
Nodes are further classified into Boundaries, Flow Controls, Surge Protection, and
Rotating Equipment. The simplest and most widely used node is called a junction.
Junctionthe meeting point of two or more pipes in the system. A junction
does not open to atmosphere and it does not satisfy any water demand. The
general properties of all hydraulic elements describe it completely.
After a HAMMER run completes successfully, the following results are displayed:
6.4
Max and Min HeadThe maximum and minimum transient head experienced
throughout the simulation period. This value is the same as the endpoint of every
pipe that connects to this node.
Max and Min PressureThe maximum and minimum transient pressure experienced throughout the simulation period.
Max Vapor VolumeThe maximum vapor volume, if any, that occurred at all
locations in the pipe at any time during the simulation period.
Max Air VolumeThe maximum air volume, if any, that occurred at all locations in the pipe at any time during the simulation period.
System Boundaries
System boundaries are nodes at which transient pressure waves are typically reflected
back to the system and where inflows or outflows may occur. HAMMER incorporates
a rigorous mathematical formulation of each of these boundary conditions based on
physics. Each of these hydraulic elements and their parameters are described below.
6-164
Consumptionrepresents an opening to atmosphere at the junction of

two or more pipes or the end of a single pipe. Water demands from many
houses or users are typically aggregated and represented as a Consumption node, consequently there can be no inflow of air from this node into the
system. A Consumption node has the following parameters:
HAMMER User's Guide
Pressure required to deliver the Initial / Typical Flow from the system.
Initial/ Typical Flow is either the initial steady-state flow under a certain
Pressure or the typical flow when the Pressure is zero.
Dead Endthe end point of a closed pipe. A pipe with a Dead End
should not have any flow, therefore the steady-state HGL should be the
same at both ends of the pipe at time zero. A cavity can form at a Dead
End, which has the following parameter:
Initial Vapor Volume is the volume of vapor at the Dead End at the beginning of the simulation (i.e., time zero). The default value is zero.
Periodic Head/Flowused to prescribe a boundary condition at a

hydraulic element where flow can either enter or leave the system as a
function of time. It can be defined either in terms of Head (for example,
the water level of a clear well or process tank) or Flow (for example, a timevarying industrial demand). The periodic nature of variation of head/flow can be
of sinusoidal or of any other shape that can be approximated as a series of straight
lines. It has the following four attributes:
Prescribed Quantity is either flow or head, with either a known periodicity

or according to a user-defined repeatable pattern.
Mean Value is required only if the variation of flow or head is sinusoidal.
Amplitude is the maximum value of head or flow above the mean value.
Period is the oscillation period.
Phase in radians, ranging from zero to a maximum value of 2.
Maintenance Holerepresents a system boundary initially at atmospheric pressure, which can accept user-defined inflow patterns or hydrographs. The pipe connecting the system to the maintenance hole (MH) is
assumed to be flowing full (i.e., pressurized). The parameters required to describe
a MH are as follows:
Diameter of the MH itself (default 48 in.).
Orifice Diameter controlling flow from the MH to the exit pipe connected to
the system. This can be equal to but not greater than Diameter.
Cover Opening Diameter has a default value of 1.5 in. (38.1 mm), such as
lift holes. If the MH is sealed, then the value of this parameter should be zero.
For values greater than or equal to the diameter of the manhole, the air above
the water surface is considered to be at atmospheric pressure.
Threshold Pressure has a default value of 300 lb. (136.1 kg) for any cover
not fastened to the manhole. If the cover is firmly bolted or welded to the
manhole, then enter a larger value, such as 100,000 lb. (45,367 kg), which
HAMMER treats as infinite.
HAMMER User's Guide
6-165
Control Equipment
6.5
Ratio of Losses is the ratio of inflow head loss to outflow loss (for the same
flow). The default value is 2.5.
Head Loss Coefficient is a dimensionless quantity.
Ground Elevation has a default value of 9,999 ft. (3,048 m).
Operating Rule defines the functional relationship between flow and time, if
any.
Reservoira source of water that maintains a constant water level

throughout the simulation.
Control Equipment
Consider the following control equipment information:
6.5.1
Flow-Control Valve Fundamentals on page 6-166
Flow-Control Valves as Sources of Hydraulic Transients on page 6-167
Flow-Control Valve Reference on page 6-168
Orifice Reference on page 6-170
Flow-Control Valve Fundamentals

A valve is an element that opens, throttles, or closes to satisfy a condition you specify.
Like WaterCAD, HAMMER can model several different types of valves. The
behavior of a valve is determined by the upstream and downstream conditions.
Supported valve types include:
6-166
Pressure-Reducer Valve (PRV)PRVs throttle to prevent the downstream

hydraulic grade from exceeding a set value. If the downstream grade rises above
the set value, the PRV closes. If the head upstream is lower than the valve setting,
the valve opens fully.
Pressure-Sustaining Valve (PSV)PSVs throttle to prevent the upstream

hydraulic grade from dropping below a set value. If the upstream grade is lower
than the set grade, the valve closes completely.
Pressure-Breaker Valve (PBV)PBVs are used to force a specified pressure

(head) drop across the valve. These valves do not automatically check flow and
actually boost the pressure in the direction of reverse flow to achieve a downstream grade that is lower than the upstream grade by a set amount.
Flow-Control Valve (FCV)FCVs are used to limit the maximum flow rate
through the valve from upstream to downstream. FCVs do not limit the minimum
flow rate or negative flow rate.
HAMMER User's Guide
Throttle-Control Valve (TCV)TCVs are used as controlled minor losses. A

TCV is a valve that has an associated minor loss that can change in magnitude
according to the controls that are implemented for the valve.
General-Purpose Valve (GPV)GPVs are used to model situations and devices

for which the flow-to-headloss relationship is specified by you rather than using
the standard hydraulic formulas. GPVs represent reduced-pressure backflowprevention (RPBP) valves or well draw-down behavior.
Note:
You can change a valve from one type to another by a process

called morphing. Just click the new valve-type button on the
toolbar and drag the new valve on top of the old one.
Because the reaction time of the above valve types is too slow to react to fast and often
cyclical hydraulic transient pressure wave fronts, HAMMER converts these to an
equivalent orifice that remains fixed throughout the simulation.
6.5.2
Flow-Control Valves as Sources of Hydraulic Transients

Flow-control stations typically include a flow meter, flow-control valve, and valves to
isolate the station during maintenance activities. Flow-control stations are sometimes
equipped with a remote terminal unit (RTU), which communicates with a Supervisory
Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system, to monitor and control the station
remotely. For more information about SCADA systems, see Advanced Water Distribution Modeling and Management, by Haestad Press.
The transient pressures that result from the operation of flow-control valves depend on
the design of the flow-control station, particularly the following parameters:
The time period of the valve position change
The valve type and its hydraulic characteristics
The system hydraulic characteristics (for example, head loss in the piping relative
to head loss through the valve)
When considering valve position change, it is important to consider that the reduction
in flow due to valve closure is not proportional to the valve travel distance (stroke). In
fact, with most valves (including hydrants), most of the change in velocity occurs
when the valve is barely open. It is at this time that a quick turn of the valve can lead
to a significant water hammer event.
For example, if it takes 20 turns to close a valve and the initial velocity through the
valve is 16 ft./sec. (5 m/s), the velocity may change to 6.6 ft./sec. (2 m/s) over the first
19 turns. The velocity is then reduced from 6.6 ft./sec. to zero over the last turn
(known as the effective stroke of the valve). The change of velocity over the last
interval having a duration equal to the characteristic time (2L/a) determines the
magnitude of the transient.
HAMMER User's Guide
6-167
Control Equipment
One of the most important considerations when selecting the flow-control valve type
is cavitation. Cavitation occurs when the minimum pressure at critical points within
the valve reaches the vapor pressure of the liquid, so that vapor bubbles form. If the
differential pressure across the valve is excessive or if the pressure downstream of the
valve is minimal, cavitation can occur during steady-state flow. Cavitation can
damage the valve and cause excessive noise, especially if an inappropriate valve is
selected. Control valves specifically designed to minimize the potential for cavitation
should be selected for these cases.
Depending on its severity, cavitation can also affect the hydraulic capacity of the
valve. When the flow stream expands immediately downstream of the valve, the pressure increases, causing the vapor bubbles to collapse. This dynamic vaporization and
collapse phenomenon causes noise and vibration and can erode the interior of the
valve. This type of local cavitation should not be confused with large-scale vapor
pocket formation and collapse due to system-wide hydraulic transients, such as a
power failure.
6.5.3
Flow-Control Valve Reference

Each type of flow-control valve is described separately below.
Valve to Atmospheredischarges water from the system at a pipe end

open to atmospheric pressure. It has the following parameters:
Initial Typical Flow is either the initial steady-state flow at a certain

pressure or the typical flow when the pressure is zero.
Time Delay before the valve begins to open or close.
Time of Operation is a period of time required to open or close the valve.
Corresponding Pressures refers to the pressure at the initial or typical flow

through the valve.
Valve of Check Type between 2 Pipesa check valve between two pipes
that closes instantaneously upon flow reversal. This assumes that no
dampers or electrical controls modify the check valves closure time.
When the pressure differential required to reopen the valve is exceeded, the valve
opens again instantaneously. This valve can be closed initially. It has the
following parameters:
6-168
Initial Flow should be zero if the valve is initially closed. If the valve is open,
then enter the flow initially passing through the valve.
HAMMER User's Guide
Upstream Pipe whose end point denotes the upstream side of the valve and
indirectly defines the direction of flow through the valve.
Threshold Pressure is the pressure difference between upstream and downstream sides of the valve required to open or reopen the valve. If a zero value
is entered, the valve opens when the upstream pressure exceeds the downstream pressure.
Valve of Check Type at Wye Branchthis is similar to the Valve of

Check Type between 2 Pipes, except that it is located on one of the three
pipe branches connecting to a single junction node. When the pressure
differential required to reopen the valve is exceeded, the valve opens instantaneously. This valve can be initially closed. It has following parameters:
Initial Flow should be zero if the valve is initially closed. If the valve is open,
then enter the initial value of flow through the valve.
Pipe denotes the location of the valve (e.g., in which of three branches?).
When the valve is closed, this pipe acts as a dead end.
Flow Direction represents either the flow towards the wye branch or the flow
away from the wye branch.
Threshold Pressure is the pressure differential between the upstream and

downstream sides of the valve required to open or reopen the valve. If a zero
value is entered, the valve opens when the upstream pressure exceeds the
downstream pressure.
Valve of Various Types between 2 Pipesan extremely versatile

hydraulic element able to model six or more different types of valves. For
the first five types of valves, the characteristics for fractional openings are
hard-coded in HAMMER; however, you can enter a customized curve in the userspecified valve. It has the following parameters:
Diameter is the size of the opening that can pass flow through the valve.
Discharge Coefficient is usually calculated from the relation between flow

through the valve and the corresponding pressure drop across the valve at
time zero. If there is no initial flow, the discharge coefficient can be obtained
from the manufacturer or calculated.
Type of Valve can be one of several possible types: User-Specified, Needle,

Circular Gate, Globe, Ball, or Butterfly. Any of these can function as a
PRV, PSV, or FCV, depending on the Control Type.
Operating Rule defines the time-dependent opening (partial or full stroke)

and closure (partial or full stroke) of the valve in a tabular form. The valve can
be opened, paused, or closed partially or fully several times during the numerical simulation.
HAMMER User's Guide
6-169
Control Equipment
6.5.4
Control Type defines the four possible ways of operating modes of the valve:
PRV (pressure-reducing valve), PSV (pressure-sustaining valve), FCV (flowcontrol valve), and none.
PRV/SRV Head option is necessary only for a PRV and PSV. It denotes the
head to be maintained by the PRV or SRV at the downstream side of the valve.
When the Control Type is set to FCV, enter the flow intended to pass through
the FCV.
Control Status represents the state of the valve at time zero: Throttled, Wide
Open, or Closed.
Valve with Linear Area Change between 2 Pipesfunctions either as a

check valve that closes instantaneously and remains closed when reverse
flow occurs, or as a positive-acting leaf valve closing linearly over the
prescribed time. Its parameters are:
Time to Close is the operation time required to shut the valve. It is either
instantaneous (if the time is set to zero, it will operate as a check valve) or
gradual and linear whenever the Time to Close is greater than zero.
Diameter is the size of the opening allowing flow to pass through the valve.
Orifice Reference
Orifices are a fixed or passive type of flow-control element. Each is described below.
6-170
Orifice to Atmosphererepresents an opening to atmosphere at a junction of two or more pipes or the end of a single pipe. The initial pressure is
typically positive and there is usually an outflow from the system at time
zero. It has the following parameters:
Pressure refers to the pressure drop across the orifice corresponding to the
initial steady-state or typical flow.
Initial/Typical Flow is either the initial steady-state flow at a specific pressure or the typical flow when the pressure is zero.
Initial Volume of Gas is the accumulated air at the orifice at the beginning of
the simulation (the default value is zero).
Orifice at Branch Enda convenient way to add a length of pipe leading

to a discharge point without having to enter the pipe explicitly. Results are
identical to those obtained by entering an equivalent pipe ending at an
orifice to atmosphere.
Pressure drop across the orifice corresponding to the initial or typical flow.
Initial/ Typical Flow is either the initial steady-state flow under certain pressure or the typical flow when the pressure is zero.
HAMMER User's Guide
Pipe Length is automatically assigned a small value based on the average

wave speed of the two adjacent pipes, but you can specify any convenient
length.
Elevation of Orifice is equal to the elevation (by default) of the junction of

the main pipe and branch pipe, but you can specify an elevation for sprinklers,
for example.
Orifice between 2 Pipesis an inline orifice characterized by a pressure

drop across the orifice for a given flow.
Pressure drop across the orifice corresponding to the initial or typical

flow.
Initial Typical Flow is either the initial steady-state flow under certain pressure or the typical flow when the pressure is zero.
Rating Curveis a boundary element which releases water from the

system to atmosphere based on a customizable rating curve relating head
and flow.
6.6
Rating Curve is a functional relationship between time and flow and head
entered in a table, enabling you to achieve a high degree of customization.
Rotating Equipment
Pumps and turbines are classified as Rotating Equipment as a reminder that these
turbomachines can reverse their spin direction during a hydraulic transient event,
unless this is prevented by a nonreverse ratchet or check valve. Since both spin and
flow can be in a positive or negative direction, four operating cases are possible for
pumps and turbines. Four-quadrant curves are used to describe a pumps hydraulic
performance for each case. The common pump curve provided by vendors provides
head and flow in the first quadrant only, for which spin and flow are both positive, at
constant speed.
6.6.1
Pump Fundamentals
A pump is a type of rotating equipment designed to add energy to a fluid. For a given
flow rate, pumps add a specific amount of energy, or total dynamic head (TDH), to the
fluids energy head at the pumps suction flange.
HAMMER automatically imports pump information from WaterCAD or WaterGEMS
using WaterObjects technology. You may need to enter additional data to model
dynamic effects. HAMMER can represent virtually any pump using one of these five
hydraulic elements:
Constant Speed between 2 Pipesno pump curve
HAMMER User's Guide
6-171
Rotating Equipment
Constant Speed between 2 Pipespump curve
Constant Speed at Reservoirpump curve (a special case without a suction line)
Variable Speed, Between Two Pipesfour-quadrant pump curve built in
Shut after Time Delay, Between Two Pipesfour-quadrant pump curve built in
Only the last two allow you to change the speed of the pump during a simulation. The
information needed to describe a pumps hydraulic characteristics depends on the type
selected, but the following are common parameters:
6-172
Duty or Design PointPoint at which the pump was designed to operate,

defined as its Nominal Flow and Nominal Head (1, 1 in the Pump Curve table).
It is typically at or near the best efficiency point (BEP). For flows above or below
this point, the pump may not be operating under optimum hydraulic conditions.
Other points on the pump curve are entered as a ratio of the nominal head and
flow (e.g., 0.1 to 1.2 times these values). If a pump curve is not available, see
First-Quadrant and Four-Quadrant Representations on page 6-175.
Shutoff and RunoutShutoff is the maximum head a pump can develop at zero
flow. Runout is an operating point at the other extreme of the pump curve, where
the pump is discharging at a high rate but is no longer able to add any energy (i.e.,
head) to the flow. HAMMER will not automatically shut down a pump if it
reaches shutoff head or runout flow; therefore, this information is not required for
a HAMMER run.
ElevationThe pump elevation is required to calculate suction or discharge pressures and to display the pump at the correct location on profile plots.
EfficiencyEfficiency is defined as the ratio of the hydraulic energy transferred

to the water divided by the total electrical energy delivered to the motor. This
parameter is only required for pumps whose speed changes during a simulation. It
is used to determine the accelerating or decelerating torque, where required.
SpeedRotational speed in revolutions per minute (rpm) of the impeller. This is

commonly the same as the motors rotational speed, unless a transmission is
installed. It is fixed for constant-speed pumps but can vary for variable-frequency
drives. This parameter is only required for pumps whose speed changes during a
simulation.
InertiaPump inertia is the resistance of the pump assembly to acceleration or

deceleration. HAMMER uses inertia and efficiency to track the rate at which a
pump spins up or down when power is added or removed, respectively. It is a
constant for a particular pump and motor combination. For more information, see
Pump Inertia on page 6-173.
Specific SpeedA pumps specific speed is a function of its rotational speed,

Nominal Flow, and Nominal Head. For more information, see Specific Speed
on page 6-174.
HAMMER User's Guide
Pump Inertia
If a pumps speed will be controlled (i.e., ramped up or down, started or shut down
during the simulation period) you need to enter the pumps rotational inertia. Inertia is
the product of the rotating weight with the square of its radius of gyration. Pumps with
more rotating mass have more inertia and take longer to stop spinning after power
fails or the pump is shut off. The trend has been towards lighter pumps with less
inertia.
Transient Tip: Pumps with higher inertias can help to control transients
because they continue to move water through the pump
for a longer time as they slowly decelerate. You can
sometimes add a flywheel to increase the total inertia
and reduce the rate at which flow slows down after a
power failure or emergency shut down: this is more
effective for short systems than for long systems.
The value of inertia you enter in HAMMER must be the sum of all components of the
particular pump which continue to rotate and are directly connected to the impeller, as
follows:
Motor inertiatypically available from motor manufacturers directly, since this

parameter is used to design the motor. The pump vendor can also provide this
information.
Pump impeller inertiatypically available from the pump manufacturers sales

or engineering group, since inertia is used to design the pump.
Shaft inertiathe shafts inertia is sometimes provided as a combined figure

with the impeller. If not, it can either be calculated directly or ignored. Entering a
lower figure for the total inertia yields conservative results because flow in the
model changes faster than in the real system; therefore, transients will likely be
overestimated.
Flywheel inertiasome pumps are equipped with a flywheel to add inertia and
slow the rate of change of their rotational speed (and the corresponding change in
fluid flow) when power is added or removed suddenly.
Transmission inertiasome pumps are equipped with a transmission, which

allows operators to control the amount of torque transmitted from the motor to the
pump impeller. Depending on the type of transmission, it may have a significant
inertia from the friction plates and the mechanism used to connect or separate
them.
While this may seem like a long list, it is often enough to enter only the pump and
motor inertia and neglect the other factors. For design purposes, this tends to yield
conservative results, because the simulated pump will stop more rapidly than the real
pump would. Surge-protection designed to control the somewhat larger simulated
transients should be adequate.
HAMMER User's Guide
6-173
Rotating Equipment
If the motor and pump inertia are not available, they can be estimated separately and
then summed (if they remain coupled after a power failure) using an empirical relation
developed by Thorley:
pump = 1.5 10
( P / N 3 )
0.9956
(P / N )
1.48
motor = 118
where:
kgm 2
(6.1)
kgm 2
(6.2)
P is the brake horsepower in kilowatts at the BEP

N is the rotational speed in rpm
If uncertainty in this parameter is a concern, several simulations should be run to

assess the sensitivity of the results to changes in inertia.
Specific Speed
If reverse spin is possible, a four-quadrant curve representation can be selected based
on your pumps specific speed. According to affinity laws, impellers with similar
geometry and streamlines tends to have similar specific speeds.
Transient Tip: To simulate a pump for which no pump curve is available
or whenever there is a possibility of reverse flow or spin,
selecting the built-in four-quadrant curve corresponding
to the correct pump type is essential. Despite some
approximation, HAMMER will output physically
meaningful results provided you select the correct fourquadrant curve based on your pumps specific speed.
The results can help you decide whether or not
additional detail is critical or even required.
To select an appropriate four-quadrant pump curve in HAMMER, simply calculate the

specific speed and select the closest available setting in the Specific Speed field of the
pumps Element Editor. You can calculate your pumps specific speed, Ns, using the
following equation:
1
2
N S = NQ
6-174
H4
(6.3)
HAMMER User's Guide
where:
Rotational Speed (rpm)
Flow (m3/s or gpm). For double-suction units, flow is

per suction.
Head (m or ft) at flow Q. For multi-stage units, head

is per stage (e.g., total head divided by total stages).
Table 6-1: Specific Speeds for Typical Pump Categories in both Unit Systemson
page 6-175 shows typical values of specific speed for which an exact four-quadrant
representation is built into HAMMER. Centrifugal pumps tend to have lower specific
speeds than axial-flow or multi-stage pumps. Few four-quadrant characteristic curves
are available because they require painstaking laboratory work.
The results of hydraulic transient simulations are not as sensitive to the specific speed
selected, provided that a check valve is installed. You do not need to add a check valve
because every pump in HAMMER has a built-in check valve immediately downstream of the pump.
Note:
If you need a four-quadrant pump curve but your pumps

specific speed does not match one of the available options,
select the closest one available or request it from the
manufacturer. The prediction error cannot be linearly
interpolated using specific speed, but you could run a different
curve to bracket the solution domain.
Table 6-1: Specific Speeds for Typical Pump Categories in both Unit
Systems
Unit System
Specific Speed, Ns
Centrifugal pumps
(radial-vane or
flange-screw types)
U.S. Customary
SI Metric
Axial-Flow Pumps
(mixed-flow or
flange-screw types)
Multistage pumps
(axial or mixed-flow)
1280
4850
7500
25
94
145
First-Quadrant and Four-Quadrant Representations

Most pumps used in water and wastewater systems are equipped with check valves to
preclude reverse flow and/or nonreverse or ratchet mechanisms that prevent the pump
impeller from reversing its spin direction. This usually restricts the pumps operation
to the first quadrant. Provided such a pump will operate continuously at constant
speed throughout the numerical simulation and never allow reverse flow or spin, a
standard multipoint pump curve provides a rigorous and sufficient representation. Two
hydraulic elements enable you to represent this common pump configuration:
HAMMER User's Guide
6-175
Rotating Equipment
Constant Speed at ReservoirPump Curve
Constant Speed between 2 PipesPump Curve
If you have the multipoint pump curve, you can enter it directly in HAMMER or
import it using WaterObject technology. The pump curve is used by HAMMER to
adjust the flow produced by the pump in response to changing system heads at its
suction and discharge flanges throughout the simulation period.
Note:
Entering name-plate values into HAMMER may result in

significant prediction errors. These rated values may differ
significantly from the pumps actual operating performance.
If a pump curve is not available, but you can obtain the rated head and flow from the
SCADA system or other measurements, enter these as the Nominal Flow and
Nominal Head, and select the four-quadrant curves whose Specific Speed is closest
to your pump: centrifugal, axial-flow (single and double-suction) and multistage
(including vertical turbines), as shown in Table 6-1: Specific Speeds for Typical
Pump Categories in both Unit Systemson page 6-175. You can also use one of these
four-quadrant characteristic curves if reverse spin is possible, but you do not have
these data for your pump. This will yield a physically meaningful answer, even if the
parameters are inexact.
Variable-Speed Pumps (VSP or VFD)

A variable-speed pump (VSP) is typically powered by a variable-frequency drive
(VFD) motor controller or sometimes by a variable-torque transmission mechanism.
Variable-frequency motor controllers and soft-starters modify the voltage phase angle
using silicon controlled rectifiers to achieve speed variations in pumps. Variabletorque transmissions allow a differential between the motor and driven ends of a pump
using special mechanical, magnetic, or hydraulic couplings.
In practice, automatic start and stop sequences can be controlled to achieve any ramp
time using a programmable logic controller (PLC). However, there may be limits to
the minimum speed or torque which can be achieved. The period of time over which
soft-starters can control the motor may be limited. Finally, operational reasons may
require that startup, shifting and shutdown sequences be shortened as much as
possiblebut safely. HAMMER helps you estimate safe ramp times to make the most
of your pumps capabilities.
In HAMMER, a variable pump is a prescribed boundary condition which is controlled
by setting a time-dependent pattern for its rotational speed or torque. You can enter
any speed or torque pattern, including delays, multiple ramps, and periods of continuous pumping.
6-176
HAMMER User's Guide

HAMMER does not currently model loop-back controllers, which can modify the
VFDs speed or torque to achieve a specific head or flow at some location in the
system. This is because the pump may stabilize to a new steady state within a few
seconds, including during a power failure or a normal stop or start, for a typical transient event and the loop-back controller is likely not engaged during such operations.
6.6.2
Pump Element Reference

The various types of pumps are described separately below.
Constant Speed between 2 Pipes - No Pump CurveA pump that operates at constant speed throughout the simulation using a built-in fourquadrant characteristic curve selected according to specific speed. This
pump requires the following parameters:
Initial /Typical Flow is the Nominal Flow the pump delivers under normal
operating conditions. If it is not known, you could assume it is the steady-state
flow.
Nominal Head is the head required to deliver the Nominal Flow at steady
state. It is the difference between the heads at the suction and discharge sides
of the pump or total dynamic head (TDH).
Specific Speed enables you to compare pumps from different manufacturers

and models in a rigorous manner. HAMMER provides three built-in fourquadrant characteristic pump curves corresponding to the specific speeds of
1280, 4850, or 7500 (U.S. customary units) and 25, 94, or 145 (metric units).
Constant Speed, between 2 Pipes - Pump CurveA pump that operates

at constant speed throughout the simulation according to a pump curve.
This pump requires the following parameters:
Nominal Flow is the flow the pump delivers at the Nominal Head under
normal steady-state operating conditions. Sometimes assumed to be the initial
steady-state flow.
of the pump.
Pump Curve represents the head-discharge relationship of the pump at its

rated speed. Values are entered relative to Nominal Head and Nominal Flow.
Constant Speed at Reservoir - Pump CurveA pump that operates at

constant speed throughout the simulation using a pump curve and
assuming there is no suction system. Useful for sewage forcemains. This
HAMMER User's Guide
6-177
Rotating Equipment
Reservoir Head denotes the constant hydraulic grade line available at the
reservoir.
normal steady-state operating conditions. Sometimes assumed to be the initial
steady-state flow.
of the pump.
Pump Curve represents the head-discharge relationship of the pump at its

rated speed. Values are entered relative to Nominal Head and Nominal Flow.
Shut after Time Delay, between 2 PipesA pump running at full speed
prior to time zero that can be shut down, either at time zero or after a time
delay, to represent a power failure or other emergency shutdown. This
Time Delay is the time that must elapse before the pump shuts down. This
time can also be set to zero (the default value) to simulate a shutdown at time
zero.
Time to Close is the time required to close the discharge control or check
valve after reverse flow is sensed at the pump. Unless the check valve is
equipped with hydraulic piloting, dashpot damping, or electrical controls that
modify its closure time, enter a value of zero and HAMMER will close it the
instant flow drops to zero. If the discharge-control valve closes in a specific
amount of time after the power failure, enter that closure time.
Transient Tip: HAMMER automatically simulates a check valve at the

discharge flange of each pump. If no check valve is
installed in your system, enter a number of Time to
Close large enough to keep the check valve open
throughout the simulation period. To close the check
valve as soon as flow stops, enter zero.
6-178
Diameter refers to the valve at full opening, typically equal to the internal
diameter of the discharge flange.
Specific Speed provides four-quadrant characteristic curves to represent

typical pumps for each of the three most common types: 1280, 4850, or 7500
(U.S. customary units) and 25, 94, or 145 (SI metric units).
Reverse Spin indicates whether the pump is equipped with a ratchet or other
device to prevent the pump impeller from spinning in reverse. Set Reverse
Spin either to Allowed or Not Allowed.
Percent Efficiency represents the efficiency of the pump as a percentage.

This is typically shown on the pump curves provided by the manufacturer. A
typical range is 85 to 95%, but values outside this range are possible.
HAMMER User's Guide
Inertia of Pump is proportional to the amount of stored rotational energy

available to keep the pump rotating (and transferring energy to the fluid), even
after the power is switched off. You can obtain this parameter from manufacturers catalogs, or from pump curves, or estimate it by correlating it to horsepower (see the empirical equations in Pump Inertia on page 6-173).
Rotational Speed denotes the rotation of the pump impeller in revolutions

per minute or rpm. This is typically shown prominently on pump curves and
stamped on the name plate on the pump itself.
Variable Speed, between 2 PipesA pump whose speed or torque can be

controlled during the simulation period with an operating-rule table.
HAMMER will use the correct head-discharge relationship at any speed.
This pump requires the following parameters:
normal steady-state operating conditions. Sometimes assumed as the initial
steady-state flow.
Nominal Head is the head required to deliver the Nominal Flow at steadystate. It is the difference between the heads at the suction and discharge sides
of the pump.
Time to Close is the time required to close the discharge control or check
valve after reverse flow is sensed at the pump. Unless the check valve is
equipped with hydraulic piloting, dashpot damping, or electrical controls that
modify its closure time, enter a value of zero and HAMMER will close it the
instant flow drops to zero. If the check valve and/or a discharge-control valve
closes in a specific amount of time after the power failure, enter the closure
time.
Diameter refers to the valve at opening, typically equal to the internal diameter of the discharge flange.

typical pumps for each of the three most common types: 1280, 4850, or 7500
(U.S. customary units) and 25, 94, or 145 (SI metric units).
Control Variable allows you to select either Speed or Torque to control

changes in the performance of this type of pump. Consult your motor
controller or transmission documentation for the correct range and time limits
that apply.
Percent Efficiency represents the efficiency of the pump as a percentage.

This is typically shown on the pump curves provided by the manufacturer. A
typical range is 80 to 95%, but values outside this range are possible.
Inertia of Pump is proportional to the amount of stored rotational energy

used to keep the pump rotating (and transferring energy to the fluid), even
after the power is switched off. You can obtain this parameter from manufacturers catalogs, or from pump curves, or estimate it by correlating it to horsepower (see Pump Inertia on page 6-173).
HAMMER User's Guide
6-179
Rotating Equipment
6.6.3
Nominal Speed denotes the rotation of the pump impeller per unit time, typically as rotations per minute or rpm. The head and flow delivered by the pump
depend on it.
Operating Rule describes the set Speed or Torque with time. You can use
this feature to simulate a rapid (or even instantaneous) pump shutdown and
restart.
Turbine Element Reference

A turbine is a type of rotating equipment designed to remove energy from a fluid. For
a given flow rate, turbines remove a specific amount of energy from the fluids energy
head at the turbines inlet. HAMMER provides a single turbine representation:
6-180
Turbine between 2 PipesA turbine that undergoes electrical load rejection at time zero, requiring it to be shut down rapidly. The four-quadrant
characteristics of generic units with certain specific speeds are built into
HAMMER. The turbine element allows nonlinear closure of the wicket gates and
is equipped with a spherical valve that can be closed after a time lag. It has the
Spherical Valve Time Delay is a period of time that must elapse before the
spherical valve of the turbine activates.
Spherical Valve Operation Time is the time required to operate the spherical
valve. By default, it is set equal to one time step.
Spherical Valve Diameter is the diameter of the spherical valve.

typical turbines for three common types: 30, 45, or 60 (U.S. customary units)
and 115, 170, or 230 (SI metric units).
Percent Efficiency represents the efficiency of the turbine as a percentage.

This is typically shown on the curves provided by the manufacturer. A typical
range is 85 to 95%, but values outside this range are possible.
Moment of Inertia The moment of inertia must account for the turbine,
generator, and entrained water.
Rotational Speed denotes the rotation of the turbine blades per unit time,
typically as rotations per minute or rpm. The power generated by the turbine
depends on it.
Operational Rule describes the percentage of gate opening with time.
HAMMER User's Guide
6.7
HAMMER lets you consider several aspects of protection equipment.
6.7.1
Check Valves
There are several types of check valves available for the prevention of reverse flow in
a hydraulic system. The simplest and often most reliable are the ubiquitous swing
check valves, which should be carefully selected to ensure that their operational characteristics (such as closing time) are sufficient for the transient flow reversals that can
occur in the system. Some transient flow reversal conditions can occur very rapidly;
thus, if a check valve cannot respond quickly enough, it may slam closed and cause
the valve or piping to fail.
Check valves that have moving discs and parts of significant mass have a higher
inertia and therefore tend to close more slowly upon flow reversal. Check valves with
lighter checking mechanisms have less inertia and therefore close more quickly.
External counterweights present on some check valves (such as swing check valves)
assist the valve closing following stoppage of flow. However, for systems that experience very rapid transient flow reversal, the additional inertia of the counterweight can
slow the closing time of the valve. Spring-loaded check valves can be used to reduce
closing time, but these valves have higher head loss characteristics and can induce an
oscillatory phenomenon during some flow conditions.
It is important that the modeler understand the closing characteristics of the check
valves being used. For example, ball check valves tend to close slowly, swing check
valves close somewhat faster (unless they are adjusted otherwise), and nozzle check
valves have the shortest closing times. Modeling the transient event with closing times
corresponding to different types of check valves can indicate if a more expensive
nozzle-type valve is worthwhile.
6.7.2
Pressure Relief and Other Regulating Valves

Typically, if the decrease in pressure caused by a transient is insufficient to cause
vacuum conditions in the system, the resulting positive transient may not be excessive
and additional high-pressure protection devices might not be required. In some cases,
however, pressure-relief valves must open quickly if the system pressure reaches a
pre-established maximum pressure setting. The relief valve opens to discharge water,
thus controlling the maximum system pressure. After the high pressure is relieved, the
valve closes slowly to avoid creating a transient condition. If a storage facility exists
on the suction side of the pumps, water is usually discharged to the tank, though it
could also be discharged into the pump suction line or even to the atmosphere in
systems without a tank. The pressure to which the valve is discharging should usually
be modeled.
HAMMER User's Guide
6-181
A surge-anticipator relief valve can be used instead of a pressure relief valve to control
high-pressure transients, as seen in the following figure. This type of relief valve starts
to open during the low-pressure period following an emergency pump shutdown in
anticipation of a high-pressure transient. Since the anticipator valve is already open
when the high-pressure transient reaches the valve, it is not required to sense the high
pressure. This type of valve is more effective when high-pressure transients occur
quickly and the limited opening time of a relief valve is not adequate. Set the lowpressure activation point carefully to avoid premature opening before the pump has
spun down, which can cause a very steep negative transient wave.
HIGH
HGL
10 m
HGL
(A) START
HGL
(B) MATURE
(C) REJOIN
Transient Tip: HAMMER assumes that any air admitted into the pipe
system will be released back to atmosphere at the same
location, or node. This is typically acceptable due to the
rapidity of hydraulic transient phenomena and the
tendency of water columns to rejoin at or near this
location. For this reason, valves that only release air are
not modeled.
Air-inlet valves or vacuum breakers can be installed at high points along the pipeline
system to limit subatmospheric pressures locally and to inject air into the pipe system
at locations vulnerable to water column separation. When pressure drops rapidly due
to a power failure, for example, air is able to rapidly enter the system. Following the
low-pressure transient, the air should be expelled slowly to avoid creating another
transient condition. This process can repeat several times for some systems as transient cycles attenuate. Careful modeling of the air intake and release rates will indicate
the amount of time required for the air to be expelled and the transient energy to be
dissipated by friction, before the pumps are restarted.
Transient Tip: HAMMER calculates the air flow velocity at the inlet or
outlet orifices based on the ambient (atmospheric) and
system pressures (which may be subatmospheric). If
this velocity reaches the sonic limit, HAMMER will
throttle air flow accordingly.
6-182
HAMMER User's Guide

A wide variety of valves enable air to enter and/or leave the system, including air-inlet
valves, air-release valves (ARV), vacuum-relief valves, vacuum-breaker valves, airvacuum valves (AVV), and combination air valves (CAV). You need to review the
manufacturers technical information carefully when selecting an appropriate air valve
for transient control. Do not rely only on the name and opening sizes of the valve;
obtain diagrams and air-flow charts and input the correct information into HAMMER
based on the physics of the valve.
6.7.3
Protective Equipment Reference
Combination Air Valve (CAV)is installed at local high points to allow

air to come into the system during periods when the head drops below the
pipe elevation and expels air from the system when water columns begin
to rejoin. The presence of air in the line limits subatmospheric pressures in the
vicinity of the valve and for some distance to either side, as shown on HAMMER
profile graphs. Air can also reduce high transient pressures if it is compressed
enough to slow the water columns prior to impact. This valve requires the
Initial Air Volume near the valve at the start of the simulation. The default
value is zero. If there is an initial air volume, pressure at the valve must be
equal to zero at the start of the simulation.
Small Outflow Diameter is the size of the opening that releases air from the
system when the volume of air is less than the Transition Volume. This diameter is typically small enough to throttle air flow, compressing any air
remaining in the system.
Transitional Volume is the threshold volume of air at which the outflow

diameter changes between the smaller and bigger size. The default value of
this parameter is zero.
Outflow Diameter is the size of the opening that releases air from the system
when the volume of air is greater than, or equal to, the Transition Volume.
This diameter is typically larger than the Small Outflow Diameter. Because it
is rare for this to throttle, the default value of this diameter is considered to be
infinite.
Inflow Diameter is the size of the opening that lets air enter the system. This
diameter is typically large to allow the free entry of air without throttling. By
default, this diameter is considered infinite in HAMMER.
Air Valve (Slow-Closing) between 2 Pipesallows air into the system

freely when the head drops to below the pipe elevation and releases air
and/or fluid from the pipe when head increases again. Also known as a
downsurge relief valve. Unlike a CAV, the large outlet closes over a preset time
period. This valve requires the following parameters:
HAMMER User's Guide
6-183
Time to close the valve. Valve starts to close only when air begins to exit the
pipe. If air reenters, then the valve opens fully again.
Diameter is the size of the valve opening for inflow and outflow.
SAV/SRV at End of 1 Piperepresents a surge-anticipator valve (SAV),

a surge relief valve (SRV), or both of them combined. A SAV opens on
low pressure in anticipation of a subsequent high pressure. A SRV opens
when pressure exceeds a threshold value. These valves require the following
parameters:
Type of Valve(s) provides three possible valve types: SAV, SRV, and
SAV+SRV.
Diameter of Orifice/ Throat for the liquid discharged by the valve.
Parameters for SRV
6-184
Diameter is the opening available to release fluid from the system.
Threshold Pressure is the critical pressure at which the SRV opens. This
may be controlled by a spring, piloting, or other mechanism.
Spring Constant represents the restoring force of the return spring per
unit lift off the valve seat. A typical value of this constant is 150 lb/in
(26.27 N/mm).
Parameters for SAV:

-
Diameter is not used by HAMMER but useful for display. Flow through
the valve is determined based on the Cv at Full Opening and valve type.
It is assumed that the percent of open-area curve for each valve type
corresponds to its Cv curve.
Threshold Pressure is the critical pressure below which the SAV opens.
Type of SAV provides five options: Needle, Circular Gate, Globe, Ball,
and Butterfly.
Time to Open is the time required to open the SAV fully upon activation.
Open Time is the time the SAV remains fully open (i.e., the time between
the valves opening and closing phases).
Time to Close is the time required to close the SAV fully. SAV must be
closed as soon as pressures are relieved to avoid developing too high a
return-flow velocity. SAV may not be able to close against extremely high
reverse-flow velocities for certain pilot configurations.
CV at Full Opening refers to the valve coefficient, which is a function of

flow through the valve and the corresponding pressure drop across it.
HAMMER User's Guide
6.7.4
SAV/SRV between 2 Pipesoperates in the same way and requires the

same parameters as the SAV/SRV at End of 1 Pipe hydraulic element
described previously.
Gas Vessels and Surge Tanks

Flow-supplement protective devices work by allowing water to enter the system
during low transient pressures and accepting flow from the system during high transient pressures. There are two common types of flow-supplement protective devices:
A gas vessel (also known as an air chamber or hydro-pneumatic tank) is a pressure

vessel that contains water and a volume of air that is maintained by an air
compressor. When pumps are shut down and the flow and pressure decrease at the
pump discharge, the air in the chamber expands as a result of the pressure drop,
and water enters the system from the chamber. Redundant compressors are
required to inject air at the correct pressure into the gas vessel because the pressurized air will dissolve into the water as time passes. Since the gas vessel operates at
line pressure, a sight gauge or other method is required to detect the liquid level in
the pressure vessel.
A surge tank (also known as a stand pipe) typically has a relatively small volume
and is located such that its normal water level is equal to the hydraulic grade line
at steady state. When low transient pressures occur, the tank feeds water into the
system by gravity to avoid subatmospheric pressure at the tank connection and
vicinity.
The piping connection between the gas vessel or surge tank and the system is sized to
provide adequate flow capacity when these are supplying water to the system and to
cause significant head loss when refilling from the system to dissipate transient
energy.
Decision makers need to compare the life-cycle costs of the alternate routes and transient protection prior to selecting one surge-control strategy over another.
Using gas vessels and surge tanks to protect drinking water systems can result in
water-quality deterioration and a loss of disinfectant residual. These devices should be
equipped with a mechanism for circulating the water. A further complication occurs
when the tanks are located in cold climates, where the water can freeze.
Surge Tank (Simple)controls pressure surges generated by rapid

changes in flow at a pump station or turbine. The surge tank supplies water
into the system during rapid drops in head to avoid subatmospheric pressures and water column separation. This alleviates both low and high pressures in
HAMMER User's Guide
6-185
the system. Its size should be sufficient to prevent it from draining completely (to
prevent air intrusion into the system) and to prevent it from overflowing when
pressures increase again and the tank refills during the transient. It has the
following properties:
6-186
Initial Water Level is the water level at the beginning of the simulation. By
default, the Initial Water Level is equal to the steady-state head of the adjacent pipe, provided a check valve is not installed.
Diameter is used to determine the cross-sectional area of the tank under the
assumption that it is circular (if not, enter an equivalent diameter for the tank.)
Diameter of Orifice refers to the size of the opening to release water into the
system during low pressures and to accept water from the system during high
pressures.
Elevation of Top of Tank is selected by default in such a way that there will
not be any overflow from the tank. If a value is entered, an overflow from the
tank to atmospheric pressure is possible.
Check Valve Installed denotes whether the check valve is installed. The
default option is NO. If a check valve is installed, this device is referred to as
a one-way surge tank.
Ratio of Losses represents the ratio of the head losses for inflow to outflow.
The default value of this parameter is 2.5. Differential orifices can create
different head losses depending on the direction of flow.
Head Loss Coefficient is a dimensionless quantity that can be determined

from the flow through the orifice and corresponding pressure drop.
Weir Coefficient represents a value equal to the weir discharge coefficient

times the width of the weir. It can be calculated from the standard weir equations, provided that the flow and head over the weir are know. By default, it is
the large positive number 99999, which assumes that the liquid level does not
significantly exceed the elevation of the top of tank during an overflow.
Surge Tank (Differential) between 2 Pipesis similar to the Surge Tank

(Simple), but with the following additional parameters to reflect the
internal riser:
Diameter is the internal diameter of the surge tank.
Diameter of Orifice is the opening in the internal riser to allow flow from the
riser to the surge tank or from the surge tank into the riser.
Diameter of External Riser refers to the diameter of the lower riser between
the hemispherical base of the surge tank and the pipe conveying water.
Diameter of Internal Riser denotes the diameter of the upper riser inside the
surge tank.
Elevation of Junction of Risers is the elevation at which the external and

internal risers meet.
HAMMER User's Guide
Elevation of Orifice refers to the elevation of the orifice in the internal riser.
Elevation of Top of Base denotes the elevation of the top of the hemispherical base of the tank. For a cylindrical tank, this is equal to the pipe elevation.
Elevation of Top of Riser refers to the top elevation of the internal riser.
Elevation of Top of Tank represents the elevation of the top of the surge tank
which generally higher than the top of the riser.
Head Loss Coefficient applies to flow from the tank to the riser. It must be a
positive number.
Surge Tank (Variable Area)Similar to a simple surge tank, but with a

cross-sectional area that varies with elevation. It has the following parameters:
Diameter of Orifice refers to the size of the opening to release water into the
system during low pressures and to accept water from the system during high
pressures.
Ratio of Losses represents the ratio of the head losses for inflow to outflow.
The default value of this parameter is 2.5. Differential orifices can create
different head losses depending on the direction of flow.
Head Loss Coefficient is a dimensionless quantity that can be determined

from the flow through the valve and corresponding pressure drop.
Tank Geometry refers to the pairs of equivalent diameters and elevations

which describe the geometry of the surge tank.
Gas VesselA gas vessel is typically a cylindrical or spherical pressure

vessel containing fluid at the bottom and an entrapped gas (usually air or
nitrogen) overlying the liquid. The entrapped gas undergoes compression
and expansion in accordance with the gas law. If the gas vessel contains enough
gas to prevent water columns from separating, it can be an extremely effective
way to avoid or reduce pressure surges. A differential orifice can also be installed
at the connection to the system to dissipate the transient energy more rapidly. A
gas vessel has the following parameters:
Initial Volume of Gas is the initial volume of gas in the pressure vessel at the
start of the simulation. During the transient event, this gas volume expands or
compresses, depending on the transient pressures in the system.
Diameter of Orifice/ Throat is the size of the opening between the gas vessel
and the main pipe line. It is typically smaller than the main pipe size.
Ratio of Losses refers to the ratio of inflow head loss to outflow loss (for the
same inflow and outflow rate.) The default value is 2.5.
Head Loss Coefficient is a dimensionless quantity that can be computed

from the flow and head across the connecting pipe, differential orifice, and
isolation valve (if any).
HAMMER User's Guide
6-187
6-188
Exponent in Gas Law refers to the exponent to be used in the gas law equation. The usual range of this exponent is 1.0 to 1.4. The default value used by
HAMMER is 1.2.
Bladder denotes whether the gas is contained within a bladder. The default
setting for this option is NO. If it is set to YES, HAMMER automatically
assumes that the bladder occupied the full-tank volume at the preset pressure
at some time and that the air volume was compressed to a smaller size by the
steady-state pressure in the system.
Rupture Disk between 2 PipesA rupture disk node is located between

two pipes. It is designed to fail when a specified threshold pressure is
reached. This creates an opening in the pipe through which flow can exit
the system, either to atmosphere or to another pressurized pipe system, such as a
suction line. It has the following parameters:
Typical Pressure refers to a pressure drop across the (failed) rupture disk at
the Typical Flow.
Typical Flow refers to any typical positive flow through the (failed) orifice
that corresponds to the Typical Pressure.
Threshold Pressure refers to the pressure beyond which the rupture disk
breaks and allows flow to exit the system.
HAMMER User's Guide
Chapter
Modeling Capabilities
HAMMERs unmatched capabilities can model and optimize practically any distribution system.
7.1
Hydraulic Transient Analysis

Use HAMMER to simulate short-lived but often extreme hydraulic transient pressures
and flows, as well as to predict the formation and collapse of air or vapor pockets in
your system. HAMMER has the following capabilities:
Automatically import model data from widely used steady-state models, such as
EPANET, WaterCAD/WaterGEMS, PIPE2000, and others via GIS or database
systems.
Perform a hydraulic transient analysis to see how the system behaves over time
after a power failure, pipe break, pump or valve operation, equipment failure or
operator error. You can specify the following options:
Choose a rigorous Method of Characteristics (MOC) solution based on

elastic theory. The MOC simulates wave propagation in a frictionless and
slightly compressible liquid, as described in Method of Characteristics
(MOC) on page B-250.
Use common steady-state friction methods, such as Hazen-Williams or

Darcy-Weisbach, or more accurate quasi-steady or unsteady (transient) friction methods.
Use simple pump representations or multipoint head-discharge curves,

complete with four-quadrant characteristics automatically selected based on
specific speed.
Use simple valve representations or multipoint head-discharge (Cv) curves.
The vaporous cavitation model invoked when pressure reaches full vacuum
is described separately in Water Column Separation and Vapor Pockets on
page 7-193.
HAMMER User's Guide
7-189
Hydraulic Transient Analysis
Specify surge-control equipment based on your results, including surge tanks,

surge-anticipator valves, combination air valves, gas vessels (air chambers), and
rupture disks.
Visualize extremely high and low transient heads and flows using color-coded
maps, animated profiles, and histories at every point of interestbefore they can
break pipes, fatigue joints, and cause leaks throughout your system.
Steady-state hydraulic models, such as WaterCAD, simulate systems in which a

dynamic equilibrium has been achieved and where changes in head or flow take
minutes to hours. In contrast, HAMMER simulates hydraulic systems whose balance
has been upset by rapid control-valve operation or other emergenciesall occurring
in seconds or fractions of a second.
With HAMMERs added simulation power comes a higher computation cost, since
many time steps must be calculated, using more complex equations to track dynamic
changes systemwide. Fortunately, HAMMER automatically adjusts its solution
method to minimize execution time, while delivering detailed and accurate solutions.
HAMMER uses one or both of these algorithms:
Method of Characteristics (MOC) solution of the full continuity and momentum

equations for a Newtonian fluid (i.e., elastic theory), which account for the fact
that liquids are compressible and that pipe walls can expand under high pressures.
Differential equation solution to the momentum and continuity equations based

on rigid-column theory, which assumes that liquids are incompressible and pipes
are rigid.
HAMMER uses MOC systemwide for virtually every simulation. The simpler, faster
rigid-column algorithm is also applied in specific reaches for a few special applications. Although MOC is preferred, due to its greater accuracy, both methods are
described separately below.
7.1.1
Rigid-Column Simulation
Rigid-column theory is suitable for simulating changes in hydraulic transient flow or
head that are gradual in terms of the systems characteristic time, T = 2 L/a
(Appendix B). This type of hydraulic transient is often referred to as a mass-oscillation phenomenon, where gradual changes in momentum occur without significant or
sharp pressure wave fronts propagating through the system.
For example, mass oscillations can occur when a vacuum-breaker or combination air
valve lets air into the system at a local high point (to limit subatmospheric pressures).
The water columns separate and move away from the high point as air rushes in to fill
the space between them. Eventually, flow reverses towards the high point, where the
air may be compressed as it is expelled. This back-and-forth motion of the water
columns may repeat many times until friction dissipates the transient energy.
7-190
HAMMER User's Guide
From the HAMMER Tools > Project Options menu, click the Other Options tab and
set Extended CAV (combination air valve) to True. HAMMER will track the extent
of the air pocket and the resulting mass-oscillation and water column accelerations.
HAMMER still calculates the system-wide solution using MOC and elastic theory; it
uses rigid-column theory only for the pipes nearest the high point. This results in more
accurate solutions, without increasing execution times.
7.1.2
Elastic Simulation
Elastic theory is suitable for simulating changes in hydraulic transient flow or head of
all types, whether gradual, rapid, or sudden in terms of the systems characteristic
time. A popular and proven way to implement an elastic theory solver is the Method
of Characteristics (MOC).
The MOC is an algebraic technique to compute fluid pressures and flows in a pressurized pipe system. Two partial differential equations for the conservation of momentum
and mass are transformed to ordinary differential equations that can be solved in
space-time along straight lines, called characteristics. Frictional losses are assumed
to be concentrated at the many solution points.
HAMMERs power derives from its advanced implementation of elastic theory using
the MOC, which results in several advantages:
Rigorous solution of the Navier-Stokes equation, including higher-order minor

terms and complex boundary conditions, whose physics can be described with
mathematical rigor.
Robust and stable results minimizing numerical artifacts and achieving

maximum accuracy. Convergence is virtually assured for most systems and tolerances.
Research and field-proven method based on numerous laboratory and field

experiments, where transient data were measured and used to validate numerical
simulation results.
Numerical methods for solving hydraulic transient systems or describing their

boundary conditions are continuously evolving. The ideal model should have the right
balance of proven algorithms and leading-edge methodologies. HAMMER is such a
model. It is the result of decades of experience and innovation by Environmental
Hydraulics Groups senior staff combined with Haestad Methods software expertise
and track record in bringing leading-edge technologies into widespread use.
HAMMER User's Guide
7-191
Infrastructure and Risk Management
7.1.3
Data Requirements and Boundary Conditions

The data requirements of hydraulic models increase with the complexity of the
phenomena being simulated. A steady-state models simple dataset and system representation are sufficient to determine whether the network can supply enough water to
meet a certain average demand. An extended-period simulation (EPS) model requires
additional data, but it can indicate whether the system can provide an acceptable level
of service over a period of minutes, hours, or days. EPS models can also be used for
energy-consumption studies and water-quality modeling.
Data requirements for hydraulic transient simulations are greater than for EPS or
steady-state runs. In addition to the information required by a steady-state model, you
also need to determine the following:
Pipe elasticity (i.e., pressure wave speed)
The fluids vaporization limit (i.e., vapor pressure)
The pumps combined pump and motor inertia and controlled ramp times, if any.
Pump or pump-turbine characteristics for hydropower systems.
The valves controlled operating times and their stroke to discharge coefficient (or
open area) relationship.
The characteristics of surge-protection equipment.
For more information, see Hydraulic Element Reference on page 6-161.
7.2
Infrastructure and Risk Management

HAMMER provides input to operation procedures to increase infrastructure life and
reduce the risk of service interruptions in the following ways:
7-192
Reduce wear and tear from pressure cycling due to rapid industrial demand
changes, incorrect control-valve operations, or water-column separation.
Reduce the risk of pipe breaks, leaks, and unaccounted-for water (UFW) by
optimizing normal and emergency procedures to minimize transient pressure
shock waves.
Predict overflows at outfalls or spills to the environment more accurately.
Manage the risk of contamination during subatmospheric transient pressures,

which can suck air, dirt, and contaminants into your system.
HAMMER User's Guide
7.3
Water Column Separation and Vapor

Pockets
During a hydraulic transient event, the hydraulic-grade line (HGL), or head, at some
locations may drop low enough to reach the pipes elevation, resulting in sub-atmospheric pressures or even full-vacuum pressures. Some of the water may flash from
liquid to vapor while vacuum pressures persist, resulting in a temporary water-column
separation. When system pressures increase again, the vapor condenses to liquid as
the water columns accelerate toward each other (with nothing to slow them down
unless air entered the system at a vacuum breaker valve) until they collapse the vapor
pocket; this is the most violent and damaging water hammer phenomenon possible.
HAMMER makes a number of assumptions with respect to the formation of air or
vapor pockets and the resulting water column separation:
HAMMER models volumes as occupying the entire cross section of the pipe. This
may not be realistic for small volumes, since they could overlie the liquid and not
create column separation, as in the case of air bubbles, but this does not result in
significant errors.
HAMMER models air or vapor volumes as concentrated at specific points along a

pipe. Volume at a node is the sum of the end points (a special case of a point) for
all pipes connected to it. However, HAMMER can simulate an extended air
volume if it enters the system at a local high point (via a combination air valve or
CAV) and if it remains within the pipes connected to it.
HAMMER ignores the reduction in pressure-wave speed that can result from the
presence of finely dispersed air or vapor bubbles in the fluid. Air injection using
diffusers or spargers can be difficult to achieve consistently in practice and the
effect of air bubbles (at low pressures) on wave speed is still the subject of laboratory investigations.
In each case, the assumptions are made so that HAMMERs results provide conservative predictions of extreme transient pressures.
7.3.1
Global Adjustment to Vapor Pressure

If system pressure drops to the fluids vapor pressure, the fluid flashes into vapor,
resulting in a separation of the liquid columns. Consequently, vapor pressure is a
fundamental parameter for hydraulic transient modeling. Vapor pressure changes
significantly at high temperature, operating pressure, or altitude. Fortunately, it
remains close to HAMMERs default value for a wide range of these variables for
typical water pipelines and networks.
HAMMER User's Guide
7-193
Water Column Separation and Vapor Pockets

If your system is at high altitude or if it is an industrial system operating at high
temperatures or pressures, consult a steam table or vapor-pressure curve for the liquid.
Consider a few extra model runs to assess the sensitivity of the hydraulic transient
simulation results to global changes in vapor pressureyou can change it on the
System tab of the Project Options window (Tools > Project Options).
7.3.2
Global Adjustment to Pipe Elevations

HAMMER calculates the elevation along the top of any pipe (also known as its obvert
or crown) from a straight line joining the elevations of the two nodes it connects to.
Because differences can occur between as-constructed pipe elevations (or surveys)
and the design drawings that hydraulic models are typically based on, it is prudent to
assess the sensitivity of the hydraulic transient simulation results to changes in elevation. If the transient HGL drops below the pipe elevation, vapor pockets can form and
collapse.
HAMMER speeds this process by allowing you to make a global adjustment to pipe
elevations from the Tools > Project Options menu command; click the Preferences
tab and type in the amount to increase the pipe elevations. After running HAMMER,
you can save the resulting profile as a HAMMER graph (.GRP) and copy data from
several such graphs onto a common graph showing the sensitivity to elevation errors.
7.3.3
Global Adjustment to Wave Speed

The pressure-wave speed is a fundamental parameter for hydraulic transient modeling,
since it determines how quickly disturbances propagate throughout the system. This
affects whether or not different pulses may superpose or cancel each other as they
meet at different times and locations. Wave speed is affected by pipe material and
bedding, as well as by the presence of fine air bubbles in the fluid. The default value
of 1,000 m/s (3,280 ft./sec.) is for metal or concrete pipe.
Although higher wave speeds are conservative for typical systems composed of a
single pipe material, such as pipelines, consider a few extra model runs to assess the
sensitivity of the hydraulic transient simulation results to global changes in wave
speed; you can change it on the Summary tab of the Project Options window (Tools >
Project Options).
7-194
HAMMER User's Guide
7.3.4
Automatic Selection of the Time Step

HAMMER selects the time step used in its calculations automatically, based on the
wave speed and the length of each pipe in the system, so that a sharp pressure-wave
front can travel the length of one of the pipes interior segments in one time step.
Encoding long pipeline systems with very short pipes, such as discharge-header
piping inside the pump station, may significantly decrease the time step and increase
the time required to complete a run.
Warning!
Using very short pipes (in a pump station) and very long
pipes (transmission lines) in the same HAMMER model
could require excessive adjustments to the wave speed. If
this happens, HAMMER prompts you to subdivide longer
pipes to avoid resulting inaccuracies.
A smaller time step may cause HAMMER to track the formation and collapse of very
fine vapor pockets, each of which may result in pressure spikes with low magnitudes
but high frequencies.
7.4
Check Run
This feature allows you to validate your model against typical data entry errors, hard
to detect topology problems, and modeling problems. When the Data Check button is
selected, in the Run dialog box, the model is automatically validated before detailed
calculations are begun. The process produces either a dialog box stating No Problems
Found or a status log (see Status Log on page 12-539) with a list of messages. The
data check algorithm performs the following validations:
Network TopologyChecks that the network contains at least one boundary

node, one pipe, and one junction, the minimum network requirements. It also
checks for fully connected pumps and valves and that every node is reachable
from a boundary node through open links.
Element ValidationChecks that every element in the network is valid for the
calculation. For example, this validation ensures that all pipes have nonzero
length, nonzero diameter, etc. Each type of element has its own checklist. This
same validation is performed when you edit an element in a dialog box.
The validation process generates two types of messages. A warning message means
that a particular part of the model (e.g., a pipes roughness) does not conform to the
expected value or is not within the expected range of values. This type of warning is
useful but not fatal. Therefore, no corrective action is required to proceed with a
calculation. Warning messages are often generated as a result of a topographical or
data-entry error and should be corrected.
HAMMER User's Guide
7-195
Orifice Demand and Intrusion Potential

Note:
If your model will not run due to error messages and you do not
know how to proceed, please contact Haestad Methods support
staff (see Contacting Haestad Methods on page 1-13).
An error message, on the other hand, is a fatal error and the calculation cannot proceed
before it is corrected. Typically, error messages are related to problems in the network
topology, such as a pump or valves not being connected on both its intake and
discharge sides.
7.5
Orifice Demand and Intrusion Potential

In WaterCAD and WaterGEMS, flow emitters are devices associated with junctions
that model the flow through a nozzle or orifice (i.e., orifice demand). The demand or
flow rate through the emitter varies in proportion to the pressure at the junction raised
to some power. The constant of proportionality is termed the discharge coefficient. For
nozzles and sprinkler heads, the exponent on pressure is 0.5 and the manufacturer
usually states the value of the discharge coefficient as the flow rate in gpm through the
device at a 1 psi pressure drop (or L/s at a 1 m pressure drop).
Emitters are used to model flow through sprinkler systems and irrigation networks.
They can also simulate leakage in a pipe connected to the junction (if a discharge coefficient and pressure exponent for the leaking crack or joint can be estimated) or to
compute a fire flow at the junction.
In HAMMER, any demand at a node is called a consumption node and is treated as
an orifice discharging to atmosphere that cannot allow air back into the system during
periods of subatmospheric pressure. This is because the majority of water demands
entered into hydraulic models are really the sum of several houses or demand points,
each located at a significant distance from the point where their aggregate demand is
being modeled. By default, HAMMER assumes that any air allowed into the system at
the individual demand points cannot reach the aggregate demand location. If this is
not the case, use one of the following hydraulic elements:
7-196
Orifice to AtmosphereModels a demand point located a hydraulically short

distance from its node coordinates (based on the wave speeds of the pipes
connected to it). The initial pressure and flow are used to automatically calculate a
flow emitter coefficient, which will be used during the simulation to calculate
transient outflows. If pressure in the system becomes subatmospheric during the
simulation, this element allows air into the system. You can also specify a volume
of air at time zero to use this element to simulate an inrush transient.
Orifice at Branch EndModels a demand point in a manner similar to the

element Orifice to Atmosphere. You can enter the orifices elevation and distance
away from the nodes coordinates to simulate fire hoses or sprinkler systems.
HAMMER User's Guide
Table 7-1: HAMMER Consumption Node Table
7.6
Hydraulic
Elements
System Pressure
Positive
Negative
Consumption
Pressure
dependent
No flow
Orifice to
Atmosphere
Pressure
dependent
Air intrusion
Orifice at Branch
End
Pressure
dependent
Water intrusion
Numerical Model Calibration and Validation

As part of its expert witness and break-investigation service, EHG has calibrated and
validated HAMMERs numerical simulations for different fluids and systems for
clients in the civil (water and wastewater), mining (slurry), and hydropower sectors.
Comparisons between computer models and validation data can be grouped into the
following three categories:
Cases for which closed-form analytical solutions exist given certain assumptions. If the model can directly reproduce the solution, is considered valid for this
case. The example file Hamsam01.HIF is a validation case against the Joukowski
equation.
Laboratory experiments with flow and pressure data records. The model is calibrated using one set of data and, without changing parameter values, it is used to
match a different set of results. If successful, it is considered valid for these cases.
Field tests on actual systems with flow and pressure data records. These comparisons require threshold and span calibration of all sensor groups, multiple simultaneous datum and time base checks and careful test planning and interpretation.
Sound calibrations match multiple sensor records and reproduce both peak timing
and secondary signalsall measured every second or fraction of a second.
It is extremely difficult to develop a theoretical model that accurately simulates every

physical phenomenon that can occur in a hydraulic system. Therefore, every hydraulic
transient model involves some approximations and simplifications of the real
problem. For designers trying to specify safe surge-control systems, conservative
results are sufficient.
The differences between computer model results and actual system measurements are
caused by several factors, including the following difficulties:
HAMMER User's Guide
7-197
Precise determination of the pressure-wave speed for the piping system is difficult, if not impossible. This is especially true for buried pipelines, whose wave
speeds are influenced by bedding conditions and the compaction of the
surrounding soil.
Precise modeling of dynamic system elements (such as valves, pumps, and

protection devices) is difficult because they are subject to deterioration with age
and adjustments made during maintenance activities. Measurement equipment
may also be inaccurate.
Unsteady or transient friction coefficients and losses depend on fluid velocities

and accelerations. These are difficult to predict and calibrate even in laboratory
conditions.
Prediction of the presence of free gases in the system liquid is sometimes impossible. These gases can significantly affect the pressure-wave speed. In addition,
the exact timing of vapor-pocket formation and column separation are difficult to
simulate.
Calibrating model parameters based on field data can minimize the first source of
error listed above. Conversations with operators and a careful review of maintenance
records can help obtain accurate operational characteristics of dynamic hydraulic
elements. Unsteady or transient friction coefficients and the effects of free gases are
more challenging to account for.
Fortunately, friction effects are usually minor in most water systems and vaporization
can be avoided by specifying protection devices and/or stronger pipes and fittings able
to withstand subatmospheric or vacuum conditions, which are usually short-lived.
For systems with free gas and the potential for water-column separation, the numerical
simulation of hydraulic transients is more complex and the computed results are more
uncertain. Small pressure spikes caused by the type of tiny vapor pockets that are
difficult to simulate accurately seldom result in a significant change to the transient
envelopes. Larger vapor-pocket collapse events resulting in significant upsurge pressures are simulated with enough accuracy to support definitive conclusions.
Consequently, HAMMER is a powerful and essential tool to design and operate
hydraulic systems provided the results are interpreted carefully and scrutinized as
follows:
7-198
Perform what-if analyses to consider many more events and locations than can be
tested, including events that would require destructive testing.
Determine the sensitivity of the results to different operating times, system configurations, and operating- and protective-equipment combinations.
Based on a calibrated or uncalibrated model, predict the effects of proposed

system capacity and surge-protection upgrades by comparing them against each
other.
HAMMER User's Guide
These are facilitated if transient pressure or flow measurements are available for your
system, but valid conclusions and recommendations can usually be obtained using
HAMMER alone.
7.6.1
Gathering Field Measurements

Rather than conventional pressure gages and SCADA systems, high-speed sensors
and data logging equipment are needed to accurately track transient events. The pressure transducer should be very sensitive, have a high resolution, and be connected to a
high-speed data acquisition unit. It should be connected to the system pipeline with a
device to release air, because air can distort the pressure signal transmitted during the
transient.
Recording should not begin until all air is released from the pipeline connection and
the pressure measurement interval is defined. Typically, at least two measuring locations should be established in the system and the flow-control operation should be
closely monitored. The timings of all recording equipment must be synchronized. For
valves, the movement of the position indicator is recorded as a function of time. For
pumps, rotation or speed is measured over time. For protection devices such as oneway and two-way surge tanks and hydro-pneumatic tanks, the level is measured over
time.
7.6.2
Timing and Shape of Transient Pressure Pulses

With respect to timing, there should be close agreement between the computed and
measured periods of the system, regardless of what flow-control operation initiated
the transient. With a well-calibrated model of the system, it is possible to use the
model in the operational control of the system and anticipate the effects of specific
flow-control operations. This requires field measurements to quantify your systems
pressure-wave speed and friction, with the following considerations:
Field measurements can clearly indicate the evolution of the transient. The
pressure-wave speed for a pipe with typical material and bedding can be determined if the period of the transient (4 L/a) and the length (L) between measurement locations is known. If there is air in the system, the measured wave speed
may be much lower than the theoretical speed.
If friction is significant in a system, real-world transients attenuate faster than the

numerical simulation, particularly during longer time periods (t > 2 L/a). Poor
friction representation does not explain lack of agreement with an initial transient
pulse.
HAMMER User's Guide
7-199

In general, if model peaks arrive at the wrong time, the wave speed must be adjusted.
If model peaks have the wrong shape, the description of the control event (pump shutdown or valve closure) should be adjusted. If the transient dies off too quickly or
slowly in the model, the friction losses must be adjusted. If there are secondary peaks,
important loops and diversions may need to be included in the model.
7-200
HAMMER User's Guide
Chapter
Presenting Your
Results
This section covers the various methods provided for viewing, annotating, graphing,
animating, and reporting your data. It also presents the tools available for generating
maps, profiles, and time-history plots, which can be color-coded based on the simulation results. HAMMER makes it easy to review and present your results quickly and
efficiently with the following options:
Color-coded MapHAMMER can color-code the pipes and nodes in a model

according to the calculated results, including maximum or minimum head or pressure, maximum or minimum flow, and maximum volume of air or vapor.
HGL ProfileHAMMER can plot or animate the steady-state hydraulic grade

line (HGL) and all profiles show the maximum and minimum transient head envelopes along any path. The envelopes provide a visual summary of extreme conditions simulated for the pipe system.
Time HistoryHAMMER can plot or animate the time-dependent changes in

the simulated transient flow, head, and volume of vapor or air at any point of
interest.
Synchronized AnimationYou can visualize how system variables change over

time and space, since every path and history is synchronized and animated simultaneously.
Tabulated ReportsYou can create an output database in Access and click your
way to professional reports and tables. These reports and queries can also be
customized.
It is important to take the time to carefully review the results of each HAMMER simulation to check for data-input errors and learn about the dynamic nature of the pipe
system. HAMMERs powerful visualization and reporting capabilities make this
easier.
HAMMER User's Guide
8-201
Reports
8.1
Reports
You can enter your organizations name using Tools > Viewer > Graphics to open the
HAMMER Viewer, then Tools > Set Company Name.
8.1.1
Using Time or Head to Trigger Output

Using Tools > Project Options or the toolbar button and clicking the Preferences tab
allows you to trigger output to start only after the following occur:
You can request HAMMER to show only the extreme heads that occur during the
hydraulic transient simulationeven if these are less severe than the initial steady
stateby opting to show heads after the First Maximum or Minimum has been
reached in the Show Extreme Heads After field. The default is to show all heads
from time zero.
You can set a particular time upon which HAMMER will start time-dependent
output by entering a value (in seconds) in the Report History after Time field.
These features allow you to significantly reduce the size of output files whenever one
or more transient events must take place prior to the transient you want to display in
the final output. This is especially useful when Generate Animation Data is selected
(in the Run Control window that appears after pressing either the GO or COMPUTE
buttons) for several profiles and points. This feature also applies to reports and tables
you can obtain from Access by selecting Generate Output Database before a
HAMMER run.
8.1.2
Text Output File Options

You can choose whether or not to generate ASCII text files, which contain tabulated
output, by selecting the Tools > Project Options menu command and clicking on the
Other Options tab. Setting both the Enable Text Reports and Print Standard
Output Log to True generates the following text files after each successful
HAMMER simulation:
Tabulated Report (.RPT)includes the following information and tables:
8-202
Snapshot tables for selected points and for every time step selected for
output.
HAMMER User's Guide
Presenting Your Results
History table for every selected end point and every time step selected for
output.
Extreme heads table for each path, including a row for each end point (and
the interior calculation points HAMMER adds automatically); each with
column entries for Distance along the path, Elevation, Initial Head,
Maximum Head, Maximum Volume, and Vapor Pressure (which can be
ignored in water and wastewater systems).
Output log file (.OUT)includes summary information in formatted tables

showing key simulation parameters, system information, connectivity, pipe data,
initial conditions, and hydraulic element details, such as valve closure or pump
curves. HAMMER outputs text messages to this file while it is running. If a run
terminates abnormally, the log becomes an error summary that is automatically
displayed by the HAMMER Modeler GUI.
Standard Output Log (.OUT)provides detailed information about the first,

second, and last time steps in the detailed output log (.OUT). This is done to
report any initial surges at time zero, such as may result from an unbalanced initial
steady state (perhaps imported from another program) or a sudden valve or pump
operation specified in HAMMER. The last time step is useful to check whether a
final steady state has been reached or, for example, all air or vapor has been
expelled from the system.
Print Opening/Closing Pockets in Log (.OUT)Includes the opening and

closing times or vapor pockets if this option was set to True before the run.
While the formatted ASCII text files described in this section are useful for postprocessing, it is usually more efficient to generate the Access .MDB file and to use the
predefined and customizable reports it provides instead.
8.1.3
Predefined Report Formats in Access

After a successful simulation, HAMMER can generate a Microsoft Access database
(.MDB), complete with predefined queries and reports, in one of two ways:
Select Generate Output Database before clicking File > Run and then Run in
the Run Control window.
HAMMER User's Guide
8-203
Reports
Select File > Export > Database > Output after a successful simulation (and
before any other simulation is begun).
The HAMMER output database provides a Control Window from which you can
select one of the following reporting options:
Summary:
Extremes:
The summary report provides the following

information at a glance:
Date and time the model was run
Number of pipes and nodes in the model
Maximum and minimum heads and pressures for

the most extreme locations
Maximum volumes of air or vapor for the most

extreme locations
The extremes report provides the following

information as a detailed, sorted table in which each
line is a different point simulated in the HAMMER
model:
8-204
Maximum and minimum heads and pressures for

each point
HAMMER User's Guide
Pockets:
Nodes:
Pipes:
HAMMER User's Guide
Upsurge ratio, or the maximum transient head

divided by the steady-state head
Date and time the report was generated (in the

table footer)
The pockets report provides the maximum volume of

vapor or air pockets ever reached at every location in
the pipe system during the simulation. Interior points
are listed for some pipes using the following
nomenclature: p#:##%, where p# is the pipes ID and
the ##% after the colon is the location expressed as a
percent of the pipe length, beginning at that pipes
From-Node end. The following information is listed:
Type of volume (air or vapor)
Maximum volume reached during the simulation
Current volume at the end of the simulation

period
Number of collapses (i.e., number of times the

water columns rejoined to close successive
pockets at this same location)

table footer)
The nodes report provides a list of all nodes in the

model grouped by category:
Label and elevation
Number of pipes or branch pipes connected to

each node

table footer)
The pipes report provides the following information

as a detailed, sorted table in which each line is a
different pipe simulated in the HAMMER model:
Pipe label
Length
Diameter
Hazen-Williams coefficient
Velocity

table footer)
8-205
Hydraulic Element Labels and Colors

This feature makes generating a report a simple point-and-click exercise. You can
select from one of these predefined reports and print some of them for an appendix.
Note:
8.2
If you are familiar with Access, you can also customize the
report formats and/or the queries with which they populate the
tables.
Hydraulic Element Labels and Colors

You can customize HAMMER for your particular situation.
8.2.1
Using Your Organizations Name and Logo on page 8-206
System Colors and Display Options on page 8-206
Hydraulic Element Labels on page 8-207
Hydraulic Element Colors on page 8-207
Using Your Organizations Name and Logo

You can enter your organizations name and logo using Tools > Viewer > Graphics to
open the HAMMER Viewer and then Tools > Set Company Name and Tools > Set
Company Logo.
Your logo must supplied in .GIF format. Your companys name will be displayed as
text next to the logo, if available. You can also display only a logo or only text if you
prefer.
8.2.2
System Colors and Display Options

You can change the color and fonts used to display hydraulic element labels, including
the background color of the Drawing Pane, using Tools > Global HAMMER
Options, selecting the Colors tab, and clicking the color (the numbers represent a
color; click to edit them). In the Other Options tab, you can set the default font and
toggle the anti-alias feature, for sharper lines and symbols, on or off.
Click Tools > Global HAMMER Options, select Other Options, and set the field
Optimized Animation Performance to True if you want to minimize the wait time
between clicking Animate and the start of animation. However, setting this option to
True uses more RAM than setting it to False; so, setting the field Optimized Animation Performance to False may reduce the use of virtual memory and be more appropriate for large systems.
8-206
HAMMER User's Guide

You can use the Capture Screen (camera) toolbar icon to save the contents of the
current Drawing Pane view to a .JPEG or .GIF graphic file. You can paste this graphic
in reports and figures.
8.2.3
Hydraulic Element Labels

Depending on the level of detail shown on the screen, you can display or hide
hydraulic element labels using Tools > Project Options and selecting the Other
Options tab to toggle the following display options:
8.2.4
Show Node Labelstoggle on (True) or off (False) to display node labels.
Show Pipe Labelstoggle on (True) or off (False) to display pipe labels.
Short Label Displaytoggle on (True) or off (False). Short Labels are useful
when importing from large GIS or CAD files, where much of the hydraulic
element labels may not be very informative from a hydraulic perspective. This
feature abbreviates the labels to the first and last characters only, separated by a
tilde (~) character. You can choose the number of characters to display using
Short Labels in the Max. Char Output field.
Hydraulic Element Colors

The Map Selection color coding choice lets you assign colors and sizes to hydraulic
pipe and node elements in the Drawing Pane based on a variety of input and output
attributes. For any attribute, you can supply a color scale or have HAMMER generate
one for you.
For example, you can supply a color scale to display all pipes whose maximum transient heads are between 20 and 40 m in green, those between 40 and 110 m in blue,
and those above 110 m in red. For more information, see Generating Color Maps on
page 8-208.
Once simulation results have been calculated, HAMMER automatically stores them in
the .HIF so you can display results in the Element Editor and Drawing Pane without
running HAMMER again. It also sets the line thickness of each pipe in proportion to
its diameter.
You can assign one of several transient results to pipes or nodes in the Map Selection
toolbar as shown in Table 8-1: Transient Result Display Options using the Map
Selectoron page 8-208.
HAMMER User's Guide
8-207
Generating Color Maps
8.3
Generating Color Maps

In designing a surge control strategy for a water-distribution network or pipeline, the
extreme states are usually of the greatest interest. HAMMER has built-in capabilities
to visualize maximum and minimum simulated flows, heads, pressures, and volumes
(vapor or air) throughout the pipe system. You can color-code nodes and pipes
according to these different parameters. HAMMER Modeler also displays line thicknesses in proportion to the pipes diameter.
HAMMER makes it easy to color-code pipes and nodes in the Drawing Pane of the
HAMMER Modeler based on calculated results, such as the transient heads, pressures,
flows, and volumes. A Map Selector toolbar icon gives immediate access to the
color-coding options available for pipes and nodes, as shown in the following table.
Table 8-1: Transient Result Display Options using the Map Selector
Pipes
Nodes
Maximum Head
Maximum Head
Minimum Head
Minimum Head
Maximum Flow
Maximum Pressure
Minimum Flow
Minimum Pressure
Maximum Vapor Volume
Maximum Vapor Volume
Maximum Air Volume
Maximum Air Volume
At the bottom of the options listed for Pipes and Nodes, you can click Legend (then
click the Drawing Pane) to display a scale bar, or you can click Scales to open the
Color Map Settings window for the currently selected output variable. Simply select
the Color Ramp, Scale Intervals, and Scale Limits and click Apply to visualize the
resulting map.
For an example of how to select a color map scale, see Part 4Color-Coding Maps,
Profiles, and Point Histories on page 3-128.
HAMMERs Color Map Settings dialog for the chosen calculated result, such as
Node Maximum Pressure, shows the maximum and minimum values of this output
variable using the units you selected with the FlexUnits manager (or the default units).
The appearance of the resulting map depends on how skillfully you divide this total
output range into intervals and set colors corresponding to each of the interval boundaries, as follows:
8-208
HAMMER User's Guide
Select equal intervals by clicking on the Quartile, Quintile, Decile, or Percentile

Scale Type. These correspond to upper and lower range limits of 25, 20, 10, and 1
percent, respectively.
You can also click Custom (Percent) to use the Low Percent and High Percent
sliders or Custom (Value) to enter the limiting values directly.
The procedure for selecting a color map scale has the following four steps:
1. Color SettingEach scale is defined as a number of continuous color ramps
interpolated between the specific colors shown in the middle column. You can
click any of these colors to display a color selector window. You can pick a color
by clicking anywhere on the color swatch displayed; or you can click either the
RGB or the HSB tab to enter specific numeric values to define a color more
exactly.
2. Scale TypeHAMMER lets you select equal intervals ranging from quartiles to
percentiles or specify custom percentages using the sliders provided. Alternatively, you can enter custom values for the Minimum Value and Maximum
Value of your scale inside or outside the simulated range. Clicking Apply updates
the color ramp table and scale display automatically. Within the output-variable
range bounded by the Minimum Value and Maximum Value, you can click Add
or Delete to change the number of intervals of the color ramp.
Note:
If you want to display a categorical scale, for which the

boundaries between different classes are sharp, add two %
rows to the color ramp with very close numbers, such as 15%
and 16%, and select significantly different colors for these
boundary points.
3. Scale LimitsThe scale limits determine the portion of the output variable range
for which the continuous color variation you selected is used. Whether you select
it based on percentages or enter it directly, all locations with a value equal to or
lower than the Minimum Value are displayed with the color corresponding to this
lower limit. All locations with a value equal to or greater than the Maximum
Value are displayed with the color corresponding to this upper limit.
Transient Tip: Set the limits of your scale presets according to the
limits of your actual system. For example, enter the
surge-tolerance limit as the Maximum Value of pressure.
Similarly, enter zero flow or zero pressure for the
Minimum Value of the flow and pressure scales,
respectively.
4. Once you have defined a scale that is suitable for your system and the selected
output variable, you can save it for future use by clicking Save Preset. In any
HAMMER project, you can select presets saved previously using the Presets
choice list. You can also delete presets you no longer need by clicking Delete
Preset, making a selection from the deletion choice list and clicking OK.
HAMMER User's Guide
8-209
Profile Plots along a Path (or Walk)
8.4
Profile Plots along a Path (or Walk)

A profile is a graph that plots a particular attribute across a distance, such as ground
elevation and HGL along a series of connected pipes. As well as these side or
sectional views of the ground elevation, profiles can be used to show the pipeline,
hydraulic grade, transient head, vapor or air volume.
Although profiles in general are not limited to a specific alignment, piping-network
models are usually concerned with a specific profile alignment called a network walk
or path (for more information, see Walking the Path (or Profile Setup) on page 8210).
8.4.1
Walking the Path (or Profile Setup)

Setting up a profile is a matter of selecting the path or walk for which variables such
as elevation and calculated results will be plotted. Use Tools > Project Options and
click the Report Paths tab to display HAMMERs profile-selection tool.
Note:
A path or walk is a nonbranching path through the network that

can only be extended at either end. Pipes cannot be added along
the midsection of the path or walk. Likewise, elements in the
midsection of the path or walk cannot be deselected without first
deselecting all of the elements between one end and the
undesired element.
The Path tool includes four main areas:
8-210
Point HistoriesSpecifies whether the results calculated at interior points need

to be output only along the paths or throughout the entire network (not necessary).
Path ListLists the paths that are currently defined and lets you Add Path,
Remove Path, Rename Path, or Show Path (in the Drawing Pane). If pipe colors
are currently Off in the Map Selector toolbar icon in HAMMER Modeler,
clicking Show Path selects all pipes belonging to the current path, colors them
red, and resets the zoom window to zoom into the area traversed by the path (or
walk).
System PipesInitially, this box lists all pipes currently in the model and it
continues to do so if the Show All option is selected (at the bottom of the box).
Otherwise, this box only shows pipes connected to the previously selected pipe to
simplify the profile selection (after the first pipe in the path is selected). It is
recommended that you use the default and not Show All pipes.
Report PipesShows the pipes currently included in the path profile in order.
Double-click any pipe to display the cumulative length from the beginning of the
first pipe. A green light and message appears at the bottom of the box as long as
the path is valid (i.e., a path cannot have branches or gaps).
HAMMER User's Guide

When everything is set up to your satisfaction, close the Project Options window to
return to HAMMER Modeler.
8.4.2
Path or Profile Plot

The HAMMER Viewer can be started from the HAMMER Modeler using Tools >
Viewer > Graphics. You can select the Path or Profile as well as the variables to plot
from this window and display the result either as a graph (click Plot) or an animation
(click Animate). The default is to plot or animate all variables for the first path listed.
Clicking Animate displays the graph and the Animation Controller (see Animating
Maps, Profiles and Point Histories on page 8-215). Whether they were created as
plots or animations, all HAMMER graphs can be modified and printed as follows:
8.5
Output:
Any HAMMER plot can be copied to a Windows

.BMP file or printed out directly.
Graph Formatting:
Click any graph frame and then right-click to display

the menu and select Format Graph. Select either the
X-Axis or Y-Axis tabs and then select the following
tabs to display standard graph formatting options,
including: Scales (including FlexUnits), Titles,
Labels, Ticks, and Grids. For more information, see
Graph Formatting and Annotation on page 8-212.
Time History Graphs at a Point

Using the HAMMER Viewer, you can plot a transient history at any point in the
system to display the temporal variation of selected parameters (such as heads and
flows). You can also plot a profile of selected variables along a particular path to
display the spatial extent of transient phenomena. Finally, you can compare the results
of two similar graphs.
HAMMER User's Guide
8-211
Graph Formatting and Annotation

To generate a time history, follow these simple steps:
1. In HAMMER Modeler, select Tools > Viewer > Graphics to display the
HAMMER Viewer, then load the .HOF file containing your results. You can also
load a .GRP if you previously created a graph and saved it for this project.
2. Select the end point you want to plot a history for P??:J??, where ?? represents
the pipe and node used in the end points name. Select a Graph Type such as
Head & Flow and click Plot to display the transient history.
3. To format a graph, click its frame to select it (this will display square handles on
the frame outline), and right-click this frame to open the graphs context menu.
Move the cursor and click to select a context menu command, such as Draw
Symbol. You can also click Format Graph as described in Graph Formatting
and Annotation on page 8-212.
Right-click anywhere on the graph to display a menu to toggle the display of the Show
Page View and Show Frame on or off. To change the figure number, title, date, and
project number, double-click on these areas and make the required changes.
The graph-formatting options available for Time History plots are identical to those
described in Graph Formatting and Annotation on page 8-212.
8.6

These features customize the way a graph looks and add explanatory symbols and text
labels. You can also add a figure title, date, and number to generate report-ready
output.
8.6.1
Graph Formatting
Click any graph frame and then right-click to display the menu and select Format
Graph. Select either the X-Axis or Y-Axis tabs and then select the following tabs to
display standard Haestad graph formatting options, including Scales (with FlexUnits),
Titles, Labels, Ticks, and Grids:
Transient Tip: The high and low limits of the axes should be selected
based on the minimum and maximum attribute values for
the entire simulation period and for all locations in the
current projector even for several alternative HAMMER
surge-control projects. This will make direct comparison
of different locations and surge-protection alternatives
easier.
8-212
TitlesEvery graph has three titles: Graph title, X-Axis title, and Y-Axis title.
You can select the font and size of each title.
HAMMER User's Guide
8.6.2
Automatic ScalingBy default, HAMMER uses Automatic Scaling to set the

X- and Y-axis minimum, maximum, and increment values. To customize an axis,
turn the check mark off and enter the desired values for the minimum, maximum,
and increment. You can customize a single axis while leaving the other in the
Automatic Scaling mode.
Ticks You can specify whether tick marks should be displayed inside, outside,
or across the axis.
Grid You can specify grid lines for one or both axes. You can also specify the
line type, thickness, and color of each grid.
Output Variable Formatting

These options allow you to format graphs to compare the results of different
HAMMER surge-control projects.
Line FormattingClick any graph frame, right-click to display the menu, and
select Format Data. Select one of the lines displayed on the profile, such as the
pipe elevation, maximum or minimum transient envelope, or steady-state HGL.
You can change the line type, color, and thickness of any line. You can also define
a new line segment, parallel to any line, by specifying the segments line properties, the X-coordinates at its beginning and end, and the distance away from the
original line, or Y-offset.
Transient Tip: Convert the pipes working pressures and surgetolerance limits to equivalent heads in m or ft. Use the
Add Segment button to display these as lines parallel to
the pipe profile. You can then readily interpret the
maximum and minimum transient envelopes in terms of
the pipes fatigue or rupture limits.
Shade FormattingClick any graph frame, right-click to display the menu, and
select Format Shades. Select any two of the lines displayed on the profile, such
as the pipe elevation and minimum transient head, and define a shade color and
opacity to use whenever the Top Line falls below the Bottom Line. You can also
swap the Top Line and Bottom Line.
Copy and Paste SettingsClick any graph frame, right-click to display the
menu, and select Copy Settings / Paste Settings. You can copy the settings of one
HAMMER graph and apply them to any other similar HAMMER graph.
HAMMER User's Guide
8-213
8.6.3
Copy and Paste SymbolsClick any graph frame, right-click to display the
menu, and select Copy Symbols / Paste Symbols. You can copy the symbols of
one HAMMER graph and apply them to any other similar HAMMER graph.
Symbols include hydraulic element symbols, text, lines, and other annotations.
Copy and Paste DataClick any graph frame, right-click to display the menu,
and select Copy Data / Paste Data (+) / Paste Data (-). You can copy the data
and lines displayed on one HAMMER graph and paste them to any other similar
HAMMER graph. Selecting Paste Data (-) deletes the contents of the target graph
prior to the paste operation. Selecting Paste Data (+) adds the lines to the existing
graph content.
Adding Annotations
Whenever a graph pane is selected, HAMMER Viewer provides several graphical
annotation tools for enhancing the appearance of your plots. Graphical annotations
can be manipulated like any other element in the graph pane; you can add, move, and
delete them.
To add graphical annotation to a graph, right-click its frame and select from the available tools:
8.6.4
Draw LinesAdds horizontal, vertical, or diagonal lines to the graph pane.

Double-click any line to select its line type, color, and thickness.
Draw TextAdds horizontal or vertical text. Click on text to change its location
in the graph pane. Double-click any text to select its font, size, and color.
Draw SymbolAdds predefined symbols such as valves, pumps, and other

hydraulic elements to the graph pane. Click on the symbol to change its location
in the graph pane. Double-click any symbol to select its size, line pattern, line
thickness, and line color.
No Need for Print Previews

The HAMMER Modelers Drawing Pane, as well as every graph and animation
generated by HAMMER, is What You See is What You Get or WYSIWIGit will
print as displayed on the screen. Consequently, there is no need for a print-preview
feature in HAMMER. Right-click anywhere on the graph (except the graph pane) and
toggle the Page View option ON to get a sense of the proportions imposed by the page
size and margins.
8-214
HAMMER User's Guide
8.7
Animating Maps, Profiles and Point

Histories
HAMMER provides many ways to visualize the simulated results using a variety of
graphs and animation layouts. For small systems, you can specify each point and
every time step for output, but this is not advisable for larger networks. Usually, you
specify which points and paths (profiles) are of interest and the frequency to output
results prior to a run. This avoids creating excessively large output files (.HOF).
For the same reason, HAMMER only generates the Animation Data (for on-screen
animations) or Output Database (for tabular reports in Access) if you select this
option in the Run dialog box.
Transient Tip: To achieve shorter completion times and conserve disk
space, try to avoid generating voluminous output, such
as Animation Data or Output Databases early in your
hydraulic transient analysis. Fast turnaround makes
your evaluation of different alternatives more interactive
and challenges you to apply good judgment as you
compare your mental model of the system with
HAMMERs resultsa good habit which is like
estimating an answer in your head when using a
calculator.
Early in a HAMMER project, you evaluate many different types or sizes of surge
protection equipment with many different HAMMER input and graph files. You can
often compare the effectiveness of different protection by plotting the maximum transient head envelopes with the same y-axis limits. At any time, or once you feel you are
close to a definitive surge-control solution, you can generate animation data in one of
two ways:
Tell HAMMER to generate the animation data files before you run the program by
clicking Generate Animation Data in the run dialog box. If you generated
animation data during the run, HAMMER automatically starts the HAMMER
Viewer after a successful run.
Immediately after a run (i.e., prior to the next run), you can generate animation
data using Tools > Generate Animations. You will need to load this animation
data using Tools > Viewer > Graphics and selecting the correct HAMMER
output file (.HOF) prior to animating the results on screen.
Once you have generated the animation data files, you can display animations without
running HAMMER again. This saves a lot of time when comparing the results of
several surge-control alternatives. You can load the animation data files using the
HAMMER Viewer (Tools > Viewer > Graphics in Modeler):
HAMMER User's Guide
8-215
Animating Maps, Profiles and Point Histories

In the HAMMER Viewer, select one of the available Paths from the choice list.
Usually, you will select the Graph Type Path & Volume and then click the Animate
button. This automatically loads the animation data and starts the Animation
Controller, as follows:
1. On the Animation Controller, click the play button (second from the left) to start
the animation.
2. Right-click on the graph and click Save as to save the result displayed on screen
as a HAMMER graph (.GRP) or Windows bitmap (.BMP). You can reload
HAMMER graphs later.
3. Open as many histories and paths (also known as profiles or walks) as you want
and position them on the screen. Again, annotate and save each one as a
HAMMER graph (.GRP).
4. When the on-screen layout and graph annotations are ready for a presentation,
select File > Save Animation As and type in a name to save the entire animation
layout as an .ANI file for rapid recall later.
5. Once you are done for this session and close the Animation Controller, you are
prompted to close all graphs. Click Yes.
6. In the future, you can use the HAMMER Viewer to open the animation layout
directly by clicking File > Open and selecting the .ANI file. This automatically
starts the Animation Controller, opens the .HOF and .GRP files, positions the
graphs on the screen, and returns control to you so you can begin your presentationall in a matter of seconds!
7. You can also display a color-coded map by repositioning and sizing the
HAMMER Modeler window. Click Show Tabs to toggle the display of the tabs
off to maximize the available display area.
Note:
You can generate the maximum and minimum transient maps by

clicking the Capture Screen button on the HAMMER Modeler
toolbar. These need to be added as the last two frames of an .AVI
file to be accessible using the HAMMER Animation Controller.
8. During an animation, you can use the Animation Controller to change the frame
rate or frame position interactively with the sliders provided. You can stop the
animation at any time and then, for example, step through a vapor-pocket collapse
frame by frame. You can also jump to a specific time by selecting it from the
choice list. Practice using these tools to prepare a polished and powerful presentation.
9. Carefully select the key locations at which to show histories and the key profiles
to illustrate topography. This keeps the number of graphs to be animated to a
minimum. An animated map is often as effective as several animated profiles.
8-216
HAMMER User's Guide

10. For large networks, multiple displays increase the amount of screen area available
for animating graphs; however, keep in mind that most people find it difficult to
track many graphs at once, unless the frame rate is very slow and many explanations are provided. This can detract from the overall visual impact of the presentation.
11. You can also use a computer projector to magnify the size of each graph. This is
highly recommended if you will be presenting the results to more than about three
people.
HAMMER User's Guide
8-217
Animating Maps, Profiles and Point Histories
8-218
HAMMER User's Guide
Appendix
Frequently Asked
Questions
A.1
Overview: How Do I
How Do I tips are available in the following categories:
Import/Export Tips on page A-219
Modeling Tips on page A-224
How Do I Access the Knowledge Base? on page A-231
Display Tips on page A-231
Editing Tips on page A-233
Extensive, up-to-date tips are available by clicking the Globe on the toolbar, which
will take you to the ClientCare area of the Haestad Methods Web site. There, you can
consult Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), modeling tips, and other useful information in our KnowledgeBase or do a search on any keyword. This area of the Web site
is only available if you are participating in the ClientCare program.
If the information you need is not available in this section, click the Search tab at the
top of the Help window for an index. To make your work easier, HAMMER and the
Help system are designed to be used together. If you have a high-resolution display
monitor, you will probably find it helpful to size the frames of both the program and
the Help windows so that they fit side by side. Then, while using the program, you can
use the right mouse button or click on the Help tab to update the Help window with
context-sensitive Help.
A.2
Import/Export Tips
Note:
You can import data from virtually any database capable of

exporting to a Microsoft Access file.
The following tips are covered in this section:
Transitioning from Steady-State Models to HAMMER on page A-220
HAMMER User's Guide
A-219
Import/Export Tips
A.2.1
Importing Data from WaterCAD/WaterGEMS Models on page A-223
Importing EPANET Files on page A-223
Importing Surge2000 and PIPE2000 Data on page A-223
Importing from a Database Using the HAMMER Datastore on page A-223
Additional Considerations When Working with Large Model Files on page A224
Transitioning from Steady-State Models to HAMMER

The following sections cover the key aspects of importing data from WaterCAD/
WaterGEMS using WaterObject technology, from EPANET, or from other steady-state
hydraulic models.
Scenario Management
Alternatives are collections of data, such as junction demands or pump and valve
operational settings. A scenario references a certain combination of these alternatives
to reduce the chance of alternative data sets being mishandled. Typically, water-supply
scenarios are managed in the steady-state model, such as WaterCAD or WaterGEMS,
and the selected design is subsequently imported to HAMMER as an initial steady
state, where it is analyzed for hydraulic transients to specify suitable surge-protection
equipment.
HAMMER does not support scenario management directly, but it can store the name
of the original WaterCAD or WaterGEMS file, the name of the scenario, and the time
step you imported in the Summary tab of the Project Options dialog. Each
HAMMER model generates its own set of input and output files, which can be very
large, consequently, you should be aware of the following:
A-220
HAMMER does not store multiple scenarios in a single file at this time, in part to
limit file size and also to avoid decreasing performance when generating tabular
reports or viewing animations. Each scenario must be saved as a separate set of
input and output files.
You cannot open multiple files at once within a HAMMER session. If you need to
compare the results of different output files, you can save each files results to a
HAMMER graph file (.GRP) and copy and paste data between these .GRP files.
This uses less computer resources than opening each in a separate instance of
HAMMER from the START menu.
HAMMER User's Guide
Frequently Asked Questions
It is highly recommended that you create a new folder for each alternative to store
the many files HAMMER may create (.HIF, .HOF, .ANI, .GRP, .MDB, .RPT,
.OUT, and others)
As your understanding of the pipe systems response to transients improves with

each HAMMER run, you may want to archive or compress certain folders to save
disk space. Be sure to keep the .HIF and any .GRP or .MDB you generated yourself from the FILE menu. Animations are stored in the .HOF (output data) and
.ANI (layout).
Demand Alternatives
Steady-state models consider many demand alternatives (Avg. Day, Max Day, Peak
Hr.) and development conditions (Year 2018, Year 2033).
Transient Tip: For each development condition, two demand
alternatives are typically critical in terms of their
potential for significant hydraulic transients: peak hour
and minimum hour. Results should be scrutinized at
each location with a major facility (e.g., reservoir or
booster pump) and for pipeline profiles/paths along the
largest pipes connecting pumping and storage elements.
Control Valves
Transient Tip: Hydraulic transients of interest to designers usually
result in pressure wave fronts which travel so quickly
throughout a water system that the most severe high and
low pressure cycles occur before control valves have
sufficient time to significantly respond to these changes.
Since pressure-relief and other valves may not react
quickly enough during a transient event, HAMMER
maintains their initial settings throughout the simulation
period.
It is safer to neglect the pressure relief such valves may
provide during transients and to rely solely on surgecontrol valves or other equipment specially designed to
control transients. If valves are controlled according to
pressure or flow at a given node, complete the transient
analysis (which lasts a few seconds or minutes), then set
up the final steady state in WaterCAD and restart your
EPS simulation to model these modulating valves.
Based on hydraulic conditions in the system at steady state (i.e., time zero) HAMMER
will convert the following valve types to valves with a fixed opening (acting as an
inline orifice), which results in an equivalent head loss:
HAMMER User's Guide
A-221
Import/Export Tips
Pressure-Regulating Valves (PRVs) that open to allow liquid to escape when pressure equals or exceeds a set point.
Flow-Control Valves (FCVs) that throttle open or closed to maintain a set flow
rate.
Pressure-Sustaining Valves (PSVs) that throttle open or closed to maintain a set

pressure.
Pressure-Breaker Valves (PBVs) that create a constant headloss across the valve.
Throttle-Control Valves (TCVs) that allow you to adjust minor loss coefficients
based on system pressures, HGLs, or time.
Any open or partially open isolation valve.
Pumps and Pump Curves

HAMMER supports multipoint pump curves to describe the relationship between
flow and head for the overwhelming majority of applications for which both are positive. This is because pumps are typically equipped with a check valve to prevent flow
from reversing through the pump.
In fact, HAMMER also provides four-quadrant characteristic curves in terms of relative flow, Q, and speed, N, to describe every possible mode of operation for a turbomachine, be it a pump or turbine:
First quadrant (Q>0, N>0)the majority of pumps in water systems.
Second quadrant (Q<0, N>0)flow reverses through the pump even though the
pumps spin direction is unchanged (assuming no check valve or nonreturn
ratchet).
Third quadrant (Q<0, N<0)flow and spin reverse and the turbomachine
performs like a turbine, removing some energy from the fluid.
Fourth quadrant (Q>0, N<0)flow is exiting as per the pump design, but spin
reverses and power is dissipated, while the turbomachine is removing energy from
the liquid. For more information, see Pump Theory on page B-267.
In Summary
HAMMER can accurately represent many more features and behaviors than steadystate models. The following are two very important points that we emphasize as you
prepare to use HAMMER for the first time:
A-222
Context-sensitive online help is available from anywhere in the program by

pressing the F1 key or by clicking the Help toolbar button.
Dont be afraid to explore. Some of the most-intuitive features can be easy to

overlook, but are great time-savers once you discover them. Play with the model
and discover the satisfaction that comes from mastering such a powerful tool.
HAMMER User's Guide
A.2.2
Importing Data from WaterCAD/WaterGEMS Models

You can use WaterObjects technology to import data from a WaterCAD or
WaterGEMS model into HAMMER. Start WaterObjects using File > Import >
Network > WaterCAD/WaterGEMS on the HAMMER menu. The import procedure is described in detail in Part 3Importing Haestad Methods Models Using
WaterObjects on page 3-113.
A.2.3
Importing EPANET Files

Note:
In EPANET, pumps and valves are modeled as links. In HAMMER,

they are modeled as node elements. Hence, during an import,
each EPANET valve and pump link is replaced by two pipes and
one pump or valve element. This will not affect the behavior of
these elements in your system.
Select File > Import > Network and choose EPANET. Then, from the File > Open
window, select the EPANET file to import. For more information, see Part 1
Creating or Importing a Steady-State Model on page 3-82.
A.2.4
Importing Surge2000 and PIPE2000 Data

This program supports the import of most hydraulic elements from PIPE2000 data
sets. Alternatively, you may be able to open these and resave them as EPANET
version 2.0 format, which can be imported into HAMMER.
HAMMER imports pipes and most nodes from Surge2000 models. You need to insert
certain pump, valve, tank data, and additional information into the current project. For
more information, see Part 4Importing from Other Models on page 3-114.
A.2.5
Importing from a Database Using the HAMMER Datastore

HAMMERs ability to read and write Access database files means that your hydraulic
model can easily be linked to virtually any major database, spreadsheet, or GIS
product currently in use today. HAMMERs support for FlexUnits ensures you are not
limited to a specific unit system.
For more information, see Part 1Exporting an Input or Output File to a HAMMER
Datastore on page 3-105.
HAMMER User's Guide
A-223
Modeling Tips
A.2.6
Additional Considerations When Working with Large

Model Files
It is possible to run out of RAM while running or animating very large networks with
thousands of pipes or by running HAMMER for thousands of seconds. Due to
inherent memory-management default in Windows, it is possible for performance to
decrease drastically if your system is forced to create virtual memory on the hard disk.
To avoid this, it is recommended you use the following memory-management procedure:
A.3
Dont use Generate Animation Data or Generate Output Database unless you
need to actually view the animations or use the Access database or reports, respectively. This will decrease execution time and memory use.
Always output the minimum number of time steps possible, relying on the
maximum transient envelopes for the extreme high and low heads. In Project
Options, click the Report Times tab and use the periodically option, with a
period of 10 or 20. Only for the final run or when smooth animations are required
should you ever output every time step (and even then, only if required).
Close animation data files (.ANI or .HOF), the HAMMER Viewer, and the
Animation Controller when they are not in use. This frees up valuable memory
and resources during a large system run.
If you have been editing large model files for a few hours in HAMMER
Modeler, consider closing it and reopening it and your .HIF file prior to a large
model run. This closes the Java VM and creates a new one, which may free
memory in some cases.
Modeling Tips
These FAQs are related to modeling water-distribution networks with HAMMER.
Also, please keep in mind that Haestad Methods offers workshops in North America
and abroad throughout the year. These workshops cover these and many more
modeling topics in depth.
A-224
HAMMER User's Guide
A.3.1
How Do I Set Up a HAMMER Project?

How do I calculate the pressure wave speed for different materials, fluids, and
anchorage conditions?
The pressure-wave speed or acoustic wave speed of a liquid is the speed at which a
disturbance propagates through a closed-conduit, pressurized piping system. See
Liquid Properties on page 4-146 for values and ranges for water and typical (buried)
pipe materials. The pressure-wave speed depends on the liquid's wave celerity and the
pipe and bedding or anchorage as described in detail in Celerity and Pipe Elasticity
on page B-257.
How do I choose the most appropriate four-quadrant pump curve and what are
the errors involved?
If you need a four-quadrant pump curve but your pump's specific speed does not
match one of the available options, select the closest one available or request it from
the manufacturer. The prediction error cannot be linearly interpolated using specific
speed, but you could run a different curve to bracket the solution domain. For more
information, see First-Quadrant and Four-Quadrant Representations on page 6-175
and Specific Speed on page 6-174.
What is the effect of using the various friction models and when is it appropriate
to use each one?
The most widely used steady-state friction loss calculation methods include the
Hazen-Williams and Mannings equationsin which friction losses are proportional
to relative pipe roughness but not to changes in flow. HAMMER uses the more
rigorous Darcy-Weisbach method, in which friction losses are proportional to relative
pipe roughness and to changes in flow.
in which the heads and flows are known for every pipe in the system. Prior to beginning the transient calculations, HAMMER automatically determines the friction factor
based on this information. HAMMER can also use advanced quasi-steady or transient
friction models. For more information, see Selecting the Friction Method on page 4147.
How do I determine the need for a transient analysis?
It is always a good idea to run HAMMER to check extreme transient pressures for any
system with large changes in elevation, long pipelines with large diameters (i.e., mass
of water), and initial (e.g., steady-state) velocities in excess of 1 m/s. In some cases,
hydraulic transient forces can result in cracks or breaks, even with low steady-state
HAMMER User's Guide
A-225
Modeling Tips
velocities. For more information, see Design of Protective Equipment on page B244. The effect of system topology, fluid characteristics, and most likely causes of
transients are discussed in terms of the possible effects of transients in Overview of
Hydraulic Transients on page B-236.
Compared with steady-state models, what additional data or considerations are
required for a transient model?
Data requirements for hydraulic transient simulations are greater than for EPS or
steady-state runs. In addition to data required by a steady-state model, you also need
to determine the following:
Pipe elasticity (pressure-wave speed)
The fluids vaporization limit (vapor pressure)
Pumps combined pump and motor inertia and controlled ramp times, if any
Pumps or pump-turbine characteristics for hydropower systems
Valves controlled operating times and their stroke-to-discharge coefficient (or

open-area) relationship
The characteristics of surge-protection equipment
See the HAMMER help resources and Hydraulic Element Reference on page 6-161
to ensure that the correct data and parameters are entered in the model. For more information, see: Data Requirements and Boundary Conditions on page 7-192.
How does HAMMER determine the time step?
Note:
The time step cannot be directly modified in HAMMER. This is to

avoid excessively long runs and large memory requirements on
the one hand, or inaccurate answers due to coarse time steps on
the other hand.
HAMMER selects a suitable time step automatically, using an advanced optimization

algorithm that considers the lengths and pressure-wave speeds of pipes, network
complexity, and heuristics.
How does HAMMER model water-column separation and the movement of air?
Air and/or vapor can fill a pipe when the water it carries separates into two columns
due to rapidly changing momentum and hydraulic transient pressures. HAMMER has
an advanced vaporous-cavitation model and it is even able to model the position of the
air/liquid interface at high points. For more information, see Water Column Separation and Vapor Pockets on page 7-193.
A-226
HAMMER User's Guide
A.3.2
Modeling a Hydropneumatic Tank

Hydropneumatic tanks, also known as air chambers, are modeled using a gas vessel
element in HAMMER as a reminder that these are pressure vessels, which must be
specified with care and in accordance with local codes (e.g., ASME code). Consider a
few key concepts:
The gas and liquid in the pressure vessel are at the same pressure, typically equal
to the discharge header pressure. Gas vessel pressure has no relationship to the
liquid level, which must be determined based on level probes and, ideally, a sight
glass as a backup.
The volume of gas required depends on the hydraulic transient dynamics of the
system; there must be enough gas to avoid a partial vacuum in the vessel when the
gas expands.
The volumes of gas and liquid required are proportional to the volume of vapor
predicted by HAMMER for an unprotected run.
Try several HAMMER runs, changing the initial volume of gas until the liquid
outflow is sufficient to limit extreme transient heads, and/or to dampen transient
energy quickly enough. A differential orifice will generally attenuate transients
faster.
For more information, see Gas Vessel or Air Chamber on page B-294.
A.3.3
Modeling a Pumped Groundwater Well

A groundwater well is modeled using a combination of a reservoir and a pump. Set the
hydraulic grade line of the reservoir at the static groundwater elevation. The hydraulic
profile of a groundwater well pumps vertical suction and, often, horizontal discharge
line results in a knee at the turn to the horizontal.
For pumps installed near or below ground level, it is possible to achieve vapor pressure and water-column separation at the knee, because the water in the vertical riser
slows more rapidly than the water in the horizontal section after a power failure. This
can result in very significant and sudden high pressures when the water columns
subsequently rejoin.
Unless well heads are capped and surrounding soils are not contaminated, it is
possible to suck air and/or groundwater into the horizontal pipeline during the
resulting subatmospheric or vacuum-pressure conditions. Such short-lived transients
can potentially contaminate the water supply.
HAMMER User's Guide
A-227
Modeling Tips
A.3.4
Modeling Parallel Pipes

Warning!
Different profiles will result in different changes in

momentum, and potentially very different transient
pressures, during a transient event. Hydraulic transient
equivalency is not the same as steady-state equivalency.
HAMMER allows you to create parallel pipes by drawing pipes with the same end
nodes. If you plan to combine two parallel pipes into one equivalent pipe with a larger
diameter, check that they both have the same vertical profile.
A.3.5
Modeling Pumps in Parallel and Series

Note:
With pumps in series, it is often possible to use a single

composite pump rather than multiple pumps. When pumps are
shut off, it is easier to control a single pump.
Pumps in parallel can be modeled by inserting a pump on different pipes that have the
same suction and discharge nodes or by modeling the suction and discharge headers
explicitly. However, short pipes in suction and discharge headers are extremely close
together from a hydraulic transient perspective. Based on wave speeds of, typically,
1,000 m/s, an entire header will usually behave as a single node, so consider modeling
it that way.
A.3.6
Modeling Hydraulically Close Tanks

If tanks are hydraulically close, as in the case of several tanks adjacent to each other, it
is convenient to model these tanks as one composite tank with the equivalent total
surface area of the individual tanks. This process hides fluctuations that may occur if
the tanks are modeled individually. Such fluctuations can be caused by small differences in flow rates to or from the adjacent tanks, which may offset the water surface
elevations over time enough to become significant.
A.3.7
Top-Feed/Bottom Gravity Discharge Tank

A tank element in HAMMER is modeled as a bottom-feed tank. Some tanks, however,
are fed from the top, which is different hydraulically and should be modeled as such.
A-228
HAMMER User's Guide
Elevated tank
To distribution system
Pump
Reservoir
Figure A-1: Top Feed/Bottom Gravity Tank

To model a top-feed tank at steady state, start by connecting an orifice to atmosphere
to the end of the pipe feeding the tank, but do not connect the orifice to the tank. Run
HAMMER. If transient inflows are small compared to the tank volume, you can
model the tank as a reservoir. Otherwise, take the simulated transient orifice outflows
and enter them as a time-varying inflow hydrograph for the MH element.
The outlet of the reservoir or MH tank can then proceed to the distribution system.
Orifice to
atmosphere
Tank represented as a
reservoir or as a MH with
a time-varying inflow
P-2
P-3
P-7
Reservoir
P-6
Pump
P-4
J1
J2
Figure A-2: Example Layout
HAMMER User's Guide
A-229
Modeling Tips
A.3.8
Estimating Hydrant Discharge Using Flow Emitters

In HAMMER, hydrants are modeled using the hydraulic element orifice at branch
end. You can enter the length of the connecting pipe or Fire Hose and the elevation
of the discharge point or nozzle. HAMMER models the outflow as an orifice demand
(i.e., as a function of head) in a manner analogous to a flow emitter in WaterCAD.
HAMMER automatically calculates the emitter coefficient based on the typical flow
and pressure you specify.
In order to accurately model a hydrant, you can find an overall head loss for the
hydrant and the conversion of pressure head to velocity head (K value) from AWWA
Standards C502 and C503. For example, the standards state that a 2.5 in. (63 mm)
outlet must have a pressure drop less than 2.0 psi (1.46 m) when passing 500 gpm
(31.5 l/s). You can enter these pressure drops and flows directly in HAMMER.
A typical hydrant lateral in North America is 6 in. (150 mm) and typical outlet sizes
are 2.5 in. (63 mm) and 4.5 in. (115 mm). Values for k vary from minimum values,
which can be back calculated from AWWA standards, to much higher values actually
delivered by hydrants. Values for K for a range of k values for 6 in. (150 mm) pipes are
given in the following table.
Table A-1: Emitter K Values for Hydrants
Outlet
Nominal (in.)
k
gpm, psi
k
l/s, m
K
gpm, psi
K
l/s, m
2.5
250-600
18-45
150-180
11-14
2-2.5
350-700
26-52
167-185
13-15
4.5
447-720
33-54
380-510
30-40
The listed coefficients given are based on a 5 ft. (1.5 m) burial depth and a 5.5 in. (140
mm) hydrant barrel. A range is given because each manufacturer has a different
configuration for hydrant barrels and valving. The lowest value is the minimum
AWWA standard.
A.3.9
Modeling Variable-Speed Pumps

HAMMER can model the behavior of variable-speed pumps (VSP), whether they are
controlled by variable-frequency drives, hydraulic transmissions, or other couplings
between the motor and impeller ends. You can specify speed or torque ramps directly
and let HAMMER keep track of the rate at which flow will ramp up or down as a
function of efficiency and inertia, just as the motor controllers or soft-starters do in
actual systems. No work-around is required.
A-230
HAMMER User's Guide
One parameter that can be used to adjust pump performance is its speed. For any
speed less than the motors full rated speed, HAMMER automatically uses the
pump affinity laws to adjust the pump-head characteristic curve.
You can specify a variation in torque, typically to model pumps whose motor
input is constant but where a variable-torque transmission is used to transfer it to
the impeller. These mechanisms are common in industrial applications and for
some older pumps.
Motor start and stop sequences are usually predetermined, being merely activated by a
Start or Stop command on the motor control center panel or SCADA system. During
the ensuing pump operation, it is often not possible to control the pump based on the
system conditions. Steady-state pumping must first be achieved.
HAMMER does not support feedback-loop pump controls (based on the pressure or
flow at a node). For this behavior, model the transient event with a duration long
enough to return the system to a final steady state. Then transfer this steady state back
to WaterCAD and continue your analysis of the system as an extended-period simulation.
A.4
How Do I Access the Knowledge Base?

You can access hundreds of commonly asked questions at our online Knowledge
Base. The quickest way to access the Knowledge Base is to click the Globe Icon in
the product toolbars. This will automatically log you on to our Web site. Simply click
the Knowledge Base icon next to the Haestad product of interest.
If the computer you are using does not have internet access, you can log on to Knowledge Base at an alternate computer by going to http://www.haestad.com and entering
the ClientCare portion of the Web site. You can then log on with the Product ID
located in the back of the users manual or your PID number.
A.5
Display Tips
This section discusses the following tips:
How Do I Display my Organizations Name and Logo? on page A-232
How Do I Control Element and Label Display? on page A-232
How Do I Color-Code Elements? on page A-232
How Do I Reuse Sets of Hydraulic Elements? on page A-233
How Do I Copy a Path from One HAMMER Project to Another? on page A233
HAMMER User's Guide
A-231
Display Tips
A.5.1
How Do I Display my Organizations Name and Logo?

Note:
Entering an organization name will affect graphs and tables

generated by HAMMER.
In HAMMER Modeler, select Tools > Viewer > Graphics to start the HAMMER
Viewer, and do the following:
A.5.2
Click Tools > Set Logo to enter your organizations logo. It must be a .GIF file.
Text you enter as your organizations name will only display in the space left over
by the icon.
Click Tools > Set Company Name to enter your organizations name. If you do
not enter a logo, the name will occupy all of the available space on graphs. The
organization name also appears in the footers of predefined tables.
How Do I Control Element and Label Display?

To change the appearance of element symbols and labels:
Select Tools > Global HAMMER Options and select the Other Options tab.
You can select the default font and turn on anti-alias display for sharper lines and
curves. You can also set the background and foreground Drawing Pane colors in
the Colors tab.
Select Tools > Project Options and then the Other Options tab. You can select
the default font here as well and turn on the display of pipes or node labels. You
can also toggle the display of short labels or full-length labels. These options can
help clean up the display of a large system in the Drawing Pane.
These changes have no effect on pipe lengths or other model parameters.
A.5.3
How Do I Color-Code Elements?

To color-code hydraulic elements shown on the Drawing Pane, do the following:
1. Select the Map Selector choice list on the HAMMER Modeler toolbar.
2. Select the variables to use for color-coding nodes and pipes. You can choose from
maximum or minimum heads, pressures, or flows and maximum vapor or air
volume.
3. Click Scales at the bottom of the Pipe or Node portion of the choice list to display
the Color Map Settings window.
A-232
HAMMER User's Guide

4. Select a color ramp and the values for its upper and lower limits. You can also set
intermediate limits and colors and HAMMER will automatically interpolate
between these values.
5. Click Legend at the bottom of the Pipe or Node portion of the Map Selection list,
then click a location in the Drawing Pane to display the legend and color-scale bar.
A.5.4
How Do I Reuse Sets of Hydraulic Elements?

HAMMER makes it easy to select and reuse sets of hydraulic elements to quickly
assemble repetitive models of pump suction and discharge lines, for example:
1. Click the Select (arrow) icon on the toolbar and select the hydraulic elements you
want to reuse, then select Edit > Copy.
2. Do not click elsewhere in the drawing. Select Edit > Paste to reproduce this set of
hydraulic elements as many times as you like. HAMMER will automatically
assign different labels to each node and pipe you add to the Drawing Pane in this
way.
Inserted sets are automatically selected to allow you to move them around easily.
A.5.5
How Do I Copy a Path from One HAMMER Project to

Another?
If each of the pipes in a valid path exists in another HAMMER project file, you can
copy the path using Tools > Copy Paths. Click Browse to select the file that already
has the path, click to check the paths to copy, and click Browse to select the project
file to which you want to copy the paths. Click Copy to complete the task.
A.6
Editing Tips
The right mouse button can be used to:
Select units and precision for displaying data.
Get help for dialog boxes and data entry fields.
Open a shortcut menu of command options for an element.
HAMMER User's Guide
A-233
Editing Tips
A-234
HAMMER User's Guide
Appendix
HAMMER Theory and

Practice
HAMMER is an advanced numerical simulator of hydraulic transient phenomena
(water hammer) in water, wastewater, industrial, and mining systems. Built with busy
engineers in mind, it simplifies data entry and allows you to focus on visualizing,
improving, and delivering your results quickly and professionally. HAMMER can
handle any fluid or system that a typical steady-state hydraulic model like WaterCAD
can, but it can also solve a broader range of problems, as shown in the table below.
Table B-1: HAMMER Capabilities
WaterCAD
HAMMER*
Steady or gradually varying turbulent

flow
Rapidly varying or transient flow
Incompressible, Newtonian, singlephase fluids
Slightly compressible, two-phase fluids

(vapor and liquid) and two-fluid systems
(air and liquid)
Full pipes
Closed-conduit pressurized systems

with air intake and release at discrete
points
* HAMMER capabilities are in addition to WaterCADs capabilities
With HAMMER, you can analyze drinking water systems, sewage forcemains, fire
protection systems, well pumps, and raw-water transmission lines. You can change the
specific gravity of the fluid to model oil or slurries, for example. HAMMER assumes
that changes in other fluid properties, such as temperature, are negligible. It does not
currently model fluids with significant thermal variations, such as can occur in cogeneration or industrial systems.
The HAMMER algorithms will grow and evolve to keep pace with the state of the
practice in water distribution and wastewater collection modeling. Because the mathematical solution methods are continually extended, this manual deals primarily with
the fundamental principles underlying these algorithms and focuses less on the details
of their implementation.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-235
Acknowledgements
This appendix introduces the principles of hydraulic transients in piping systems,
reviews current analytical approaches and engineering practices, discusses the potential sources and impacts of water hammer, and presents a proven approach to help you
select and size surge-control equipment. Several transient simulations are integrated
into the discussion to provide context.
B.1
Acknowledgements
Group (EHG), led by Dr. Alan Fok, P.Eng., a designated Hydraulic Specialist, and
assisted by Dr. Sheldon Zemell. Haestad Methods and EHG have forged a long-term
collaboration to support and improve HAMMER. The software is intended to represent the latest technology in water hammer analysis and design. Some of the text in
this section is adapted from Chapter 13 of Haestad Press Advanced Water Distribution Modeling and Management (AWDM), written by Dr. Edmundo Koelle, Dr.
Thomas Walski, P.E., and the Haestad staff, or extracted from Alan Foks past technical publications and Ph. D. thesis.
B.2
Overview of Hydraulic Transients

A transient is a temporary flow and pressure condition that occurs in a hydraulic
system between an initial steady-state condition and a final steady-state condition.
When velocity changes rapidly in response to the operation of a flow-control device
(for instance, a valve closure or pump start), the compressibility of the liquid and the
elasticity of the pipeline cause a transient pressure wave to propagate throughout the
system. If the magnitude of this transient pressure wave and the resulting transient
flow variation is great enough and adequate transient-control measures are not in
place, a transient can cause system hydraulic components to fail (for instance, a pipe
burst).
Transient Tip: In general, transients resulting from relatively slow
changes in flow rate are referred to as surges, and those
resulting from more rapid changes in flow rate are
referred to as water hammer events. Surges in
pressurized systems are different than tidal or storm
surges, flood waves, or dam breaks, which can occur in
open-water bodies. A water hammer wave travels much
faster in a pressurized system and it can burst even the
strongest pipes. In general engineering practice, the
terms surge, transient, hammer, and water hammer are
synonymous.
Transients can occur in pressurized systems conveying any fluid, including the
following:
B-236
HAMMER User's Guide
HAMMER Theory and Practice
Water (raw or treated) systemstransmission lines including booster stations,

low-head pumps and piping in water treatment plants, or high-lift pump stations
and connected networks or distribution systems with branching and looping pipes.
Wastewater (sewage) systemspressurized sewage forcemains, surcharged

sewers flowing by gravity, and sewers that are partially pressurized and partially
open channel.
Combined sewers and tunnelscombined sewers under surcharge with deepwell pump stations, time-varying inflows from surface sewer systems to drop
shafts, and large storage chambers or deep tunnel conveyance or storage systems.
Hydro powerpenstocks, turbines, and tailraces, including spherical valves.
Slurry or oil pumpingmining slurries and tailings reclaim lines, oil transmission pipelines, airport refueling systems, and liquefied natural gas (LNG)
pumping.
Industrial fluid systemsclosed loops, heaters, coolers, boilers, steam, and

other water-conveyance or cogeneration systems. This requires a special version
of HAMMER to track the heat of the fluid. A transient analysis is critical for operator safety.
HAMMER has been used extensively to analyze and design water and wastewater
systems, as well as slurry and oil systems. EHG has analyzed steam, industrial, and
cogeneration systems with custom versions and has calculated transient forces on
above-ground anchors.
B.2.1
History of Solution Methods

The study of hydraulic transients is generally considered to have begun with the works
of Joukowsky (1898) and Allievi (1902). The historical development of this subject
makes for good reading (Wood F., 1970). A number of pioneers made breakthrough
contributions to the field, including R. Angus and John Parmakian (1963), who popularized and refined the graphical calculation method. Benjamin Wylie and Victor
Streeter (1993) combined the method of characteristics with computer modeling. The
field of fluid transients is still rapidly evolving worldwide (Brunone et al., 2000;
Koelle and Luvizotto, 1996; Filion and Karney, 2002; Hamam and McCorquodale,
1982; Savic and Walters, 1995; Walski and Lutes, 1994; Wu and Simpson, 2000).
Various methods have been developed to solve transient flow in pipes. These range
from approximate equations to numerical solutions of the nonlinear Navier-Stokes
equations:
Arithmetic methodAssumes that flow stops instantaneously (in less than the
characteristic time, 2 L/a), cannot handle water column separation directly, and
neglects friction (Joukowski, 1898; Allievi, 1902).
HAMMER User's Guide
B-237
Graphical methodNeglects friction in its theoretical development but includes

a means of accounting for it through a correction (Parmakian, 1963). It is timeconsuming and not suited to solving networks or pipelines with complex profiles.
Design chartsProvides basic design information for simple topologies at a few

specific points (valve closure, pump and pipeline with no protection, surge tank,
or air chamber protection). This method has been replaced by computer programs
(Fok, 1978; Fok, 1980; Fok et al., 1982) based on the transient energy concept and
backed by field and laboratory work (Fok, 1987).
Wave-plan methodRepresents initial transient disturbances as a series of

pulses and tracks reflections at boundaries (Wood et al., 1966).
Method of Characteristics (MOC)Most widely used and tested approach,

with support for complex boundary conditions and friction and vaporous cavitation models. HAMMER uses the MOC. It converts the partial differential equations (PDEs) of continuity and momentum (e.g., Navier-Stokes) into ordinary
differential equations that are solved algebraicially along lines called characteristics. An MOC solution is exact along characteristics, but friction, vaporous cavitation, and some boundary representations introduce errors in the results (Gray,
1953; Streeter and Lai, 1962; Elansary, Silva, and Chaudhry, 1994).
Haestad Press 2002 Advanced Water Distribution Modeling and Management documents other less-common methods. Transients have also been studied using:
Laboratory ModelsA scale model can be built to reproduce transients

observed in a prototype (real) system, typically for forensic or steam system
investigations. As a design method, this approach is limited by model scale effects
and by very high costs. However, models have provided invaluable basic research
data on vaporous cavitation and vortex shedding (St. Anthony Falls) and transient
friction (Perugia, Italy).
Field TestsField tests can provide key modeling parameters such as the pressure-wave speed or pump inertia. Advanced flow and pressure sensors equipped
with high-speed data loggers make it possible to capture fast transients, down to 5
milliseconds. Methods such as inverse transient calibration and leak detection use
such data. Like all tests, however, data are obtained at a finite number of locations
and generalizing the findings requires assumptions, with uncertainties spread
across the system. At best, tests provide local data and a feel for the systemwide
response. At worst, tests can lead to physically doubtful conclusions limited by
the scope of the test program.
Neither laboratory models nor field testing can substitute for the careful and correct
application of a proven hydraulic transient computer model, such as HAMMER.
B-238
HAMMER User's Guide

The extended-period simulation (EPS) capability of models such as WaterCAD or
WaterGEMS does not consider momentum, and is therefore incapable of analyzing
hydraulic transients. Such simulations are sufficient to analyze hydraulic systems that
undergo velocity and pressure changes slowly enough that inertial forces are insignificant. If a system undergoes large changes in velocity and pressure in short time
periods, then transient analysis is required.
B.2.2
Causes of Transient Initiation

The cause of a hydraulic transient is any sudden change in the fluid itself or any
sudden change at the pressurized systems boundaries, including:
Changes in fluid propertiessuch as depressurization due to the sudden

opening of a relief valve, a propagating pressure pulse, heating or cooling in
cogeneration or industrial systems, mixing with solids or other liquids (may affect
fluid density, specific gravity, and viscosity), formation and collapse of vapor
bubbles (cavitation), and air entrainment or release from the system (at air vents
and/or due to pressure waves).
Changes at system boundariessuch as rapidly opening or closing a valve, pipe

burst (due to high pressure) or pipe collapse (due to low pressure), pump start/
shift/stop, air intake at a vacuum breaker, water intake at a valve, mass outflow at
a pressure-relief valve or fire hose, breakage of a rupture disk, and hunting and/or
resonance at a control valve.
Sudden changes such as these create a transient pressure pulse that rapidly propagates
away from the disturbance, in every possible direction, and throughout the entire pressurized system. If no other transient event is triggered by the pressure wave fronts,
unsteady-flow conditions continue until the transient energy is completely damped
and dissipated by friction.
The majority of transients in water and wastewater systems are the result of changes at
system boundaries, typically at the upstream and downstream ends of the system or at
local high points. Consequently, you can reduce the risk of system damage or failure
with proper analysis to determine the systems default dynamic response, design
protection equipment to control transient energy, and specify operational procedures
to avoid transients. Analysis, design, and operational procedures all benefit from
computer simulations with HAMMER.
The three most common causes of transient initiation, or source devices, are all
moving system boundaries.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-239
H.G
.L.
Reservoir
Check
Valve
Pump
Sump
Pump
H.G.L.
H.G.L.
Penstock
Governor
Fl
ow
Generator
F lo
w
Gate
Turbine
Valve
Tailrace
Turbine
Valve
Figure B-1: Common Causes of Hydraulic Transients

PumpsA pumps motor exerts a torque on a shaft that delivers energy to the pumps
impeller, forcing it to rotate and add energy to the fluid as it passes from the suction to
the discharge side of the pump volute. Pumps convey fluid to the downstream end of a
system whose profile can be either uphill or downhill, with irregularities such as local
high or low points. When the pump starts, pressure can increase rapidly. Whenever
power sags or fails, the pump slows or stops and a sudden drop in pressure propagates
downstream (a rise in pressure also propagates upstream in the suction system).
TurbinesHydropower turbines are located at the downstream end of a conduit, or
penstock, to absorb the moving waters energy and convert it to electrical current.
Conceptually, a turbine is the inverse of a pump, but very few pumps or turbines can
operate in both directions without damage. If the electrical load generated by a turbine
is rejected, a gate must rapidly stop flow, resulting in a large increase in pressure,
which propagates upstream (in the penstock).
ValvesA valve can start, change, or stop flow very suddenly. Energy conversions
increase or decrease in proportion to a valves closing or opening rate and position, or
stroke. Orifices can be used to throttle flow instead of a partially open valve. Valves
can also allow air into a pipeline and/or expel it, typically at local high points.
Suddenly closing a flow-control valve (with piping on both sides) generates transients
on both sides of the valve, as follows:
B-240
Water initially coming towards the valve suddenly has nowhere to go. As water
packs into a finite space upstream of the valve, it generates a high-pressure pulse
that propagates upstream, away from the valve.
Water initially going away from the valve cannot suddenly stop, due to its inertia
and, since no flow is coming through the valve to replace it, the area downstream
of the valve may pull a vacuum, causing a low-pressure pulse to propagate
downstream.
HAMMER User's Guide

The similarity of the transient conditions caused by different source devices provides
the key to transient analysis in a wide range of different systems: understand the initial
state of the system and the ways in which energy and mass are added or removed from
it. This is best illustrated by an example for a typical pumping system (see Figure B2: Typical Locations where Transient Pulses Initiateon page B-242):
1. A pump (upstream source device) starts up from the static HGL and accelerates
flow until its input energy reaches a dynamic equilibrium with friction at the
steady HGL.
2. A power failure occurs and the pump stops supplying hydraulic energy; therefore,
the HGL drops rapidly at the pump and a low-pressure pulse propagates downstream towards the reservoir. Subatmospheric pressures can occur at the high
point (minimum transient head), but the reservoir maintains downstream pressure
at its liquid level by accepting or supplying liquid as required, often several times
during the transient event.
Note:
As the HGL drops to the pipeline elevation, a vacuum breaker

valve can be installed at the local high point to supply or expel
air from the system in a manner analogous to the reservoir. This
tends to maintain atmospheric pressure at the valve, minimizing
subatmospheric pressures when air is admitted and often
reducing high pressures when air is expelled.
3. The pressure pulse is reflected toward the pump, but it encounters a closed check
valve (designed to protect the pump against high pressures) that reflects the pulse
as a high pressure toward the reservoir again (maximum transient head).
4. Friction eventually attenuates the transient energy and the system reaches a final
steady state: static HGL, in this case, since pumping has stopped and flow at the
reservoir is zero.
The foregoing discussion illustrates the typical concepts to consider when analyzing
hydraulic transients. Computer models are an ideal tool for tracking momentum,
inertia, and friction as the transient evolves, and for correctly accounting for changes
in mass and energy at boundaries. Note that transients propagate throughout the entire
pressurized system.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-241
Maximum Transient Head

Friction ( hf )
Reservoir
Steady HGL
Static HGL
High Point
Devices
Pipeline
m
imu
Min
ad
t He
n
e
i
ns
Tra
Downstream
Source Devices
Upstream Source Devices

Reservoir
Figure B-2: Typical Locations where Transient Pulses Initiate

Note:
B.2.3
Devices can be a pump, valve, or other operable equipment.
Impacts of Transients
Hydraulic transients can result in the following physical phenomena:
High or low transient pressuresThese can be applied to piping and joints in a fraction of a second and they often alternate from high to low and vice versa. High pressures resulting from the collapse of vapor pockets are analogous to cavitation in a
pump: they primarily accelerate wear and tear, but they can burst a pipe by overcoming its surge-tolerance limit. Subatmospheric or even full-vacuum pressures can
combine with overburden and groundwater pressures to collapse pipes by buckling
failure. Groundwater can also be sucked into the piping.
High transient flowsThese can result in significant degradation of water quality as
deposits and rust are loosened and entrained at high velocities. This is aggravated
whenever flows reverse direction during a transient event. High-velocity flows also
exert forces at pipe bends.
Transient forcesRapidly moving pressure pulses result in temporary, but very
significant, transient forces at bends and other fittings, which can cause joints to
move. Even for buried pipe, repeated deflections combined with pressure cycling can
wear out joints and result in leakage or outright failure. Thrust blocks are typically
sized for steady-state forces plus a safety factornot transient forcesand typically
B-242
HAMMER User's Guide

resist thrust in only one direction. In pump stations, low pressures on the downstream
side of a slow-closing check valve may result in a very fast closure known as valve
slam. A 10 psi (69 kPa) pressure differential across the face of a 16 in. (400 mm)
valve can result in impact forces in excess of 2,000 lb. (8,900 N).
Column separationWater columns typically separate at abrupt changes in profile
or local high points due to subatmospheric pressure. The space between the water
columns is filled either by the formation of vapor (e.g., steam at ambient temperature)
or air, if it is admitted to the pipeline through a valve. With vaporous cavitation, a
vapor pocket forms and then collapses when the pipeline pressure increases as more
flow enters the region than leaves it. Collapse of the vapor pocket can cause a
dramatic high-pressure transient if the water column rejoins very rapidly, which can,
in turn, cause the pipeline to rupture. Vaporous cavitation can also result in pipe
flexure that damages pipe linings. High pressures can also result when air is expelled
rapidly from a pipeline, which tends to repeat more times than when a vapor pocket
collapses.
VibrationsRapid transient pressure fluctuations can result in vibrations or resonance that can cause even flanged pipes and fittings (bend and elbows) to dislodge,
resulting in a leak or rupture. In fact, the cavitation that commonly occurs with water
hammer canas the phenomenons name impliesrelease energy that sounds like
someone pounding on the pipe with a hammer.
Hydraulic transient impacts can be expected at the following locations:
Check valves at pumps as flow reverses from the downstream reservoir to the
pump.
Reservoir inlet valves, altitude valves at elevated tanks, or isolation valves if they
close rapidly.
Local high points where vapor or air pockets collapse.
Dead ends as they reflect incoming pulses with up to double the wave amplitude.
Pipe bursts, where flow leaving the system may exceed the steady-state flow (in
systems with high static head compared to the dynamic head).
Surge-control devices if not properly designed or operated.
Changes in pipeline profile or alignment where transient forces may be significant.
Hydraulic transient impacts can be expected to occur at the following times:
Pump startup before transient energy has decayed sufficiently or before all air has
been removed from the line.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-243
Hydraulic Transient Theory
Pump emergency shutdown which may result in water-column separation and

severe transient pressures due to vapor or air pocket formation and collapse.
Pump shifting during normal operations, which may result in frequent pressure
shocks.
Environmental concerns due to hydraulic transients include:
Sewage spills or leaks to soils or groundwater during high transient pressures.
Drinking water contamination due to air, debris, or groundwater intrusion during

subatmospheric pressures.
Hydraulic transients can result in the following infrastructure management issues and
risks:
B.2.4
Premature aging and wear of valves, pipes, and pumps due to high magnitude and/
or frequent pressure shocks.
Pump cavitation due to low suction head and pipe lining damage due to vacuum
conditions.
Rapid pump or valve operation by major water users (e.g., a food production
factory) may accelerate the pipe material and anchor fatigue in their vicinity.
Service interruptions due to repair and maintenance of infrastructure.
Design of Protective Equipment

For typical water-distribution main installation, transient analysis may be necessary
even if velocities are low. System looping and service connections may amplify transient effects and need to be studied carefully. Transient analysis should be performed
for large, high-value pipelines, especially those with pump stations.
A complete transient analysis, in conjunction with other system design activities,
should be performed during the initial design phases of a project. Normal flow-control
operations and predicable emergency operations should, of course, be evaluated
during the design. However, uncommon flow-control activities can occur once the
system is in operation, making it important that all factors that could affect the integrity of the system be considered.
B.3

In pressurized networks, a steady-state condition or transient event at one point in the
system can affect all other parts of the system. Consequently, computer models must
consider every pipe that is directly connected to a pressurized system, regardless of
administrative or political boundaries.
B-244
HAMMER User's Guide

While a systemwide approach increases the information an engineer must consider,
the physical principles that govern the behavior of the network provide a unified
conceptual basis for tackling the problem. Two fundamental laws apply to steadystate, EPS or transient models:
Conservation of massalso expressed as the continuity equation, which states

that matter cannot be created or destroyed.
Conservation of energyalso expressed as the momentum equation, which

states that energy cannot be created or destroyed.
The best way to arrive at sound, physically meaningful conclusions and recommendations is to keep these principles in mind whenever you interpret the results of a
hydraulic model. HAMMER makes this easy by tracking the mass inflow or outflow
of air or water at any location and by plotting or animating the resulting total energy at
any point and time in the system.
B.3.1
Conservation of Energy
The first law of thermodynamics states that for any given system and time interval, the
change in total energy is equal to the difference between the heat transferred to the
system and the work done by the system on its surroundings. In hydraulic terms,
changes in the total energy of a fluid do not consider changes in its internal (molecular) forms of energy, such as electrical and chemical energy, because these are
usually relatively small.
In hydraulic terms, energy is often represented as energy per unit weight, resulting in
units of length. At any point in a hydraulic system, the total energy of a fluid consists
of three components that can be expressed as an equivalent elevation, or head:
Pressure Head:
p/
Elevation Head:
Velocity Head:
V2/2g
Where
HAMMER User's Guide
pressure (N/m2, lb/ft2)
specific weight (N/m3, lb/ft3)
elevation (m, ft)
velocity (m/s, ft/sec.)
gravitational acceleration constant (m/s2, ft/sec.2)
B-245

Converting the total energy to an equivalent head allows it to be plotted on the same
scale as elevation for any point in the system, either on pipeline profiles or maps,
allowing engineers to visualize changes as slopes or contour lines, respectively. This
gives a better feel for the resulting behavior of the system, especially when reviewing
the results of an EPS or transient analysis. Further, the difference between this energy
level and the pipeline elevation is equal to the total gauge pressure.
B.3.2
Governing Equations for Steady-State Flow

Steady-state models, such as WaterCAD or WaterGEMS, are capable of two modes of
analysis: steady state and extended period simulation (EPS). EPS solves a series of
consecutive steady states using a gradient algorithm and accounting for mass in reservoirs and tanks (e.g., net inflows and storage). Both methods assume the system
contains an incompressible fluid, so the total volumetric or mass inflows at any node
must equal the outflows, less the change in storage.
In addition to pressure head, elevation head, and velocity head, there may also be head
added to the system, for instance, by a pump, and head removed from the system by
friction. These changes in head are referred to as head gains and head losses, respectively. Balancing the energy across two points in the system yields the energy or
Bernoulli equation for steady-state flow:
P1
V2
P
V2
+ z1 + 1 + h p = 2 + z2 + 2 + hL
2g
2g
Where
(B.1)
pressure (N/m2, lb/ft2)
specific weight (N/m3, lb/ft3)
elevation at the centroid (m, ft)
hp
head gain from a pump (m, ft)
hL
combined headloss (m, ft)
The components of the energy equation can be combined to express two useful quantities, the hydraulic grade and the energy grade:
B-246
HAMMER User's Guide
Hydraulic gradeThe hydraulic grade is the sum of the pressure head (p/ ) and
elevation head (z). The hydraulic head represents the height to which a water
column would rise in a piezometer. The plot of the hydraulic grade in a profile is
often referred to as the hydraulic grade line or HGL.
Energy gradeThe energy grade is the sum of the hydraulic grade and the
velocity head (V2/2g). This is the height to which a column of water would rise in
a pitot tube. The plot of the hydraulic grade in a profile is often referred to as the
energy grade line or EGL. At a lake or reservoir, where the velocity is essentially
zero, the EGL is equal to the HGL, as can be seen in the following figure.
Figure B-3: EGL and HGL
Conservation of Mass at Steady State

At any node in a system containing incompressible fluid, the total volumetric or mass
flows in must equal the flows out, less the change in storage. Separating these into
flows from connecting pipes, demands, and storage, gives the continuity equation:
QIN t = QOUT t + Vs
Where
HAMMER User's Guide
QIN
total flow into the node (m3/s, cfs)
QOUT
total demand at the node (m3/s, cfs)
VS
change in storage volume (m3, ft3)
change in time (sec.)
(B.2)
B-247
Conservation of Energy at Steady State

The conservation of energy principle states that the head losses through the system
must balance at each point. For pressure networks, this means that the total head loss
between any two nodes in the system must be the same regardless of what path is
taken between the two points. The sign of the head loss must be consistent with the
assumed flow direction (i.e., gain head when proceeding opposite the flow direction
and lose head when proceeding in the flow direction).
The same basic principle can be applied to any path between two points. The
combined head loss around a loop must be zero to achieve the same hydraulic grade as
at the beginning.
B.3.3
Governing Equations for Unsteady (or Transient) Flow

Hydraulic transient flow is also known as unsteady fluid flow. During a transient analysis, the fluid and system boundaries can be either elastic or inelastic:
Elastic theory describes unsteady flow of a compressible liquid in an elastic

system (e.g., where pipes can expand and contract). HAMMER uses the Method
of Characteristics (MOC) to solve virtually any hydraulic transient problems.
Rigid-column theory describes unsteady flow of an incompressible liquid in a

rigid system. It is only applicable to slower transient phenomena.
Both branches of transient theory stem from the same governing equations.
HAMMER uses the more advanced elastic theory systemwide for virtually every
simulation, but it can also switch to the faster rigid-column theory (in specific reaches
and for special applications) to reduce execution time, as discussed in Rigid-Column
Simulation on page 7-190.
The continuity equation and the momentum equation are needed to determine V and p
in a one-dimensional flow system. Solving these two equations produces a theoretical
result that usually corresponds quite closely to actual system measurements if the data
and assumptions used to build the numerical model are valid. Transient analysis
results that are not comparable with actual system measurements are generally caused
by inappropriate system data (especially boundary conditions) and inappropriate
assumptions.
Continuity Equation for Unsteady Flow

The continuity equation for a fluid is based on the principle of conservation of mass.
The general form of the continuity equation for unsteady fluid flow is as follows:
B-248
HAMMER User's Guide
H
dH a 2 V
+V
+
=0
t
x
g x
Where
(B.3)
pressure wave speed
average velocity in the pipe, parallel to the x-axis
hydraulic grade line or HGL
The second term on the left-hand side of the preceding equation is small relative to
other terms and is typically neglected, yielding the following simplified continuity
equation, as used in the majority of unsteady models:
H a 2 V
+
=0
g x
t
(B.4)
Momentum Equation for Unsteady Flow

The equations of motion for a fluid can be derived from the consideration of the forces
acting on a small element, or control volume, including the shear stresses generated by
the fluid motion and viscosity. The three-dimensional momentum equations of a real
fluid system are known as the Navier-Stokes equations. Since flow perpendicular to
pipe walls is approximately zero, flow in a pipe can be considered one-dimensional,
for which the continuity equation reduces to:
fV V
V
V
H
+V
+g
+
=0
x
2D
t
x
Where
Darcy-Weisbach friction coefficient
inside diameter of the pipe (or equivalent

dimension)
velocity of fluid
specific weight of the fluid
(B.5)
The last term on the left-hand side represents friction losses in the direction of flow:
HAMMER User's Guide
B-249
fV V
2D
The first term on the left-hand side is the local acceleration term, while the second
term represents the convective acceleration, proportional to the spatial change of
velocity at a point in the fluid, which is often neglected to yield the following simplified equation:
fV V
V
H
+g
+
=0
t
x
2D
(B.6)
Equations B.4 and B.6, though rigorous and explicit, incorporate the following
assumptions, which are often not strictly valid in real water systems:
Fluid is homogeneouswater typically incorporates a small amount of dissolved

and/or entrained air whose exact percentage changes along the system.
Fluid and pipe wall are linearly elasticin aging water pipes whose shape has
become noncircular and whose integrity may be compromised by cracks (virtually
every water system leaks), fluid may escape the system rather than being
compressed and deformations imposed on piping may not be entirely recovered.
Flow is one-dimensionalthis assumption has been shown to be inaccurate at

tees in suction lines. Minor losses result from three-dimensional vorticity.
Pipe flows fulleven in pressurized systems, air or vapor can accumulate at local
high points, forcing the water to accelerate and pass underneath it. In extreme
cases, this phenomenon can significantly diminish pumping efficiency (e.g., vapor
lock).
Average velocity is usedexperiments show that the velocity distribution

changes across a cross section during transient events, even for flow in straight
pipes.
Viscous losses similar to steady stateemerging research in transient or

unsteady friction is challenging this assumption.
Nevertheless, these assumptions are essentially valid for the majority of the time in the
majority of water systems. Solving these equations yields accurate numerical simulation results in most cases.
Method of Characteristics (MOC)

HAMMER uses the most widely used and tested method, known as the Method of
Characteristic (MOC), to solve governing equations B.4 and B.6 for unsteady pipe
flow. Using the MOC, the two partial differential equations can be transformed to the
following two pairs of equations:
B-250
HAMMER User's Guide
fV V
g dH dV
+
+
= 0
a dt
dt
2D
dx
= +a
dt
fV V
g dH dV
+
+
= 0
a dt
dt
2D
dx
= a
dt
C+
(B.7)
C
(B.8)
Equations B.7 and B.8 cannot be solved analytically, but they can be expressed graphically in space-time as characteristic lines (or curves), called characteristics, that
represent signals propagating to the right (C+) and to the left (C-) simultaneously and
from each location in the system. At each interior solution point, signals arrive from
the two adjacent points simultaneously. A linear combination of H and V is invariant
along each characteristic if friction losses are neglected; therefore, H and V can be
obtained exactly at solution points. With head losses concentrated at solution points
and the assumption that friction is small, an iterative procedure is used in conjunction
with MOC to advance the solution in time.
Transient modeling essentially consists of solving these equations, for every solution
point and time step, for a wide variety of boundary conditions and system topologies.
To obtain a general computer model like HAMMER, the following additional capabilities are required:
Boundary conditions must also be expressed as algebraic and/or differential equations based on their physical properties. This must be done for every hydraulic
element in the model and solved along with the characteristic equations.
Equations of state are incorporated to model vaporous cavitation, whereby the

fluid can flash into vapor at low pressures, for example. The assumptions incorporated into HAMMER are described in Water Column Separation and Vapor
Pockets on page 7-193.
The length of computational reaches must be set to achieve sufficient accuracy

without resulting in too small a time step and an excessively long execution time.
HAMMER automatically sets an optimal time step based on pipe lengths, wave
speeds, and overall system size, so you can get your model results faster.
Friction losses are assumed to be concentrated at solution points. Different models

can be implemented, ranging from steady-state to quasi-steady to unsteady (transient) friction.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-251

HAMMER has been used for over 15 years on a large number of water and wastewater projects, evolving during this time to add new boundary conditions while
preserving ease of use and accuracy. Thus, it is a proven model with many electron
miles and a solid track record of matching field observations (when available). It has
also been used to model other fluids and tackle problems in other industry sectors,
adding to its generality and confirming its robust algorithms.
A derivation of the complete equations for transient analysis (using elastic theory) is
beyond the scope of this manual, but it can be found in other references, such as
Almeida and Koelle (1992) and Wylie and Streeter (1993).
The derivation for incompressible flow and rigid pipe walls is provided in the next
section. The derivation of the wave celerity and pressure-wave speed for compressible
flow and elastic system boundaries is provided next.
B.3.4
Rigid Column Theory

The rigid model assumes that the pipeline is not deformable and the liquid is incompressible; therefore, system flow-control operations affect only the inertial and frictional aspects of transient flow. Given these considerations, it can be demonstrated
using the continuity equation that any system flow-control operations results in instantaneous flow changes throughout the system, and that the liquid travels as a single
mass inside the pipeline, causing a mass oscillation. If liquid density and pipe cross
section are constant, the instantaneous velocity is the same in all sections.
These rigidity assumptions result in an easy-to-solve ordinary differential equation;
however, its application is limited to the analysis of surge. Newtons second law of
motion is sufficient to determine the dynamic hydraulic of a rigid water body during
the mass oscillation:
dH = f (L/D)(V|V|/2g) + (L/g) (dV/dt)
Where
dH
(B.9)
change in head (m, ft)
If a steady-state flow condition is establishedthat is, if dV/dt = 0then this equation

simplifies to the Darcy-Weisbach formula for computation of head loss over the length
of the pipeline. However, if a steady-state flow condition is not established because of
flow control operations, then three unknowns need to be determined: H1(t) (the lefthand head), H2(t) (the right-hand head), and V(t) (the instantaneous flow velocity in
the conduit). To determine these unknowns, the engineer must know the boundary
conditions at both ends of the pipeline.
B-252
HAMMER User's Guide

Using the fundamental rigid-model equation, the hydraulic grade line can be established for each instant. The slope of this line indicates the head loss between the two
ends of the pipeline, which is also the head necessary to overcome frictional losses
and inertial forces in the pipeline. For the case of flow reduction caused by a valve
closure (dQ/dt < 0), the slope is reduced. If a valve is opened, the slope increases,
potentially allowing vacuum conditions to occur. The change in slope is directly
proportional to the flow change. Generally, the maximum transient head envelope
calculated by rigid water column theory (RWCT) is a straight line, as shown in the
following figure.
Maximum Transient Head Envelope (Elastic)
Maximum Head
(Rigid)
Reservoir
Steady-State HGL
id)
Head (Rig
Minimum
Minimum Transient Head Envelope (Elastic)
Pipeline
Pump Station
Reservoir
Transient Energy Calculated by Elastic

Water Column Theory (EWCT)
Transient Energy Calculated by Rigid
Water Column Theory (RWCT)
Figure B-4: Static and Steady HGL versus Rigid and Elastic Transient
Head Envelopes
The rigid model has limited applications in hydraulic transient analysis because the
resulting equations do not accurately model pressure waves caused by rapid flowcontrol operations. The rigid model applies to slower surge or mass oscillation transients, as defined in Wave Propagation and Characteristic Time on page B-261.
During mass oscillations, moderate changes in head occur slowly, allowing changes of
the liquid density and/or elastic deformation of the pipeline to be neglected.
Mass oscillations routinely occur while deep sewers or tunnel systems are filling.
Based on simulations for an actual project, Figure B-5: Mass Oscillations during
Deep Tunnel Fillingon page B-254 shows:
Liquid levels in the large transmission (sewer or tunnel) and storage (large vertical
chamber) elements typically rise gradually as the system fills.
The different flow rates contributed by surface sewers, and conveyance in the
deep system, causes each storage chamber (A, B, and C) to fill at a different rate.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-253
Liquid levels in smaller inflow drop shafts can fluctuate significantly at a much
higher frequency than the large storage chambers, possibly resulting in a spill to
surface sewers or even to ground level. Resonance and amplification are possible
in these shafts and elastic theory may be required to correctly model the faster
changes in liquid level.
As the entire system becomes full, levels in the large chambers may significantly
exceed the ground elevation as excess energy is required to accelerate water (in
the submerged outfall pipes) from zero to a steady-state velocity. Overflows may
occur at the chambers unless adequate provision is made for this temporary condition.
85
Initial spill
80
Start of spill
to ground
Start of overflow to Lake

at large storage chambers
via three submerged pipes
Lake Level
75.2 m
75
Rapid and large

level fluctuations
in small shafts by
Elastic Water
Column
Theory
(EWCT)
Water Level Elevation (m)
70
65
60
55
Water levels rise slowly in large chambers
as mass oscillations take place. Solvable
using Rigid Water Column Theory (RWCT.)
50
45
Legend
40
Storage Chamber A
Inflow Shaft
35
Storage Chamber B
Storage Chamber C
30
25
10
Time (minutes)
15
(from EHG project)
Figure B-5: Mass Oscillations during Deep Tunnel Filling

This example illustrates the importance of using HAMMER to identify the spill potential of a deep sewer or storage system prior to detailed design and commissioning.
B-254
HAMMER User's Guide
B.3.5
Rigid Column versus Elastic Theory

Prior to the widespread use of computers, the subject of rigid water column-theory
was very popular. Substantial effort was devoted by numerous researchers and engineers to improve its accuracy and to determine the range of its application. Figure B6: When to Use Elastic versus Rigid Column Theory for a Valve Closureon page B256 is a dimensionless plot of valve closure time (divided by half the characteristic
time, L/a) versus the ratio of initial head to transient head in a frictionless (or very low
friction) system. The graph shows that different researchers, beginning in 1933,
proposed various criteria to determine when an elastic solution is necessary and when
a rigid-column solution is sufficiently accurate.
The thick black lines were obtained from computer simulations using both methods
and showing the level of error resulting from using RWCT instead of EWCT (Fok,
1987). The error resulting from RWCT instead of EWCT is shown graphically in
Figure B-6: When to Use Elastic versus Rigid Column Theory for a Valve
Closureon page B-256. EWCT correctly accounts for fluid compressibility, resulting
in a significantly higher estimate of the maximum transient head than RWCT.
HAMMER solves every problem using elastic theory and the MOC for maximum
accuracy.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-255
Foks boundary
(1987) between
EWCT and RWCT
using HAMMER
5 2.5 % of ERROR
VALVE HEAD,
Ho = (gho/avo)
20 10
Symbols
g = gravitational acceleration
(m/s)
ho = head loss across valve (m)
a = pressure wave speed (m/s)
Vo= initial flow velocity through
valve (m/s)
tq = time of valve closure (s)
l = pipe length (m)
Wo
s
od
RW
(
CT
)
,74
73
19
TIME of VALVE CLOSURE T q = (tq/l/a)

(from Dr. Foks 1987 Thesis)
Figure B-6: When to Use Elastic versus Rigid Column Theory for a Valve
Closure
B.3.6
Elastic Theory
The elastic model assumes that changing the momentum of the liquid causes expansion or compression of the pipeline and liquid, both assumed to be linear-elastic. Since
the liquid is not completely incompressible, its density can change slightly during the
propagation of a transient pressure wave. The transient pressure wave will have a
finite velocity that depends on the elasticity of the pipeline and of the liquid as
described in Celerity and Pipe Elasticity on page B-257.
B-256
HAMMER User's Guide

In 1898, Joukowski established a theoretical relationship between pressure and
velocity change during a transient flow condition. In 1902, Allievi independently
developed a similar elastic relation and applied it to a uniform valve closure. The
elastic theory developed by these two pioneers is fundamental to the field of
hydraulic transients. The combined elasticity of both the water and the pipe walls is
characterized by the pressure wave speed, a. This relation is a simplified form of the
equation (see equation B.7) applicable to an instantaneous stoppage of velocity.
(H Ho) = a / g (V Vo)
Where
(B.10)
denotes initial conditions.
For an instantaneous valve closure or stoppage of flow, the upsurge pressure (HHo) is
known as the Joukowski head. Given that a is roughly 100 times as large as g, a 1
ft./sec. (0.3 m/s) change in velocity can result in a 100 ft. (30 m) change in head.
Because changes in velocity of several feet or meters per second can occur when a
pump shuts off or a hydrant or valve is closed, it is easy to see how large transients can
occur readily in water systems.
The mass of fluid that enters the part of the system located upstream of the valve
immediately after its sudden closure is accommodated through the expansion of the
pipeline due to its elasticity and through slight changes in fluid density due to its
compressibility. This equation does not strictly apply to the drop in pressure downstream of the valve, if the valve discharges flow to the atmosphere.
B.4
Water System Characteristics

Haestad Press Advanced Water Distribution Modeling and Management describes
many of the topics in this section in greater detail.
B.4.1
Celerity and Pipe Elasticity

The elasticity of any medium is characterized by the deformation of the medium due
to the application of a force. If the medium is a liquid, this force is a pressure force.
The elasticity coefficient (also called the elasticity index, constant, or modulus) is a
physical property of the medium that describes the relationship between force and
deformation.
Thus, if a given liquid mass in a given volume (V) is subjected to a static pressure rise
(dp), a corresponding reduction (dV < 0) in the fluid volume occurs. The relationship
between cause (pressure increase) and effect (volume reduction) is expressed as the
bulk modulus of elasticity (E) of the fluid, as given by:
HAMMER User's Guide
B-257
Ev =
Where
dp
dp
=
dV
d
V
(B.11)
Ev
bulk modulus of elasticity
dp
static pressure rise
incremental change in liquid volume with respect

to initial volume
incremental change in liquid density with respect

to initial density
dV
d/
A relationship between a liquids modulus of elasticity and density yields its characteristic wave celerity:
a=
Where
Ev
dp
=
(B.12)
=
characteristic wave celerity of the liquid
The characteristic wave celerity (a) is the speed with which a disturbance moves
through a fluid. Its value is approximately 4,716 ft./sec. (1,438 m/s) for water and
approximately 1,115 ft./sec. (340 m/s) for air.
Injecting a small percentage of small air bubbles can lower the effective wave speed of
the fluid/air mixture, provided it remains well mixed. This is difficult to achieve in
practice, because diffusers may malfunction and air bubbles may come out of suspension and coalesce or even buoy to the top of pipes and accumulate at elbows, for
example.
In 1848, Helmholtz demonstrated that wave celerity in a pipeline varies with the elasticity of the pipeline walls. Thirty years later, Korteweg developed an equation to
determine wave celerity as a function of pipeline elasticity and liquid compressibility.
HAMMER uses an elastic model formulation that requires the wave celerity to be
corrected to account for pipeline elasticity.
B-258
HAMMER User's Guide
Ev
a=
Ev A
1+
Ap
(B.13)
Equation B.13 is valid for thin walled pipelines (D/e > 40). The factor depends on
pipeline support characteristics and Poissons ratio. depends on the following:
Pipe is anchored throughout against axial movement: = 1 2, where is

Poissons ratio
Pipe is equipped with functioning expansion joints throughout: = 1 /2
Pipe is supported only at one end and allowed to undergo stress and strain both
laterally and longitudinally: = 5/4 (ASCE, 1975)
For thick-walled pipelines, various theoretical equations have been proposed to

compute celerity; however, field investigations are needed to verify these equations.
Tables Table B-2: Physical Properties of Some Common Pipe Materialson page B259 and Table B-3: Physical Properties of Some Common Liquidson page B-260
provide values for various pipeline materials and liquids that are useful to calculate
celerity during transient analysis. Figure B-7: Celerity versus Pipe Wall Elasticity for
Various D/e Ratioson page B-261 provides a graphical solution for celerity given
pipe-wall elasticity and various diameter/thickness ratios.
Table B-2: Physical Properties of Some Common Pipe Materials
Material
Youngs Modulus
Poissons Ratio,
(10 lbf/ft )
(GPa)
Steel
4.32
207
0.30
Cast Iron
1.88
90
0.25
Ductile Iron
3.59
172
0.28
Concrete
0.42 to 0.63
20 to 30
0.15
Reinforced Concrete
0.63 to 1.25
30 to 60
0.25
Asbestos Cement
0.50
24
0.30
PVC (20oC)
0.069
3.3
0.45
HAMMER User's Guide
B-259

Table B-2: Physical Properties of Some Common Pipe Materials (Contd)
Material
Youngs Modulus
Poissons Ratio,
(10 lbf/ft )
(GPa)
Polyethylene
0.017
0.8
0.46
Polystyrene
0.10
5.0
0.40
Fiberglass
1.04
50.0
0.35
Granite (rock)
1.0
50
0.28
Table B-3: Physical Properties of Some Common Liquids

Liquid
B-260
Temperature
(oC)
Bulk Modulus of
Elasticity
Density
(106 lbf/ft2)
(GPa)
(slugs/
ft3)
(kg/m3)
Fresh Water
20
45.7
2.19
1.94
998
Salt Water
15
47.4
2.27
1.99
1,025
Mineral Oils
25
31.0 to 40.0
1.5 to
1.9
1.67 to
1.73
860 to 890
Kerosene
20
27.0
1.3
1.55
800
Methanol
20
21.0
1.0
1.53
790
HAMMER User's Guide
Figure B-7: Celerity versus Pipe Wall Elasticity for Various D/e Ratios
For pipes that exhibit significant viscoelastic effects (for example, plastics such as
PVC and polyethylene), Covas et al. (2002) showed that these effects, including creep,
can affect wave speed in pipes and must be accounted for if highly accurate results are
desired. They proposed methods that account for such effects in both the continuity
and momentum equations.
B.4.2
Wave Propagation and Characteristic Time

Note:
The representative system length, L, can be approximated for a

network by taking the longest path connecting a pump to a
storage element, such as a tank or reservoir.
The pressure wave generated by a flow-control operation propagates with speed a,

reaching the other end of the pipeline in a time interval equal to L/a seconds. The same
time interval is necessary for the reflected wave to travel back to its origin, for a total
of 2 L/a seconds. The quantity 2 L/a is termed the characteristic time for the pipeline.
It is used to classify the relative speed of a maneuver that causes a hydraulic transient.
If a flow-control operation produces a velocity change in a time interval less than or
equal to a pipelines characteristic time, the operation is considered rapid. Flowcontrol operations that occur over an interval longer than the characteristic time are
designated gradual or slow. The classifications and associated nomenclature are
summarized in the following table for different operation time, Tm.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-261

.
Table B-4: Classification of Flow Control Operations Based on System

Characteristic Time
Time of Maneuver
Operation Classification
TM = 0
Instantaneous
T M 2L a
Rapid
T M > 2L a
Gradual
T M 2L a
Slow
The characteristic time is significant in transient flow analysis because it dictates

which method is applicable for evaluating a particular flow-control operation in a
given system. The rigid model provides accurate results only for surge transients
generated by slow flow-control operations that do not cause significant liquid
compression or pipe deformation. Instantaneous, rapid, and gradual changes must be
analyzed with the elastic model. HAMMER uses the elastic model by default to
ensure an accurate solution, regardless of the systems characteristic time.
B.4.3
Wave Reflection and Transmission Pipelines

In addition to the equations describing transient flow, it is important to know about the
effect of boundariessuch as tanks, dead ends, and pipe branchesthat modify the
effects of hydraulic transient phenomena.
Transient Tip: Hydraulic systems commonly have interconnected
pipelines with differing characteristics, such as material
and diameter. These pipeline segments and connection
points (nodes) define a systems topology.
When a wave traveling in a pipe and defined by a head pulse Ho comes to a node, it is
transmitted with a head value Hs to all other connected pipes and reflects back to the
initial pipe with a head value Hr. The wave reflection occurring at a node changes the
head and flow conditions in each of the pipes connected to the node.
If the distances between the pipe connections are small, the head at all connections can
be assumed to be the same (that is, the head loss through the node is negligible), and
the transmission factor (s) can be defined as
B-262
HAMMER User's Guide
Ao
H s
a
s=
= n o
H o
A
ai
i =0 i
2
Where
(B.14)
transmission factor (dimensionless)
Hs
head of transmitted wave (ft, m)
Ho
incident head pulse (ft, m)
Ao
incoming pipe area (ft2, m2)
ao
incoming wave speed (ft/sec., m/s)
Ai
area of i-th pipe (ft2, m2)
ai
wave speed of i-th pipe (ft/sec., m/s)
number of outgoing pipes
pipe number index
In a closed system without friction to dampen transients, transients would persist

indefinitely. However, viscous and friction effects typically cause transients to attenuate within seconds to minutes. HAMMER is an essential tool to keep track of the
transient pressure-wave reflections and the friction and elastic effects during the simulation, as follows:
Because friction does exist in an actual system, the potential head change calculated using the Joukowsky equation underestimates the actual head rise. This
underestimation is due to packingan additional increase in head occurring at
the valve as the pressure wave travels upstream.
The small velocity behind the wave front means that the velocity difference across
the wave front is less than Vo, so the pressure change is progressively less than the
potential surge as the wave travels upstream. This effect, which is concurrent with
line packing, is called attenuation or reduction.
Transient pressure waves are partially transmitted and simultaneously reflected

back at every junction with other pipes, depending on their wave speed and diameter.
Although HAMMER calculates the proportion of an incoming transient energy pulse

that is transmitted and reflected at each junction node, it is useful to consider how this
phenomenon takes place in a typical hydraulic system using the relation for the reflection factor:
HAMMER User's Guide
B-263
r=
Where
H r
= s 1
H o
(B.15)
reflection factor
Hr
head of reflected wave (ft, m)
Several special cases can be considered, including:
B.4.4
Pipe connected to a reservoirIn this case, n = 1, s = 0, and r = 1. In other

words, a wave reaching a reservoir reflects with the opposite sign.
Pipe connected to a dead-end or closed valveIn this case, n = 1, and, through the
derivation of an equation for r similar to Equation B.14, it can be shown that r = 1.
In other words, a wave reflects at a closed extremity of a pipe with the same sign
and, therefore, head amplification occurs at that extremity. If a flow-control operation causes a negative pressure wave that reaches a closed valve, the waves
reflection causes a further reduction in pressure. This transient flow condition can
cause liquid column separation and, in low-head systems, potential pipeline
collapse. At a dead end, the wave is reflected with twice the pressure head of the
incident wave.
Pipe diameter reduced (celerity increase)In this case, A1 < A0, and s > 1, so the
head that is transmitted is amplified. For example, if A1 = A0/4 (or D1 = D0/2),
then s = 8/5=1.6 and r = s 1 = 0.6, and the head transmitted to the smaller pipeline is 60 percent greater than the incoming head. The larger pipeline is also
subjected to this head change after the wave partially reflects at the node. If the
diameter is reduced to zero, the junction becomes a dead end.
Pipe diameter increased (celerity decrease)In this case, an attenuation of the

incident head occurs at a pipeline diameter increase. The smaller pressure wave is
transmitted to the larger pipeline and, after the reflection, the smaller pipeline is
subjected to the lower final head. At an expansion, the reflected wave has the
opposite sign of the incident wave. In the limit, as the diameter increases indefinitely, the reservoir case is obtained.
Type of Networks and Pumping Systems

Although an infinite number of network topologies are possible, the possibilities can
be reduced to the following key characteristics:
B-264
HAMMER User's Guide
Network characteristicsA water system usually consists of several main transmission pipelines (from pumping stations to reservoirs, elevated tanks, or booster
stations) and many branches and loops to distribute water to local water-demand
points.
Piping characteristicsThese include pipeline length (L), diameter (D), roughness (C or f), elevations or profile (based on topography), water levels at suction
and receiving water bodies, flow (Q), pressure head (H) at nodes, and pressure
wave speed (a).
Pressure wave speedThis varies from as low as 340 m/s to as high as 1,438 m/
s for water in thin-walled plastic pipes to thick steel pipes, respectively. Pressure
wave speed is also affected by pipe installation due to bedding, anchorage, and
soil conditions.
Modeling complexityIn the past, networks were usually reduced to a few key
water mains, taking the flow distribution, pipeline profiles, and kinetic energy of
the system into consideration. This usually provided conservative results for these
main lines, but the transient energy transmitted from the main lines to the distribution network (or vice versa) was overlooked. Modern computer models, such as
HAMMER, can simulate networks with thousands of pipes and dozens or
hundreds of boundary conditions.
For the purpose of transient analysis, pumping systems can be grouped as follows:
Open pumping systemAn open-water system consists of upstream reservoirs,

pump stations, and downstream reservoirs or elevated tanks. Transient pressurewave travel is confined to a single system and transient energy cannot be transmitted to another system. With a favorable pipeline profile (e.g., concave
upward), no significant vapor cavity occurs and the water columns do not separate. The maximum upsurge pressure seldom rises 50% higher than the steady
pressure head. However, an irregular pipeline profile can result in a large watercolumn separation and severe transient pressures. Vapor or air pockets will eventually collapse due to flow reversing from the upstream reservoir or tank.
Closed systemIn a closed system, the pump supplies water and maintains
adequate pressure for the whole system. There is neither a reservoir nor a standpipe in the system. Closed systems usually service a small water supply zone.
Pumps employed in a closed system often have flat pump curves that are undesirable from a transient perspective because rapid flow alterations can occur. After a
power failure, the downsurge likely results in more vapor cavities than in an open
system, while the upsurge is relatively small in comparison. Upon pump startup,
higher transient pressures can be expected due in part to the greater number of air
cavities that are trapped and remain in the system, and in part due to inherently
rapid flow acceleration. The air trapped at local high points should always be
released.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-265
Boosted systemFor some water systems, water may be delivered directly to a

booster pumping station that resupplies water to another system on its discharge
side. Normally, no reservoir or suction well is installed upstream of the booster
pumping station; consequently, the hydraulic performance of one side of the
booster pumping system can be significantly affected by the transient conditions
of the other side. From a hydraulic point of view, all possible combinations of
power failure should be considered, including:
All the pump stations fail while the booster continues to operate.
Only the booster fails while all others continue to operate.
A global power failure occurs at all pumping stations for both systems.
Because of flow continuity, the booster pump stops soon after a power failure in
the upstream system and the resulting transients may be similar to a power failure
at both pumping stations. In cases where the booster pump fails while the
upstream pump continues to operate, a worse transient may result in part of the
water system.
B.4.5
Putting It All Together

Prior to performing the calculations of transient flow and head, HAMMER surveys
the systems characteristics, considers the various pipe and fluid properties, and automatically determines an optimal time step. By default, HAMMER uses the method of
characteristics and short time steps to ensure that simulation results will be accurate
enough to support firm conclusions about the effects of transients in the system.
HAMMER takes hours of guesswork about time steps and methodology out of your
day, allowing you to focus on interpreting and communicating the results to stakeholders.
As a modeler, you need to focus on the following factors for a successful HAMMER
run:
B-266
Pick the run duration following the guidelines in Project Management and
Options on page 4-142.
Enter the correct liquid properties as described in Liquid Properties on page 4146.
Select an advanced friction model if the effects of repeated transient cycling is a

concern, as described in Selecting the Friction Method on page 4-147.
Describe the boundary conditions and other hydraulic elements correctly using the
information provided in Hydraulic Element Reference on page 6-161.
HAMMER User's Guide

After a successful run, you need to interpret the results as described in Reviewing
your Results on page 3-96. Perhaps you need a few runs to assess the sensitivity of
your results to vapor pressure, elevations, and wave speed if the model predicts
Water Column Separation and Vapor Pockets on page 7-193. Finally, even the most
thorough analysis has little value if its conclusions and recommendations are not
communicated clearly and powerfully; review the quick start lessons and the tips
provided in Presenting Your Results on page 8-201.
B.5
Pump Theory
This section supplements the discussion of Rotating Equipment on page 6-171,
covering the following topics:
Pump Fundamentals on page 6-171
Pump Inertia on page 6-173
Specific Speed on page 6-174
First-Quadrant and Four-Quadrant Representations on page 6-175
Variable-Speed Pumps (VSP or VFD) on page 6-176
The above topics introduced the subject as a means of selecting the correct pump
representation for a particular HAMMER run. The following sections focus on theoretical and practical aspects:
B.5.1
Pump Characteristics and Behavior on page B-267
Variable-Speed Pumps on page B-269
Constant-Horsepower Pumps on page B-270
Pump Characteristics and Behavior

Pumps are an integral part of many pressurized systems. Pumps add energy, or head
gains, to the flow to counteract head losses within the system.
A pump is defined by its curve, which relates the pump head, or the head added to the
system, to the flow rate. This curve indicates the ability of the pump to add head at
different flow rates. To model the behavior of the pump system, additional information is needed to find the actual point at which the pump will operate.
The system operating point is based on the point at which the pump curve crosses the
system curve representing the static lift and head losses due to friction and minor
losses (for more information, see Minor Losses on page B-282). When these curves
are superimposed, the operating point is found at their intersection. This is shown in
the following figure:
HAMMER User's Guide
B-267
Pump Theory
Figure B-8: System Operating Point

As water-surface elevations and demands throughout the system change, the static
head (Hs) and headlosses (HL) vary. This changes the location of the system curve,
while the pump characteristic curve remains constant. These shifts in the system curve
result in a shifting operating point over time periods ranging from minutes to hours.
At steady state, a pump can be described using a simple curve relating the total
dynamic head (TDH) added to the fluid at every possible flow rate within the pumps
operating range. Additional curves describe the pumps suction energy (e.g., its
required net positive suction head or NPSHR) and power requirements at each flow
rate.
From a hydraulic transient perspective, these dynamic variables must be considered,
including power input; rotational speed; and the moment of inertia of the pump,
motor, and shaft (including couplings). Each of these properties can have a
pronounced effect on the behavior of the pump during a surge or after a power failure:
1. Pump inertiaPumps with a lighter impeller and motor have a small moment of
inertia; they can be accelerated and stopped faster because there is less stored
kinetic energy. The trend has been towards lighter pumps. After a power failure,
low-inertia pumps maintain forward flow for a shorter time and stop sooner. This
results in more-sudden changes in flow and pressures than would occur with
heavier pumps, and consequently in more-severe water hammer.
2. Pump curve shapeFlat pump curves are undesirable from a hydraulic transient perspective because they can result in a large change in flow rate for a
moderate change in head. This can result in a very rapid decrease in flow during
an emergency shutdown.
3. Dynamic change to the system curveAfter a large pipe break or uncontrolled
valve opening, the system head curve can suddenly drop far below its usual head
requirement, so the pump no longer needs to add much (if any) energy to supply
the required flow. In cases such as these, the pumps run-out head can become
B-268
HAMMER User's Guide

higher than the required static lift. Very large losses in the suction system may
result in cavitation and overspeed conditions, both of which can cause pump wear
and damage. This can be avoided by proper pump selection (steady state) and
controls to shut the pump down and reduce or stop flow during such transients.
4. Dynamic change to the operating pointA shut-off head too close to the highhead end of the operating range could result in nuisance interruptions of power to
the pump, each of which results in a hydraulic transient due to the emergency
pump shut down (similar to a power failure).
5. Change in NPSHR due to wear or impeller trimmingNPSHR is different for
each turbomachine in a pump station, but manufacturers typically provide this
information. The NPSHR of neighboring pumps can be different from each other.
Further, the manufacturers NPSHR curve can become invalid after decades of
wear, poor maintenance, or actual modifications to the impeller. Fortunately,
NPSH can be obtained from field tests. The available NPSHA is determined based
on the reservoir head and losses in the suction system. Pump cavitation occurs if
the NPSH margin, NPSHA NPSHR is insufficient. Even at incipient cavitation,
an inadequate margin can result in less efficient pumping or even in a breakdown
of the pump curve, whereby a pump may be running but contributing very little
head above a limiting flow. Consult Hydraulic Institute (http://www.pumps.org)
publications for more information on this important issue.
Whenever a pump is forced outside its normal operating range during a hydraulic transient, vibrations and cavitation may resulteven if it does not reach shut-off or runout conditions. Reverse spin can force the pump motor (if it is not disconnected) to
generate electricity, rapidly increasing its temperature and possibly damaging the
motor-control circuitry. For these reasons, it is wise to protect pumps against transient
damage by providing suitable discharge-side check valves.
B.5.2
Variable-Speed Pumps
A pumps characteristic curve is fixed for a given motor speed and impeller diameter,
but can be determined for any speed and any diameter by applying the affinity laws.
For variable speed pumps, these affinity laws are presented as:
Q1 n1
=
Q2 n2
(B.16)
and
2
h1 n1
=
h2 n2
HAMMER User's Guide
(B.17)
B-269
Pump Theory
Where
pump flow rate (m3/s, cfs)
pump head (m, ft)
pump speed (rpm)
Figure B-9: Effect of Relative Speed on Pump Curve
B.5.3
Constant-Horsepower Pumps
WaterCAD and WaterGEMS provide many ways to enter pump curves, as described
in Pump Fundamentals on page 6-171. HAMMER allows any pump curve to be
represented as pairs of heads and corresponding flows, interpolating linearly between
these values when required during the simulations. It is therefore desirable to enter as
many line segments as is practical to accurately describe the pumps operating range.
Fortunately, HAMMER automatically imports pump curves. If a multiple point rating
curve was entered in WaterCAD, WaterGEMS, or produced using the LevenbergMarquardt Method, as shown in the following equation, an equivalent multiple-point
rating curve is imported automatically into HAMMER.
Y = A ( B QC )
Where
B-270
(B.18)
head (m, ft)
discharge (m3/s, cfs)
A, B, C
pump curve coefficients
HAMMER User's Guide
B.6
Valve Theory
Several types of valves are in use at any one time in a pressurized system. These
valves have different behaviors due to their different purposes, but all valves are used
for controlling flow. They can be opened, closed, or throttled to achieve the desired
result. In terms of hydraulic transient analysis and design, valves can be classified as
flow control or surge control valves. Flow control valve types are discussed in FlowControl Valve Fundamentals on page 6-166:
B.6.1
Pressure-reducing valves (PRVs)
Pressure-sustaining valves (PSVs)
Pressure-breaker valves (PBVs)
Flow-control valves (FCVs)
Throttle-control valves (TCVs)
General-purpose valves (GPVs)
Valve Selection and Sizing Considerations

HAMMER is the most versatile design tool for valve sizing because it allows you to
simulate the operating conditions a valve is likely to encounter during steady-state or
transient events. HAMMER models valves differently depending on their response
time. The principal difference between flow-control and surge-control valves is their
response or activation time:
Flow control valvesThe majority of valves in a water system are intended for on/
off operation (i.e., they either allow or block flow). In addition to this, flow-control
valves throttle flow using various methods that depend on the valve body, piston or
pinch mechanism, and actuator. Although special trim is available to deal with
sustained high-velocity or high-pressure differentials, most flow-control valves are
not designed to react to or handle transient conditions for any length of time. They are
typically actuated to ensure a slow opening or closure. Actuators are typically
hydraulic, electric, or (less often for water systems) compressed air:
Hydraulic actuatorsSmall-diameter tubes called pilots are connected

upstream and downstream of the valve and the difference in pressure between
these points is used to open or close it. The type of valve depends on how the
upstream and downstream pilots are connected to the valve body and/or drained
out of it to ambient, or atmospheric, pressure. The term piloting is often used to
describe the hydraulic (and sometimes electrical) circuitry and connecting tubes.
Electric actuatorsThese are motors coupled to gear works to ensure a gradual

opening or closure. In water systems, electric actuators are most often used to
operate large isolation valves, only some of which may be connected to backup or
emergency power (for use during a power failure). Typically, a manual over-ride
HAMMER User's Guide
B-271
Valve Theory
and hand wheel is also provided for each valve. The gear ratios are set so that a
large number of turns is required on the wheel to fully open or close the valve.
Even for the fittest operator, this ensures that the valve cannot be closed too
quickly, to prevent water hammer.
Compressed-air actuatorsCompressed- or instrument-air actuators are far

more common in industrial settings, where valves and flows are typically smaller
than in water or wastewater systems (e.g., typically m3/hr. instead of m3/s, respectively). The compressed air is typically maintained at a set pressure and some
reserve capacity is usually stored to allow operations to continue after a power
failure. Since compressors are required to maintain pressure in a gas vessel, it is
possible to use such actuators nearby, but this is rarely done.
Surge-control valvesThe majority of surge-control valves are sized and actuated to

respond very quickly to hydraulic transient conditions and to handle far greater flows
and pressure drops than flow-control valves (albeit for shorter times). Small tanks
containing compressed nitrogen or other special gases are sometimes provided to help
valves open more quickly. The piloting is typically designed to respond to sudden or
gradual changes in pressure or even to the rate of change of pressure. Hydraulic or
compressed-air actuators are preferred because these valves are typically installed to
protect against a power failure or sag, during which electrical actuators may fail to
operate. Because hydraulic transients occur so quickly in most systems, the time
required to bring backup power on line is often too long to be of use during transients.
Any valve can initiate a hydraulic transient if it is opened or closed too quickly with
respect to the systems characteristic time, or if it is operated in an uncontrolled
manner. Uncontrolled operation can occur due to a failure of hydraulic piloting to
react during very high reverse-flow velocities, for example. This illustrates the importance of sizing a valve to handle the full range of flows it will encounter during its
service life. Another example is that instrument-air pressure can fail to reach a valve at
the correct flow rate or pressure, due to clogged filters or worn orifices, incapacitating
its compressed-air actuator.
Transient Tip: It is essential to follow the valve manufacturers
selection, sizing, and maintenance schedules to avoid
specifying a valve that is unsuitable for a specific
application. A critical first step in the process of sizing
surge-control valves is to perform a thorough hydraulic
transient analysis using HAMMER to determine the
normal and transient conditions the valve will encounter
during its entire service life (e.g., for current, interim, and
ultimate water-supply conditions and surge-control
scenarios). Improper selection or sizing of surge-control
valves can result in worse transients than if no
protection were installed.
B-272
HAMMER User's Guide
B.6.2
Typical Valve Bodies and Pistons

Every flow- or surge-control valve consists of a valve body to convey (and sometimes
redirect) flow and a piston to open, restrict, or block flow. Since all valves can cause a
sudden stoppage of flow, resulting in hydraulic transients if closed too quickly, it is
important to know how each type operates. The following paragraphs summarize key
characteristics for each type:
Butterfly valves are very common in water systems, primarily for on-off and throttling service. A circular disc or vane pivots around an axis at right angles to the direction of flow in the pipe. Typically, a quarter-turn is sufficient to open or close this
valve. Actuators are often installed to require a large number of turns to prevent rapid
closure, sudden stoppage of flow, and the resulting hydraulic transients.
Gate valves are a general-service valve used primarily for on-off, nonthrottling
service. A flat face, vertical disc, or gate slides down through the valve to block flow.
These valves can be found on very large suction or discharge piping inside most water
pumping stations, often equipped with actuators with very large gear ratios to allow
manual operation. They may be operated only yearly or less frequently.
Globe valves are used for on-off service and throttling applications. A plug with a flat
or convex bottom is lowered onto a matching horizontal seat located at the center of
the valve. Raising the plug opens the valve, allowing flow. Many different types of
materials and pistons are available, including anticavitation or multi-orifice cages.
Globe valves are typically available with a straight-through body or with an angle
body that simultaneously turns flow through 90 degrees.
Plug valves are used primarily for on-off service and some throttling. They control
flow by means of a cylindrical or tapered plug with a hole in the center that either lines
up with the flow path or blocks it with a quarter-turn in either direction. Actuators are
often installed to require a large number of turns to prevent rapid closure, sudden stoppage of flow, and the resulting hydraulic transients. Plug valves are common in
process or industrial applications.
Ball valves are used primarily for on-off service and some throttling. They are similar
to the plug valve but use a rotating ball with a hole through it. Many garden hose
attachments are ball valves, requiring a quarter-turn to open or close, but many faucets
are also ball valves that require many turns. Large ball valves are used to throttle flow
in pump-discharge lines.
Diaphragm valves handle corrosive, erosive, and dirty service. They close by means
of a flexible diaphragm attached to a piston, sometimes called a compressor, that can
be lowered by the valve stem onto a weir to seal and cut off flow. Diaphragm valves
are used for waste water, industrial fluids, and for mining applications, such as
pumping light slurries or tailings-reclaim water.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-273
Valve Theory
Pinch valves are particularly suited for slurries or liquids with large amounts of
suspended solids. They seal by means of one or more flexible elements, such as a
rubber tube, that can be pinched to shut off flow. The flexible element can vary widely
from food-grade to special natural and synthetic rubbers to handle corrosive and/or
abrasive fluids and mixtures.
Needle valves are volume-control valves that restrict flow in small lines. Needle
valves are commonly used for speed control in piloting by allowing operators to set
the time required for fluid to move to or from the valve piston chamber. The fluid
going through the valve turns 90 degrees and passes through an orifice that is the seat
for a rod with a cone-shaped tip. Positioning the cone in relation to the seat changes
the size of the orifice.
B.6.3
Closing Characteristics of Valves

Depending on the body and piston for a type of valve, closing it by moving the piston
at a constant rate results in a different rate of decrease in the area open to flow. Near
the end of the closure, some types decrease this area faster while others slow down.
HAMMER has built-in area-closure characteristics for various types of valves to
ensure this important factor is represented adequately. You can select the correct valve
type and know that the decrease in flow will be modeled in a realistic manner as the
valve closes.
Note:
For most manufacturers, the rate at which area decreases as the

valve closes is a close approximation to the rate at which flow
decreases, often reported as a Cv curve. If either curve is
available for your valve, you can enter it as an area-closure
curve in HAMMER.
For ease of interpretation, valve closing can be represented numerically by the shape
of closure (S) parameter that represents the rate of opening area deceleration during
the time of a complete closure (Tc), or stroke time, if the stroke varies linearly with
time. If a partial closure, opening, or full opening is specified, HAMMER correctly
tracks the area open to flow. The following equations are used to relate area to stroke:
Increasing decelerationIf the rate of change of the area open to flow (with
respect to a constant stroke speed) increases at the end of the closure period, the
valve closing pattern can be expressed as:
A/A0 = 1 - (T/Tc )-S
B-274
(B.19)
HAMMER User's Guide
Where
A/A0
T/Tc
S
the fraction of the full valve-opening area
the fraction of time required to completely close

the valve
the shape of valve closure, which is greater than 1

for increasing deceleration
Decreasing decelerationIf the rate of change of the area open to flow (with
respect to a constant stroke speed) decreases at the end of the closure period, the
exponent S should be less than 1 and the valve-closing pattern can be expressed as
A/A0 = (1 - T/Tc )-S
(B.20)
For valves commonly used in engineering practice, the following values of S are used
by HAMMER according to the valve type:
Valve
Butterfly valve
-1.85
Ball valve
-1.35
Globe valve
1.00
Circular gate valve
1.35
Needle valve
2.00
User-defined (enter curve)
n/a
The relationship between the fraction of area open to flow (A/A0) and the stroke (T/Tc)
is shown in the following figure.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-275
Valve Theory
10
Accelerating Uniform Decelerating
Needle Valve
Opening Area A/Ao
Decrease in Open Area near end of Closure
Circular Gate Valve

(Accelerated Closure)
Circular Gate Valve
7
6
5
Globe Valve
4
Ball Valve
3
2
A/Ao = 1-(T/Tc)-S
Needle S = 2
Circular Gate S = 1.35
Where S > 1
Globe S = 1, linear
A/Ao = (1-T/Tc)- S
Ball S = -1.35
Butterfly S = -1.85
Where S < -1
Butterfly Valve
1
0
10
T/Tc
Figure B-10: Relationship between Fraction of Area Open to Flow and

Stroke
B.6.4
Flow-Decreasing Characteristics
Normally, the flow rate decreases much slower than that of the opening area during
the early stage of the valve closing. However, this pattern inverts toward the end of the
valve-closing period. As shown in the figure below for most common valves, the
majority of flow drops to zero quickly near the end of the valve-closing stroke (or
time).
B-276
HAMMER User's Guide
10
9
Circular Gate Valve

(Accelerating Closure)
Flow Decrease Q/Qo
8
7
6
Butterfly Valve
5
4
3
2
1
0
10
T/Tc
Figure B-11: Flow Patterns for Common Valves
B.7
Friction and Minor Losses

Friction loss methods include:
B.7.1
Hazen-Williams Equation on page B-277
Darcy-Weisbach Equation on page B-278
Mannings Equation on page B-280
Quasi-Steady Friction on page B-283
Unsteady or Transient Friction on page B-285
Hazen-Williams Equation
The Hazen-Williams formula is frequently used in the analysis of pressure-pipe
systems (such as water distribution networks and sewer force mains). The equation is:
Q = k C A R 0.63 S 0.54
HAMMER User's Guide
(B.21)
B-277
Where
B.7.2
discharge in the section (m3/s, cfs)
Hazen-Williams roughness coefficient (unitless)
flow area (m2, ft2)
hydraulic radius (m, ft)
friction slope (m/m, ft/ft)
constant (0.85 for SI units, 1.32 for U.S. units).
Darcy-Weisbach Equation
Because of its nonempirical origins, the Darcy-Weisbach equation is viewed by many
engineers as the most accurate method for modeling friction losses. It most commonly
takes the following form:
hL = f
Where
L V2
D 2g
(B.22)
hL
headloss (m, ft)
Darcy-Weisbach friction factor (unitless)
pipe diameter (m, ft)
pipe length (m, ft)
flow velocity (m/s, ft/sec.)
For section geometries that are not circular, this equation is adapted by relating a
circular sections full-flow hydraulic radius to its diameter as:
D = 4R
Where
diameter (m, ft)
This can then be rearranged to the form:
B-278
HAMMER User's Guide
Q = A 8g
Where
RS
f
(B.23)
flow area (m2, ft2)
Darcy-Weisbach friction factor (unitless)
The Swamee and Jain equation can then be used to calculate the friction factor. For
more information, see Swamee and Jain Equation on page B-279.
Swamee and Jain Equation

Note:
The kinematic viscosity is used in determining the friction

coefficient in the darcy-weisbach friction Method. The default
units are initially set by Haestad Methods.
f =
Where
1.325
2

.
5
74
ln
+
3.7 D
Re0.9
friction factor (unitless)
roughness height (m, ft)
Re
Reynolds number (unitless)
(B.24)
The friction factor is dependent on the Reynolds number of the flow, which is dependent on the flow velocity, which is dependent on the discharge. This process requires
the iterative selection of a friction factor until the calculated discharge agrees with the
chosen friction factor.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-279
Colebrook-White Equation
The Colebrook-White equation is used to iteratively calculate the Darcy-Weisbach
friction factor. Its free-surface form is
k
1
2.51
= 2 log
+
12.0 R Re f
f
(B.25)
Its full-flow (closed conduit) form is
k
1
2.51
= 2 log
+
3.7 D Re f
f
Where
B.7.3
(B.26)
friction factor (unitless)
Darcy-Weisbach roughness height (m, ft)
Re
Reynolds Number (unitless)
Mannings Equation
Note:
Mannings roughness coefficients are the same as the

roughness coefficients used in Kutters equation. This friction
method is not used in HAMMER, but it is included here for
completeness.
Mannings equation, which is based on Chzys equation, is one of the most popular
methods in use today for free-surface flow. For Mannings equation, the roughness
coefficient in Chzys equation is given by:
1
R 6
C=k
n
B-280
(B.27)
HAMMER User's Guide
Where
Chzys roughness coefficient (m1/2/s, ft1/2/sec.)
Mannings roughness (s/m1/3)
constant (1.00 m1/3/m1/3, 1.49 ft1/3/ft1/3)
Substituting this roughness into Chzys equation gives you the well-known
Mannings equation:
Q=
Where
2
1
k
A R 3 S 2
n
(B.28)
constant (1.00 m1/3/s, 1.49 ft1/3/sec.)
Mannings roughness (unitless)
flow area (m2, ft2)
Chzys Equation
Chzys equation is rarely used directly, but it is the basis for several other methods,
including Mannings equation. Chzys equation is:
Q = C A R S
Where
HAMMER User's Guide
(B.29)
discharge in the section (m3/s, cfs)
Chzys roughness coefficient (m1/2/s, ft1/2/sec.)
flow area (m2, ft2)
B-281
B.7.4
Minor Losses
Minor losses in pressure pipes are caused by localized areas of increased turbulence
that create a drop in the energy and hydraulic grades at that point in the system. The
magnitude of these losses is dependent primarily upon the shape of the fitting, which
directly affects the flow lines in the pipe.
Figure B-12: Flow Lines at Entrance

The equation most commonly used for determining the loss in a fitting, valve, meter,
or other localized component is:
hm = K
Where
V2
2g
(B.30)
hm
loss due to the minor loss element (m, ft)
loss coefficient for the specific fitting
gravitational acceleration constant (m/s2, ft/sec. 2)
Typical values for fitting loss coefficients are included in the fittings table, see Fitting
Loss Coefficients on page B-311.
Generally speaking, more-gradual transitions create smoother flow lines and smaller
head losses. For example, Figure B-12: Flow Lines at Entranceon page B-282
shows the effects of entrance configuration on typical pipe entrance flow lines.
B-282
HAMMER User's Guide
B.7.5
Quasi-Steady Friction
for which the heads and flows are known for every pipe in the system. Prior to beginning the transient calculations, HAMMER automatically determines the friction factor
based on the following information:
1. If a pipe has zero flow at the initial steady state, HAMMER obtains a friction
factor from a default table based on its diameter:
Table B-5: Default Friction Coefficient Equivalents
Hazen-Williams Friction
Coefficient, C
Approximate DarcyWeisbach Friction

Coefficient, f
70
0.050
100
0.025
140
0.015
2. If a pipe has a nonzero flow at the initial steady state, HAMMER automatically
calculates a Darcy-Weisbach friction factor, f, based on the heads at each end of
the pipe, the pipe length and diameter, and the flow in the pipe.
3. HAMMER uses the Darcy-Weisbach friction method in performing either steadystate or transient friction calculations. If you enter an f value for a pipe in the
Element Editor, HAMMER uses this value in the calculations instead of the
default value. The Darcy-Weisbach method reflects the changes in total fluid and
pipe friction as flow changes, as compared with the other methods shown in
Figure B-13: Comparison of Friction Coefficients in Various Methodson
page B-284.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-283
Figure B-13: Comparison of Friction Coefficients in Various Methods
Note:
If your steady-state model used another method to calculate

friction losses, the friction coefficients can be imported into
HAMMER but they will not be used directly. Instead, HAMMER
automatically uses the steady-state flow and heads (resulting
from the other method) to calculate an equivalent DarcyWeisbach friction factor, f.
The quasi-steady friction method uses variable Darcy-Weisbach friction factors, f, at

each point along the system. Thus, friction losses for an instantaneous velocity match
the friction losses for fully developed steady flows with the same cross-sectional
average velocity. This method is more computationally demanding than steady-state
friction.
Because it assumes that the friction factor does not vary with time, the steady-state
friction method is a special case of the quasi-steady method. The quasi-steady friction
method is virtually an unsteady method, although one based on steady-state friction
factors.
B-284
HAMMER User's Guide
B.7.6
Unsteady or Transient Friction

Compared to a steady state, fluid friction increases during hydraulic transient events
because rapid changes in transient pressure and flow increase turbulent shear.
HAMMER can track the effect of fluid accelerations to estimate the attenuation of
transient energy more closely than would be possible with quasi-steady or steady-state
friction.
Computational effort increases significantly if transient friction must be calculated for
each time step. This can result in long model-calculation times for large systems with
hundreds or pipes or more. Typically, transient friction has little or no effect on the
initial low and high pressures, and these are usually the largest ever reached in the
system. This is illustrated from the following HAMMER simulation results comparing
steady, quasi-steady and transient friction methods.
250
Steady
Quasi-Steady
Transient
Steady
230
Head (m)
Quasisteady
210
Unsteady
(Transient)
190
0
10
Time (s)
15
20
25
Figure B-14: HAMMER Results for Steady-State, Quasi-Steady, and

Transient Friction Methods
Transient Tip: The steady-state friction method yields conservative
estimates of the extreme high and low pressures that
usually govern the selection of pipe class and surgeprotection equipment. However, if cyclic loading is an
important design consideration, the unsteady friction
method can yield less-conservative estimates of
recurring and decaying extremes.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-285
Developing a Surge-Control Strategy
B.8

Ideally, a system is designed and operated to minimize the likelihood of damaging
transient events. However, in reality, transients still occur; thus, methods for controlling transients are necessary. This section has two goals: (1) to make the hydraulic
engineer aware of the system conditions that lead to the development of undesirable
transients, such as pump and valve operations, and (2) to present the protection
methods and devices that should be used during design and construction of particular
systems and discuss their practical limitations.
There are two possible strategies for controlling transient pressures. The first is to
focus on minimizing the possibility of transient conditions during project design by
specifying appropriate flow-control operations and avoiding the occurrence of emergency and unusual system operations. The second is to install protection devices to
control potential transients due to uncontrollable events, such as power and equipment
failures.
Systems protected by adequately designed surge tanks are generally not adversely
affected by emergency or unusual flow-control operations, because operational failure
of surge tanks is unlikely. In systems protected by gas vessels, however, an air outflow
or air-compressor failure can lead to damage from transients. Consequently, potential
emergency situations and failures should be evaluated and avoided to the extent
possible through the use of alarms that detect device failures and control systems that
act to prevent them.
With most small, well-gridded water-distribution network piping, sufficient safety
factors are built into the system, such as adequate pipe-wall thickness and sufficient
reflections (tanks and dead ends) and withdrawals (water use). The effects of transients are most likely to result in pipe failures in long pipelines with long characteristic times (large values of 2 L/a), high velocities, and few branches. Filion and
Karney (2002) found that water usage and leaks in a distribution system can result in a
dramatic decay in the magnitude of transient pressure effects.
B.8.1
Piping System Design and Layout

When designing water-distribution systems, the engineer needs to consider economic
and technical factors, such as acquisition of property, construction costs, site topography, and geological conditions. In addition, emergency flow-control scenarios
should be analyzed and tested during the design phase, since they affect the piping
system design and the specification of surge-protection equipment.
B-286
HAMMER User's Guide

Pipeline layouts with undulating topographic profiles are common. For these systems,
it may be desirable to change the route and/or profile of the pipeline to avoid high
points that are prone to air accumulation or exposure to low pressures (or both), but
this is seldom possible. If the minimum transient head is above the elevation of the
piping system, then transient protection devices are most likely unnecessary, thus
minimizing construction costs and operational risks.
Low-head systems are more prone to experience transient vacuum conditions and
liquid-column separation than are high-head systems. If the system designer does not
account for the occurrence of low transient pressures in low-head systems, then a
pipeline with inadequate wall thickness may be specified, potentially leading to pipeline collapse even if the pipeline is buried in a well-compacted trench. For example,
low-head systems with buried steel pipelines and diameter/thickness ratios (D/e) more
than 200 should be avoided because of the risk of structural collapse during a transient
vacuum condition, particularly if the trench fill is poorly compacted.
Steel, PVC, HDPE, and thin-wall ductile-iron pipes are susceptible to collapse due to
vapor separation, but any pipe that has been weakened by repeated exposure to these
events may experience fatigue failure. A pipe weakened by corrosion may also fail.
Where very low pressures are possible during transient events, the engineer may
choose to use a more expensive material to preclude the chance of collapse. For
example, for large-diameter pipes under high pressures, steel is usually more economical than ductile iron or high-pressure concrete. However, the engineer may select
high-pressure concrete or ductile iron because it is less susceptible to collapse and
may eliminate the need for operational constraints.
Piping systems constructed above ground are more susceptible to collapse than buried
pipelines. With buried pipelines, the surrounding bedding material and soil provide
additional resistance to pipeline deformations and help the pipeline resist structural
collapse. Above-ground pipelines must be anchored securely against steady-state and
transient forces.
Using combination-air valves to avoid subatmospheric or vacuum conditions requires
careful analysis of possible transient conditions to ensure that the air valve is
adequately sized and designed. Several cases cited in the literature describe the
collapse of piping systems due to the failure of an air inlet valve that was poorly sized,
designed, or maintained. Combination-air valves can provide reliable surge control,
but the potential for operational failures in air valves should not be ignored.
Other factors that influence extreme transient heads are pressure wave speed and
liquid velocity. Selecting larger diameters to obtain lower velocities with the purpose
of minimizing transient heads is acceptable for short pipeline systems delivering relatively low flows. However, for long pipeline systems, the diameter should be selected
to optimize construction and operating costs. Long piping systems almost always
require transient protection devices.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-287

After considering these factors during the conceptual and preliminary designs, the
project should move into the final design phase. Any changes to the system during
final design should be analyzed with the transient model to verify that the previous
results and specifications are still appropriate prior to commissioning.
B.8.2
Protection Devices
Using a transient model, the engineer can try different valve operating speeds, pipe
sizes, and pump controls to see if the transient effects can be controlled to acceptable
levels. If transients cannot be prevented, specific devices to control transients may be
needed.
Some methods of transient prevention include:
Slow opening and closing of valvesGenerally, slower valve-operating times

are required for longer pipeline systems. Operations personnel should be trained
in proper valve operation to avoid causing transients.
Proper hydrant operationClosing fire hydrants too quickly is the leading

cause of transients in smaller distribution piping. Fire and water personnel need to
be trained on proper hydrant operation.
Proper pump controlsExcept for power failures, pump flow can be slowly
controlled using various techniques. Ramping pump speeds up and down with
soft-start or variable-speed drives can minimize transients, although slow opening
and closing of pump-control valves downstream of the pumps can accomplish a
similar effect, often at lower cost. The control valve should be opened slowly after
the pump is started and closed slowly prior to shutting down the pump.
Lower pipeline velocityPipeline size and thus cost can be reduced by allowing
higher velocities. However, the potential for serious transients increases with
decreasing pipe size. It is usually not cost effective to significantly increase pipe
size to minimize transients, but the effect of transients on pipe sizing should not be
ignored in the design process.
Stronger pipeFor long-term reliability, pipes and joints should be strong

enough to resist both high and subatmospheric, or even vacuum, pressures.
To control minimum pressures, the following can be adjusted or implemented:
B-288
Pump inertia
Surge tanks
Air chambers
One-way tanks
Air inlet valves
Pump bypass valves
HAMMER User's Guide

To control maximum pressures, the following can be implemented:
Relief valves
Anticipator relief valves
Surge tanks
Air chambers
Pump bypass valves
The items in the preceding lists are discussed in the sections that follow. These items
can be used singly or in combination with other devices.
B.8.3
Approaches to Surge Protection

A reliable surge-protection system must be in place before the occurrence of uncontrolled emergency conditions (e.g., power failure or load rejection in a pump or
turbine). The most common tactics to control water hammer can be grouped into three
categories, as shown in the following table.
Table B-6: Comparison of Surge-Protection Approaches
Approach
SystemImprovement
Approach
FlowSupplement
Approach
Surge-Relief
Approach
Surge Control
Measures/Impacts
Surge tank
Air chamber
Increase pump
inertia
Various surgecontrol valves

including
SRV, CAV,
and SAV
Rupture disk
Realign pipeline
route
Recut or
improve profile
Enlarge pipe size
Reduce flow
Reliability
+++++
+++
Cost
---
+++
Operation and
Maintenance
+++++
+++
Complexity
+++
++
Flexibility
---
+++
Legend: + Positive effect, - Negative effect
HAMMER User's Guide
B-289

Note:
Careful operational procedures and maintenance programs are

very important to protect the water system from water hammer
damage due to equipment malfunction.
These three approaches differ significantly in terms of the required civil and piping
works, physical appearance, hydraulic characteristics, long-term reliability, operational complexity and flexibility, and cost of construction, operation, and maintenance.
However, these measures have a common basisall three attempt to protect the
system from water hammer by reducing the rate of change of flow to minimize the
effects of transients. Each approach modifies a different governing parameter, as
described in the following sections.
Table B-7: Governing Parameters for Hydraulic Transients
A) Piping system characteristics
(i) Static variables
Pipe length (L)
Pipe size (D)
Pipe profile
Static lift (Ho)
Pipeline surface roughness (C or f)
Pressure wave speed (a)
Pipe flow (Q) or velocity (V)
Node pressure (P) or head (H)
Network connectivity (looping, branching, dead ends)
B) Pump-motor characteristics (turbine characteristics are similar)
Power (Pw)
Rotating speed (N) or torque (M)
Pump total dynamic head (TDHo)
Pumping capacity (Qo)
Moment of inertia (WR2)
Net positive suction head required (NPSHr)
C) Valve characteristics
B-290
HAMMER User's Guide

Table B-7: Governing Parameters for Hydraulic Transients (Contd)
Types (check valve, surge anticipator, vacuum breaker, air release .)
Closure characteristics (butterfly, needle, )
Operation procedures (time to open, close, operating curve .)
D) Surge tank characteristics
Diameter (Ds) or surface area (As)
Geometry and variation
Top (spilling) and bottom (dewatering) elevation
Orifice size and differential ratio
E) Air Chamber characteristics
Diameter (Da) and length (La)
Orifice size and differential ratio
Orientation (vertical or horizontal)
F) Transient characteristics
Upsurge head (Hup)
Downsurge head (Hdown)
Flow (Q) and direction
Vapor or air volume in line
Time for maximum transient to occur
Dampening rate
HAMMER User's Guide
B-291
System-Improvement Method
This method is the most reliable, with the least operation and maintenance requirement. However, it is very expensive and usually used only as a last resort. It consists
of the following measures:
1. Reduce velocityThe smaller the pipe flow velocity, the less potential there is
for a large rate of change in velocity (dV/dt). Normal velocities can be reduced by
enlarging the pipe diameter or redistributing the flow to twin pipes.
2. Pipe materialThe pressure wave speed a of a flexible pipe material is less than
that for rigid pipe. For a very fast stoppage of flow (< 2 L/a), the transient effect of
pressure-wave speed is prominent. Changing pipe material may improve the
outcome, although the surge tolerance of a more flexible pipe may be less.
3. Pipeline improvementPipeline profiles with prominent local high points are
susceptible to the occurrence of subatmospheric or even full vacuum pressure,
resulting in water-column separation and vapor or air pockets in the pipeline. Very
high upsurge pressures can result when water columns subsequently rejoin. Extra
excavation or fill can reduce or eliminate local high points.
Flow-Supplement Approach
This approach can be used to effectively control transients resulting from a pump shutdown or startup. Following a power failure, energy stored in hydraulic or mechanical
devices can be converted into kinetic energy to force flow into the system and prevent
vapor or air pockets from forming.
Such energy conversions reduce the rate of change of flow and, consequently, the
magnitude of the resulting hydraulic transients. Part of the flow enters the surge tank
or air chamber at start-up or during the upsurge, thereby reducing the effects of an
otherwise rapid increase in flow. Due to its relatively high cost, this very reliable
method may not be feasible in small water systems.
The following sections describe specific implementations of the flow-supplement
approach.
Two-Way Surge Tank

A two-way surge tank controls transients by converting stored potential energy in the
elevated water body inside the tank into kinetic energy, which supplements flow in the
piping system at critical times (or vise versa, for pipe flow into the tank) during
periods of rapid flow variation. The tank is normally located at the pumping station or
at a high point in the system.
B-292
HAMMER User's Guide

A differential orifice may be installed at the riser of the tank to throttle reverse flow
from the system to the tank, but create very little loss for flow leaving the tank. If an
overflow and drain is provided, the tank can also act as a foolproof overpressure
device that can overflow in a controlled manner.
One of the main concerns is the stability problem inside the tank. A rapid rise or drop
in water level in the tank should be avoided. Usually, the surface area of the tank
should be significantly larger than that of the pipeline. In a high-head water system or
a sanitary forcemain, a two-way surge tank may not be economically feasible because
of height or odor problems. A sample HAMMER run extracted from a case study is
shown in the following figure.
Surge Tank
Figure B-15: Output of HAMMER Run for a Two-Way Surge Tank
HAMMER User's Guide
B-293
One-Way Surge Tank

A one-way surge tank is a relatively small conventional surge tank, with a check valve
in the connecting pipe, or riser, that only allows flow out of the tank. The tank water
level is maintained by an altitude valve bypassing the check valve. The tank is located
at the high point to supply water and prevent water-column separation. However, oneway tanks provide no upsurge protection to the system because no flow is allowed
back into the tank. Wherever there is a possibility of freezing, surge tanks may require
insulation or heating.
On sewerage forcemains, special consideration should be given to:
The design of the check valve at the riser to protect against debris or jamming.
Careful pump restart procedures following a power failure.
Cost of refilling this tank with drinking water (to avoid odors).
A chamber may be required to enclose the tank.
A sanitary sewer may be required to drain liquid overtopping the tank.
Gas Vessel or Air Chamber

This control device functions similarly to a surge tank but its potential energy is stored
as compressed air. The air chamber is usually used in a high-head pumping system. It
should be located close to the pumping station and inside an enclosed building. Auxiliary equipment such as compressors are also required.
A differential orifice can be installed to minimize the chamber size by creating greater
head losses for inflows to the vessel than to outflows entering the system. For a system
with a high friction head, one should consider optimizing the chamber by installing
several clusters of probes, each throttling and/or starting (or stopping) a specific
number of operating pumps. Figure B-16: Output of HAMMER Run for an Air
Chamberon page B-295 shows the effectiveness of a gas vessel in controlling
B-294
HAMMER User's Guide
Figure B-16: Output of HAMMER Run for an Air Chamber

Some manufacturers and engineers reduce the air chamber size by letting air into it
during the downsurge period. There are a number of serious concerns in the practical
application of this, as follows:
HAMMER User's Guide
B-295
If the downsurge head drops to or below the pump station elevation, part of the
pipeline may already be subjected to subatmospheric pressures or even a fullvacuum condition. This may defeat the purpose of an air chamber installed to
protect against the downsurge.
Normally, an air chamber requires a high static head to be practical. If the downsurge head drops to the pump station, a large upsurge head can also bounce back,
considerably higher than the static head. This may also defeat the purpose of its
upsurge protection.
Air inside a gas vessel (air chamber) is always contained by a thick metal shell
and separated from atmospheric pressure by piping and a reservoir. With an airinlet valve mounted on the top, during the downsurge period a large quantity of air
at atmospheric pressure can rush into the chamber. During the upsurge (or even
possibly during normal operation) period, the huge pressure difference between
the inside and outside of the chamber provides a high possibility that a large
volume of air could escape through a leak in the inlet valve. Since an air chamber
is a pressure vessel, pressure inside the chamber is many times greater than atmospheric pressure outside the chamber. The mechanical part of the air-inlet valve
can leak or fail.
When a significant volume is required, two smaller gas vessels should be considered
to provide redundancy whenever one unit has to be maintained, or in case one loses its
gas volume and is ineffective during a transient. The following appurtenances require
careful design:
There should be two or more redundant air compressors, each equipped with a
tank to store enough air at the required pressure to supply the gas vessel for short
times after a power failure. Compressors should be capable of running from
generators during an extended power failure if diesel fire pumps will be running.
Level-control probes should be set for high and low level, high and low alarm, and
drain or fill. Compressors should be started and stopped according to these levels.
Avoid setting high- and low-level probes too close to the normal operating range
to avoid spurious warningsthis can cause operators to ignore more serious lowor high-level alarms.
Increase of Inertia
Inertia increases when flywheels are added to a shaft to increase the kinetic energy
stored in rotating parts, thereby buffering a rapid pump shutdown. Pumps have tended
to get smaller and smaller (with less inertia) and lighter, multistage vertical pumps are
used more frequently. This has tended to make this option far less common.
B-296
HAMMER User's Guide
B.8.4
Pump Protection
Pump protection includes:
Check Valve on page B-297
Booster Pump Bypass on page B-297
Check Valve
A check valve on the discharge line of a pump should have a fast closing time to
prevent flow reversal through the pump and the valve slam that can occur with
delayed valve closure, or where surge tanks are incorporated into the pump station
design. Valve slam can damage the valve, pump, or system piping. If it is not possible
to have a check valve that closes before the surge tank responds and slams the valve,
some type of dampening device, such as a dash pot, is necessary to control valve
closure during the last 5 to 10 percent of the valve travel.
Booster Pump Bypass

Another type of protection device is the pump bypass. The following figure shows a
booster pumping system. When the booster pumps shut down, the resulting reduction
in flow generates pressure waves on both sides of the pump. The wave traveling
upstream is a positive transient and the wave traveling downstream is a negative transient.
Figure B-17: Booster Pumping System with Bypass
HAMMER User's Guide
B-297

Depending on the relative lengths of the upstream pipeline (LS) and the downstream
pipeline (LR) and the magnitude of the velocity changes, a pump bypass connection
can act as a transient protection element. Water continues past the booster station if the
downstream pressure falls below the upstream pressure, thus limiting the pressure rise
upstream of the booster station and the pressure drop downstream.
The next figure shows the transient analysis results for such a system. These results
show that the bypass opened to transfer water from the upstream pipeline to the downstream pipeline, which helped to attenuate or control the maximum and minimum
pressure transients on the upstream and downstream sides of the station.
Figure B-18: Booster Pump Shutdown

The effectiveness of a booster-station bypass depends on the specific booster pumping
system and the relative lengths of the upstream and downstream pipelines. If the lowpressure surge generated on the discharge side of the pump is still greater than the
high-pressure surge generated on the suction side of the pump (which tends to occur if
LR < LS), the bypass will not open. For systems in which the bypass may not open,
other transient protection devices are necessary. Each system should be individually
analyzed to assess the occurrence of excessive high- and/or low-pressure transients
and determine strategies to control potentially excessive pressures.
B-298
HAMMER User's Guide
B.8.5
Surge-Relief Valves
There are many documented cases of poorly specified control valves. Some of these
valves do not operate adequately because of excessive head loss or cavitation during
steady-state flow conditions; others are inadequate to control hydraulic transients
because of poor valve selection or poor operation. When specifying valves for flow
control and/or pumping stations, the engineer must carefully evaluate the type,
number, and size of valves to provide adequate steady and transient flow regulation.
Note:
Even with a comprehensive understanding of the system

equipment and operations, the engineer should realize that it
may not be possible to precisely model the actual system and
system components. Therefore, it is the engineers
responsibility to recognize these modeling limitations, use
appropriate safety factors, and apply good engineering
judgement when performing transient analysis.
The advantage of surge-relief valves is that they are relatively inexpensive and easy to
fit into a pumping system at the locations of interest. Generally, valves control surge
conditions by opening and/or closing according to preset characteristics. This restricts
hydraulic transients to more tolerable limits, but it can rarely eliminate cavitation or
water-column separation. Moreover, if the valves are oversized or operated too
rapidly, other types of water hammer problems may result (e.g., water bleeding, and
excessive flow reversals), possibly resulting in worse transients than without valve
protection. However, with careful HAMMER modeling and design, valves offer a
versatile and powerful means to safely control water hammer.
The following are different types of surge-relief valves:
Check valvemechanical or electrical control
Pressure-relief valve
Station-bypass line with check valve
Inline bypass with check valve
Air-inlet (vacuum breaker) valve
Air-release valve
Combined air valve
Hydraulically controlled slow-closing air valve
Surge-anticipator valve
Rupture disk
The following descriptions and figures show their geometry and schematics:
HAMMER User's Guide
B-299

Check valvea check valve is commonly installed in a municipal pumping station to
prevent flow from reversing through the pump. A dashpot may be provided to avoid
check valve slam; however, surges still may occur in the piping system and other
methods may also be required. A check valve equipped with an electronically
controlled closure device is often used by engineers. The timing and rate of closure
must be carefully set to protect both the pump and the discharge system.
Qo
Flow
Flow at P.S.
Check With Valve

Time
a) Check Valve
Rotential
Reverse Flow
Pressure-relief valveThis valve is usually installed across the pumps and discharge
headers or at critical points along the pipeline. It opens when a preset pressure is
exceeded and closes immediately after pressure drops below this setting. A damped
closure may be provided to allow for a longer closing time. One of the main concerns
is the considerable time lag for the valve to open following a power failure. Transient
pressure waves can come and go in a fraction of second. Very often, this valve is used
as a redundant measure, to limit the pressure rise during normal pumping operations.
Pump station bypass with check valveIf the suction water level is high, a bypass
line can slow the reduction in flow by supplying water to the pipeline during the
downsurge period (following a power failure) using potential energy in the suction
reservoir. However, it provides no upsurge protection to a pumping system because no
back flow is allowed through the check valve. It can be effective in a downhill or flat
pipeline.
A smaller bypass line is sometimes provided (as shown by dotted lines) around the
check valve in the primary bypass line.
B-300
HAMMER User's Guide
Inline bypass with check valveThe check valve is usually located downstream of
the location of cavitation at a high point. The bypass line should be sized so that no
high pressure is built up at the downstream section and no large reverse-flow velocity
occurs in the upstream section of the check valve. Normally, an air valve needs to be
installed at the crest to eliminate vapor pressure, and a surge-anticipator valve is
located at the pump station to protect it and the pipe section between the pump and the
high point.
Air-inlet (vacuum-breaker) valveThis valve consists of an orifice that can be

opened or blocked based on system pressure, often by a float device. When pressure
drops below the valve elevation, air is sucked in quickly through the inlet orifice to
maintain atmospheric pressure. If the opening is too small, the incoming air velocity
may reach the sonic limit, resulting in subatmospheric pressure inside the system. This
valve does not allow air to escape the system; it must exit farther down the line.
Air-release valveThis valve also consists of an orifice equipped with a mechanism
to open or close it, often by a float device. When air accumulates inside the valve
body, or reaches a preset residual volume, air is released from the valve in an orderly
and gradual manner. Air is not allowed to enter the system. This valve is commonly
installed at all local high points within the water system.
Combination air valveCombination air valves consist of at least two components:
a) a large air inlet valve, b) a large outlet orifice (two-way), and possibly a restrictor of
some kind to reduce the opening to a much smaller orifice (three-way) when air in the
valve body is less than the residual volume. When pressure drops below the elevation
of the valve, air enters quickly through the vacuum breaker to maintain the pressure
near atmospheric. Upon the upsurge, air can be expelled quickly through the bigger
HAMMER User's Guide
B-301

outlet, until the air in the system is almost totally removed and water starts to enter the
valve body. The remaining air volume inside the valve is released in a controlled
manner by the small outlet orifice, acting as an air cushion to reduce the transient pressure rise.
This type of valve is popular both for water-distribution systems and sanitary forcemains. However, if the air volume allowed into the pipe system is big and, if it is
released too quickly, excessively high transient pressures can occur when the two
water columns accelerate towards each other during a prolonged period of air release.
The static head can defeat the effectiveness of the air cushion due to the large buildup
of momentum in these accelerating water columns.
Hydraulically controlled slow-closing air valvesThis valve is located at high

points of the piping system and acts like an air-inlet valve and surge-anticipator. When
line pressure at the valve drops below atmospheric pressure, it admits air into the pipeline. Upon upsurge, air, water, or a mixture of air and water can bleed out to the atmosphere. One of the drawbacks of this installation is the need for a piping system to
drain water away.
B-302
HAMMER User's Guide

Surge-anticipator valveThe surge anticipator is normally installed across the
pump suction and discharge headers, with suitable connecting piping. It opens quickly
at a specified time after power failure (or at a preset low-pressure limit) to allow flow
to begin before the main upsurge returns to the pump station, then closes slowly at a
preadjusted rate. During the valve-closing period, flow may decrease much more
rapidly than the opening area of the valve. High flow velocities in the pipeline can
prevent a hydraulically actuated SAV from closing, in extreme cases. Consult the
valve manufacturers catalog to select the correct valve type, size, and piloting (if
applicable) for your application.
Time
Delay
Fully Open
Valve Opening
Valve Operation
g) Surge Anticipator
(Automatic Control)
Fast Open
Slow Closing
Time
Rupture diskA rupture disk is equipped with a membrane which can burst to
discharge a large flow rate and relieve mass (pressure) from the system whenever transient pressures exceed a pre-set value. Such disks may rupture at a different pressure
and both the upper and lower burst limit provided by the manufacturer should be
modeled using HAMMER.
Pressure-sustaining valveThis valve is usually installed at the downstream end of
a pump-discharge line. It dissipates large amounts of energy just before flow drains to
a lower-energy water system. The valve sustains a stable pressure to the upstream,
higher-head system, by adjusting the opening area of the valve multi-orifices.
However, during the transient period, this valve cannot physically tune the orifices
fast enough to catch rapid pressure changes.
A sample run based on a case study is presented in the following figure. As shown, the
combination air valve does not help to control surge due to the big air pocket and the
high head at the downstream reservoir, in this particular case.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-303
Figure B-19: HAMMER Results for a Combined Air Valve
B-304
HAMMER User's Guide
B.8.6
Operation and Maintenance

The following items can be considered when setting operation and maintenance
procedures for a pumping system:
Time delayFollowing a power failure or emergency shutdown, pumps should

be restarted only after transients have had sufficient time to decay and air has been
removed from the piping as much as possible. A transient decay analysis can be
simulated and a timer should be used to prevent a premature pump restart of:
The diesel pump
The duty pump (if power resumed quickly)
The standby power grid
Transient Tip: Restart time delays required to allow transients to decay

are typically short in terms of water supply (tens of
seconds). However, transients caused by a power failure
may already have come and gone (in a fraction of
second) within the same restart period. Should
significant air still remain in the water system, a fast
restart of the above device may actually worsen
Slow change of pump operationFlow in the water system will increase or

decrease slowly if the following procedures are applied:
Sequential pump shutdown or startup
Variable-speed pump ramps up and down gradually
Soft-start motor controllers for pump startup and shutdown
Slow and progressive operation of pump discharge control valves
Slow operation of isolation valves, drain valves, or reservoir/tank inlet valves
Air ventingThe air trapped at local high points must always be released during
both normal and emergency pumping operations. During line filling, air at local
high points must be vented in the proper order and pump flow must be much
smaller than its design capacity to avoid severe hydraulic transients and pipe
breaks.
Suction system hydraulicsThe size of the suction well and/or the suction lines
should be designed and operated adequately to prevent spilling or dewatering.
Whenever the capacity of the pump station increases, the suction system should
be modeled and possibly upgraded to ensure that NPSHA is greater than NPSHR,
while the upstream reservoir can freely fluctuate between designed high- and lowwater levels.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-305
Engineers Reference
B.9
Slow change of valve operationValve opening or closing times must be long

enough. Alternatively, two or more stages can be used, with different stroke
speeds for each.
Alarm setupAlarm systems should be regularly tested and checked. If false

alarms occur frequently, conduct an analysis to determine the causes and provide
remedial measures. Otherwise, operators may shutdown the alarm system to eliminate annoyances.
MaintenanceIt is essential to regularly inspect and clean the protection

devices, particularly those located outside the pump station.
Staff trainingA workshop can be presented to the engineers and operators, who
often know their water system better than any expert. Very often, the system needs
to be pushed beyond normal operating ranges to achieve the water-supply objectives. Training is particularly critical for existing pumping stations that have been
upgraded many times. It is also possible that operators are not aware of transients
occurring far from the pump station, where no one may be present to experience
them.
Engineers Reference
This section contains tables of commonly used roughness values and fitting loss coefficients.
Roughness Values:
B-306
Roughness ValuesMannings Equation on page B-307
Roughness ValuesDarcy-Weisbach Equation (Colebrook-White) on page B308
Roughness ValuesHazen-Williams Equation on page B-309
Typical Roughness Values for Pressure Pipes on page B-310
Fitting Loss Coefficients on page B-311
HAMMER User's Guide
B.9.1
Roughness ValuesMannings Equation

Commonly used roughness values for different materials are:
Table B-8: Mannings Coefficient (n) for Closed Metal Conduits
Flowing Partly Full
Channel Type and Description
Minimum
Normal
Maximum
a. Brass, smooth
0.009
0.010
0.013
1. Lockbar and welded
0.010
0.012
0.014
2. Riveted and spiral
0.013
0.016
0.017
1. Coated
0.010
0.013
0.014
2. Uncoated
0.011
0.014
0.016
1. Black
0.012
0.014
0.015
2. Galvanized
0.013
0.016
0.017
1. Subdrain
0.017
0.019
0.021
2. Storm drain
0.021
0.024
0.030
b. Steel
c. Cast iron
d. Wrought iron
e. Corrugated metal
HAMMER User's Guide
B-307
Engineers Reference
B.9.2
Roughness ValuesDarcy-Weisbach Equation

(Colebrook-White)
Table B-9: Darcy-Weisbach Roughness Heights e for Closed
Conduits
B-308
Pipe Material
(mm)
(ft.)
Glass, drawn brass, copper (new)
0.0015
0.000005
Seamless commercial steel (new)
0.004
0.000013
Commercial steel (enamel coated)
0.0048
0.000016
Commercial steel (new)
0.045
0.00015
Wrought iron (new)
0.045
0.00015
Asphalted cast iron (new)
0.12
0.0004
Galvanized iron
0.15
0.0005
Cast iron (new)
0.26
0.00085
Concrete (steel forms, smooth)
0.18
0.0006
Concrete (good joints, average)
0.36
0.0012
Concrete (rough, visible, form marks)
0.60
0.002
Riveted steel (new)
0.9 ~ 9.0
0.003 - 0.03
Corrugated metal
45
0.15
HAMMER User's Guide
B.9.3
Roughness ValuesHazen-Williams Equation

Table B-10: Hazen-Williams Roughness
Coefficients (C)
Pipe Material
Asbestos Cement
140
Brass
130-140
Brick sewer
100
Cast-iron
New, unlined
130
10 yr. Old
107-113
20 yr. Old
89-100
30 yr. Old
75-90
40 yr. Old
64-83
Concrete or concrete lined

Steel forms
140
Wooden forms
120
Centrifugally spun
135
Copper
130-140
Galvanized iron
120
Glass
140
Lead
130-140
Plastic
140-150
Steel
Coal-tar enamel, lined
145-150
New unlined
140-150
HAMMER User's Guide
B-309
Engineers Reference
Table B-10: Hazen-Williams Roughness
Coefficients (C) (Contd)
Pipe Material
Riveted
B.9.4
110
Tin
130
Vitrified clay (good condition)
110-140
Wood stave (average condition)
120
Typical Roughness Values for Pressure Pipes

Typical pipe roughness values are shown below. These values vary according to the
manufacturer, workmanship, age, and many other factors.
Table B-11: Comparative Pipe Roughness Values
Material
Mannings HazenCoefficient Williams

n
C
Darcy-Weisbach
Roughness Height
k (mm)
k (0.001 ft)
Asbestos cement
0.011
140
0.0015
0.005
Brass
0.011
135
0.0015
0.005
Brick
0.015
100
0.6
Cast-iron, new
0.012
130
0.26
0.85
Steel forms
0.011
140
0.18
0.6
Wooden forms
0.015
120
0.6
Centrifugally spun
0.013
135
0.36
1.2
Copper
0.011
135
0.0015
0.005
Corrugated metal
0.022
45
150
Galvanized iron
0.016
120
0.15
0.5
Glass
0.011
140
0.0015
0.005
Lead
0.011
135
0.0015
0.005
Concrete:
B-310
HAMMER User's Guide

Table B-11: Comparative Pipe Roughness Values (Contd)
Material
Mannings HazenCoefficient Williams

n
C
Darcy-Weisbach
Roughness Height
Plastic
0.009
150
0.0015
0.005
Coal-tar enamel
0.010
148
0.0048
0.016
New unlined
0.011
145
0.045
0.15
Riveted
0.019
110
0.9
Wood stave
0.012
120
0.18
0.6
Steel
B.9.5
Fitting Loss Coefficients

For similar fittings, the K-value is highly dependent on such things as bend radius and
contraction ratios.
Table B-12: Typical Fitting K Coefficients
Fitting
K Value
Pipe Entrance
Fitting
K Value
90 Smooth Bend
Bellmouth
0.03-0.05
Bend Radius / D = 4
0.16-0.18
Rounded
0.12-0.25
Bend Radius / D = 2
0.19-0.25
Sharp-Edged
0.50
Bend Radius / D = 1
0.35-0.40
Projecting
0.80
ContractionSudden
Mitered Bend
= 15
0.05
D2/D1 = 0.80
0.18
= 30
0.10
D2/D1 = 0.50
0.37
= 45
0.20
D2/D1 = 0.20
0.49
= 60
0.35
= 90
0.80
ContractionConical
D2/D1 = 0.80
0.05
D2/D1 = 0.50
0.07
HAMMER User's Guide
Tee
Line Flow
0.30-0.40
B-311
References
Table B-12: Typical Fitting K Coefficients (Contd)
Fitting
D2/D1 = 0.20
K Value
0.08
ExpansionSudden
K Value
Branch Flow
0.75-1.80
Cross
D2/D1 = 0.80
0.16
Line Flow
0.50
D2/D1 = 0.50
0.57
Branch Flow
0.75
D2/D1 = 0.20
0.92
45 Wye
ExpansionConical
B.10
Fitting
D2/D1 = 0.80
0.03
D2/D1 = 0.50
0.08
D2/D1 = 0.20
0.13
Line Flow
0.30
Branch Flow
0.50
References
Allievi, L., General Theory of Pressure Variation in Pipes, Ann. D. Ing. Et Archit.
Ital. Dec. 1902. English translation by Holmes, E., ASME, 1925
ASCE. (1975). Pressure Pipeline Design for Water and Wastewater. ASCE, New York,
New York.
Bergeron, L., Waterhammer in Hydraulics and Wave Surge in Electricity, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., N.Y., 1961
Brunone, B., Karney, B.W., Mecarelli, M., and Ferrante, M. Velocity Profiles and
Unsteady Pipe Friction in Transient Flow Journal of Water Resources Planning and
Management, ASCE, 126(4), 236-244, Jul. 2000.
Chaudhry, M.H., Applied Hydraulic Transients, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., N.Y.,
1979
Chaudhry, M.H. and Yevjevich, V. (1981) Closed Conduit Flow, Water Resources
Publication, USA
Chaudhry, M. H. (1987). Applied Hydraulic Transients. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New
York.
Elansari, A. S., Silva, W., and Chaudhry, M. H. (1994). Numerical and Experimental
Investigation of Transient Pipe Flow. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 32, 689.
B-312
HAMMER User's Guide

Filion, Y., and Karney, B. W. (2002). A Numerical Exploration of Transient Decay
Mechanisms in Water Distribution Systems., Proceedings of the ASCE Environmental Water Resources Institute Conference, American Society of Civil Engineers,
Roanoke, Virginia
Fok, A., Design Charts for Air Chamber on Pump Pipelines, J. of Hyd. Div., ASCE,
Sept. 1978
Fok, A., Ashamalla, A., and Aldworth, G., Considerations in Optimizing Air
Chamber for Pumping Plants, Symposium on Fluid Transients and Acoustics in the
Power Industry, San Francisco, U.S.A. Dec. 1978
Fok, A., Design Charts for Surge Tanks on Pump Discharge Lines, BHRA 3rd Int.
Conference on Pressure Surges, Bedford, England, Mar. 1980.
Fok, A., Waterhammer & Its Protection in Pumping Systems, Hydrotechnical
Conference, CSCE, Edmonton, May 1982
Fok, A., A contribution to the Analysis of Energy Losses in Transient Pipe Flow,
Ph.D. Thesis, University of Ottawa, 1987
Fox, J.A., Hydraulic Analysis of Unsteady Flow in Pipe Network, Wiley, N.Y., 1977
Hamam, M.A. and McCorquodale, J.A., Transient Conditions in the Transition from
Gravity to Surcharged Sewer Flow, Canadian J. of Civil Eng., Sep. 1982
Jaeger, C., Fluid Transients in Hydro-Electric Engineering Practice, Blackie & Son
Ltd., 1977
Joukowski, N. Paper to Polytechnic Soc. Moscow, Spring of 1898, English translation
by Miss O. Simin. Proc. AWWA, 1904
Koelle, E., Luvizotto, Jr., E., and Andrade, J.P.G. Personality Investigation of
Hydraulic Networks using MOC Method of Characteristics Proceedings of the 7th
International Conference on Pressure Surges and Fluid Transients, Harrogate Durham,
United Kingdom, 1996.
Li, J. & McCorquodale, A. (1999) Modelling Mixed Flow in Storm Sewers, Journal
of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 125, No. 11, pp. 1170-1180.
Moody, L. F., Friction Factors for Pipe Flow, Trans. ASME, Vol. 66, 1944
Parmakian, J., Waterhammer Design Criteria, J. of Power Div., ASCE, Sept. 1957
Parmakian, J. (1963). Waterhammer Analysis. Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
New York.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-313
References
Pickford, J., Analysis of Surge, Macmillian, London 1969
Quick, R.S., Comparison & Limitations of Various Waterhammer Theories, J. of
Hyd. Div., ASME, May 1933
Rich, G.R., Hydraulic Transients, Dover, USA 1963
Savic, D.A., and Walters, G.A. (1995). Genetic Algorithms Techniques for Calibrating Network Models, Report No. 95/12, Centre for Systems and Control Engineering, School of Engineering, University of Exeter, Exeter, United Kingdom, 41.
Sharp, B., Waterhammer Problems & Solutions, Edward Arnold Ltd., London 1981
Song, C.C. et al, Transient Mixed-Flow Models for Storm Sewers, J. of Hyd. Div.,
Vol. 109, Nov. 1983
Stephenson, D., Pipe Flow Analysis, Elsevier, Vol. 19, S.A. 1984
Streeter, V. L., Lai, C. (1962). Waterhammer Analysis Including Fluid Friction.
Journal of Hydraulics Division, ASCE, 88, 79.
Streeter V.L. and Wylie E.B., Fluid Mechanics, McGraw-Hill Ltd., USA 1981
Thorley, A.R.D., Fluid Transients in Pipeline Systems, D.&L. George, Herts,
England, 1991.
Tullis, J.P., Control of Flow in Closed Conduits, Fort Collins, Colorado, 1971
Vallentine, H.R., Rigid Water Column Theory for Uniform Gate Closure, J. of Hyd.
Div. ASCE, July 1965
Watters, G.Z., Modern Analysis and Control of Unsteady Flow in Pipelines, Ann
Arbor Sci., 2nd Ed., 1984.
Walski, T.M. and Lutes, T.L. (1994) Hydraulic Transients Cause Low-Pressure Problems. Journal of the American Water Works Association, 75(2), 58.
Wood, D. J., Dorsch, R. G., and Lightner, C. (1966). Wave-Plan Analysis of Unsteady
Flow in Closed Conduits. Journal of Hydraulics Division, ASCE, 92, 83.
Wood, F.M., History of Waterhammer, Civil Engineering Research Report, #65,
Queens University, Canada, 1970.
Wood, F.M., Comparison of the Rigid Column and Elastic Theories for Waterhammer, Can. Hydraulic Conference, U. of Alberta, Edmonton, May 1973.
B-314
HAMMER User's Guide

Wu, Z. Y., and Simpson, A.R. Evaluation of Critical Transient Loading for Optimal
Design of Water Distribution Systems. Proceedings of the Hydroinformatics conference, Iowa, 2000.
Wylie, E.B., Rigid Water Column Theory, Ch. 6. 7 in Closed Conduit Flow,
edited by Chaudhry & Yeijevich, V., Water Resource Publications, USA, 1981
Wylie, E. B., and Streeter, V. L. (1993). Fluid Transients in Systems. Prentice-Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
Zielke, W., Frequency Dependent Friction in Transient Pipe Flow, Ph. D. Thesis, U.
of Michigan, 1966.
HAMMER User's Guide
B-315
References
B-316
HAMMER User's Guide
Appendix
About Haestad
Methods
Haestad Methods offers software solutions to civil engineers throughout the world for
analyzing, modeling, and designing all sorts of hydrologic and hydraulic systems,
from municipal water and sewer systems to stormwater ponds, open channels, and
more. With point-and-click data entry, flexible units, and report-quality output,
Haestad Methods is the ultimate source for your modeling needs.
In addition to the ability to run in Stand-Alone mode with a CAD-like interface, three
of our productsWaterCAD, StormCAD, and SewerCADcan be totally integrated
within AutoCAD. These three programs also share numerous powerful features, such
as scenario management, unlimited undo/redo, customizable tables for editing and
reporting, customizable GIS, database and spreadsheet connection, and annotation.
Be sure to contact us or visit our Web site at http://www.haestad.com to find out about
our latest software, books, training, and open houses.
C.1
Software
Haestad Methods software includes:
WaterGEMS
WaterCAD
SewerCAD
StormCAD
PondPack
FlowMaster
CulvertMaster
HAMMER User's Guide
C-317
Software
C.1.1
WaterGEMS
WaterGEMS brings the concept of water modeling and GIS integration to the next
level. It is the only water-distribution modeling software that provides full, completely
seamless integration with GIS applications. Now the combined functionality of
WaterCAD and GIS can be utilized simultaneously, synthesizing the distinct advantages of each application to create a modeling tool with an unprecedented level of
freedom, power, efficiency, and usability.
You can create, display, edit, run, map, and design water models from within the GIS
environment, and view the results of the simulations as native GIS maps or with traditional Haestad Methods modeling tools. These abilities, in conjunction with the crossproduct functionality provided by the core Unified Data and Object Model architecture, provide a powerful cutting-edge solution for your modeling projects.
WaterGEMS works within your choice of environments: ArcView, ArcEdit, ArcInfo,
AutoCAD, or the standalone WaterGEMS Modeler interface.
C.1.2
WaterCAD
WaterCAD is the definitive model for complex pressurized-pipe networks, such as
municipal water-distribution systems. You can use WaterCAD to perform a variety of
functions, including steady-state and extended-period simulations of pressure
networks with pumps, tanks, control valves, and more.
WaterCADs abilities also extend into public safety and long-term planning issues,
with extensive water quality features, automated fire protection analyses, comprehensive scenario management, and enterprisewide datasharing faculties.
WaterCAD is available with your choice of a stand-alone graphical user interface and
an AutoCAD-integrated interface.
C.1.3
SewerCAD
SewerCAD is a powerful design and analysis tool for modeling sanitary sewage
collection and pumping systems. With SewerCAD, you can develop and compute
sanitary loads, tracking and combining loads from dry-weather and wet-weather
sources. You can also simulate the hydraulic response of the entire system (gravity
collection and pressure force mains), observe the effects of overflows and diversions,
and even automatically design selected portions of the system. Output covers everything from customizable tables and detailed reports to plan and profile sheets.
SewerCAD can be run in a stand-alone graphical user interface, an AutoCAD-integrated interface, or an ArcView- or ArcInfo-integrated interface.
C-318
HAMMER User's Guide
About Haestad Methods
C.1.4
StormCAD
StormCAD is a highly efficient model for the design and analysis of storm sewer
collection systems. From graphical layout and intelligent network connectivity to flexible reports and profiles, StormCAD covers all aspects of storm-sewer modeling.
Surface inlet networks are independent of pipe connectivity and inlet hydraulics
conform to FHWA HEC-22 methodologies. Gradually varied flow algorithms and a
variety of popular junction-loss methods are the foundation of StormCADs robust
gravity piping computations, which handle everything from surcharged pipes and
diversions to hydraulic jumps.
StormCAD is available with your choice of a stand-alone graphical user interface, an
AutoCAD-integrated interface, or an ArcView- or ArcInfo-integrated interface.
C.1.5
PondPack
PondPack is a comprehensive, Windows-based hydrologic modeling program that
analyzes a tremendous range of situations, from simple sites to complex networked
watersheds. HAMMER analyzes pre- and postdeveloped watershed conditions and
estimates required storage ponds. PondPack performs interconnected pond routing,
and also computes outlet rating curves with tailwater effects, multiple outfalls, pond
infiltration, and pond-detention times.
PondPack builds customized reports organized by categories, automatically creating
section and page numbers, tables of contents, and indexes. You can quickly create an
executive summary for an entire watershed or build an elaborate drainage report
showing any or all report items. Graphical displays, such as watershed diagrams, rainfall curves, and hydrographs, are fully compatible with other Windows software, such
as AutoCAD.
HAMMER User's Guide
C-319
Haestad Press
C.1.6
FlowMaster
FlowMaster is an efficient program for the design and analysis of a wide variety of
hydraulic elements, such as pressure pipes, open channels, weirs, orifices, and inlets.
FlowMasters Hydraulics Toolbox can create rating tables and performance curves for
any variables, using popular friction methods. Inlet calculations follow the latest
FHWA guidelines, and weighting of irregular section roughness can be based on any
popular techniques.
C.1.7
CulvertMaster
CulvertMaster helps engineers design new culverts and analyze existing culvert
hydraulics, from single-barrel crossings to complex multibarrel culverts with roadway
overtopping. CulvertMaster computations use HDS No. 5 methodologies, allowing
you to solve for whatever hydraulic variables you dont know, such as culvert size,
peak discharge, and headwater elevation. Output capabilities include comprehensive
detailed reports, rating tables, and performance curves.
C.2
Haestad Press
Haestad Press provides civil engineering professionals with
affordable, quality reference and textbooks dedicated to the
practical application of engineering theory to hydraulics and
hydrology. Haestad Press publications include:
C-320
References and Textbooks:
Authored by industryrecognized experts, Haestad Press offers a complete

line of reference books for use in both academic and
professional settings.
Technical Journals:
With an eye towards computer technology, journals

like Current Methods address the latest innovations
in water-resources modeling and practical modeling
case studies, as well as offering credit towards
certification.
Independent Papers:
Haestad Press also provides funding for engineers to

write case studies of their projects, with potential
publication in a variety of industry journals and
magazines.
HAMMER User's Guide
About Haestad Methods
C.3
Training and Certification

The Haestad Methods Continuing Education department
has rightfully earned a reputation for excellence among
hydraulic modelers, because of both the high quality of
the educational experience and the friendly and professional environment that is provided at locations
throughout the world. These training programs are
famous for efficiently and effectively teaching engineers
how to apply hydraulic theory and state-of-the-art software to real-world design situations.
Modelers can become certified in a variety of water-related fields, through an assortment of teaching methods including
JumpStart seminars
Comprehensive workshops
Publication-Based programs
To obtain more information about Haestad Methods certification programs or to see

upcoming events in a city near you, visit http://www.haestad.com.
C.3.1
Accreditations
Haestad Methods has achieved the highest levels of accreditation from both the International Association for Continuing Education and Training (IACET) and the Professional Development Registry for Engineers and Surveyors (PDRES). In addition to
Haestad Methods own prestigious certifications, these endorsements enable modelers
to earn Continuing Education Units (CEUs) and Professional Development Hours
(PDHs) for their satisfactory participation in various training and educational
programs.
C.4
Internet Resources
In addition to modeling software, continuing education, and publications, Haestad
Methods also provides Internet-based tools to help engineers manage their account
information, manage their projects, and manage their sanity.
Use the Globe button to access the Haestad Methods knowledge base and
instant software updates for ClientCare subscribers. For more information, see
Upgrades and the Globe Button on page 1-7.
HAMMER User's Guide
C-321
Internet Resources
C.4.1
Instant Account Management

Now you can go on-line to manage your own account information, such as to conveniently maintain your products, customize your communication settings, or indicate
your areas of interest. Just visit the accounts section at http://www.haestad.com.
C.4.2
CivilQuiz.com
CivilQuiz.com is a great way to treat yourself to some fun with a quick on-line engineering challenge, and maybe win a laptop or other prizes along the way. You can
even submit your own questions to stump future CivilQuiz players.
C-322
HAMMER User's Guide
Appendix
Environmental
Hydraulics Group
Group, Inc. (EHG), consulting engineers with a solid track record across Canada and
four continents. For over 15 years, local and international firms and governments have
relied on EHGs stable team to solve their most difficult hydraulic problems: we are
the Water Hammer Specialists. Our track record is proof of our ability to resolve
complex challenges in the public, mining, industrial, and power sectors in dealing
with environmental and hydraulic issues.
HAMMER is owned and marketed worldwide by Haestad Methods, Inc., who have
forged a long-term collaboration with EHG to support, improve and provide training
for it. EHG hopes you will benefit from HAMMERs powerful capabilities and, when
you need it, we offer engineering services for expert reviews, build-operate-transfer
models, teaming, and consulting (http://www.ehg-inc.com).
EHG can measure transient flows and pressures in your system to calibrate
HAMMER to explain breaks. EHG brings the right combination of experience,
testing expertise and emerging talent to contribute to your project.
D.1
Water Networks and Transmission Lines

Water systems are EHGs core expertise. EHG has used HAMMER to model entire
networks for the City of Thunder Bay, Ontario (150,000 population); Calgary, Alberta
(900,000 population); Alliston and parts of the City of Toronto. Explosive growth in
the City of Toronto and the surrounding Peel and York Regions (populations 2.5, 1.0,
and 0.8 million, respectively) requires massive infrastructure investments.
EHG was retained to ensure the resulting Peel-York water supply pipeline (dark line)
and the areas pump stations (PS) and distribution networks will be expanded and
operated reliably: EHGs hydraulic and water hammer models of the Peel-York pipeline guided route selection, conceptual and detailed design of 10 PS, 3 reservoirs and
40 km (18 miles) of 2100 and 1800 mm (82 and 70 in) pipeall tied into existing
water networks.
HAMMER User's Guide
D-323
Water Networks and Transmission Lines
EHG completed NPSH and pump tests (ANSI 1.6 standard) at the City of Torontos
800 MLD (211 MGD) Ellesmere pump station. The calibrated model supports a 40%
increase in capacity with improved surge protection.
EHG was retained to provide hydraulic input to a network-wide optimization and
risk-reduction strategy for Toronto and York, Niagara, and Ottawa.
Long-distance water transmission lines must be economical, reliable and expandable. EHGs track record includes multi-booster pressurized lines with surge protection ranging from check valves to gas vessels. EHG has particular expertise designing
pressurized and open-channel pipeline segments, using gravity flow where possible to
reduce energy costs. EHG has ensured reliable water transmission for the Peel-York
and City of Toronto systems described above and also:
D-324
225 MLD, 56 km, 1050 mm (60 MGD, 35 mi, 40 in) line for the capital City of
Regina, Saskatchewan (200,000 population).
346 MLD, 50 km, 1200 mm (91 MGD, 31 mi, 47 in) line for the City of London,
Ontario (340,000 population), including two large gas vessel installations.
60 MLD, 57 km, 600 mm (16 MGD, 35 mi, 24 in) line for Alliston, Ontario
(30,000 population), with supply to a Honda plant and a 10 km line to Beeton.
Major pipelines in Tanzania, Nevada (USA), Argentina, and Vietnam.
HAMMER User's Guide
Environmental Hydraulics Group
D.2
Deep Sewers and Tunnels

EHG's experience with hydraulic structures in large, complex systems has provided
effective solutions to many problems using computer (numerical) or scale (physical)
models for plant operations, combined sewer overflow (CSO) reduction and outfall
dispersion studies.
EHG used HAMMER to design a practical and economical solution to the City of
Ottawas sanitary trunk system problems after power failures.
Rapid surcharge and
surge fronts had
damaged infrastructure and caused spills
to the local environment. Field checking
and detailed
modeling revealed
City of Ottawa
that a mass flow
reversal and oscillation phenomenon
could occur in this
system. Reconfiguring the pump station with a high-tech duck bill check valve resulted in a longterm, reliable solution.
EHG contributed input to environmental assessment (EA) for the City of Hamiltons
Greenhill drop shaft and CSO tank twinning project. This 44 m (144 ft.) drop shaft
and 200 m (660 ft.) tunnel conveys flows ranging from 0.5 to 50 m3/s (18 to 1,800 cfs)
under the environmentally-protected Niagara Escarpment. EHG designed, constructed
and tested a 1:12 scale model to configure a vortex-inlet design for the new drop and
tunnel using the existing system for air recirculation at low flows.
EHG resolved constraints ranging from surges (due to attachment during surcharge) to
moving hydraulic jumps and integrated the existing CSO tank in an end-to-end
hydraulic conveyance analysis for the upgraded system, complete with a new 65 ML
(17 million gallon) tank with flushing system. The project passed numerical and scale
model proof-of-concept tests, following which more scale modeling was ordered to
guide detailed design.
HAMMER User's Guide
D-325
Hydraulic Testing and Forensic Engineering
City of Hamilton
EHG has provided expert review of the City of Torontos 4 km long, 40 m deep, 85
ML Western Beaches tunnel and participated on a design-build team for the City of
Ottawas 4.8 km, 57 ML Somerset tunnelboth complete with drop and overflow
shafts. Key considerations include air handling, mass oscillations during filling and
surcharge of the surface sewers and/or overflow handling. EHG offers the right
combination of experience, expertise and tools to find solutions.
D.3
Hydraulic Testing and Forensic Engineering

EHG offers on-site hydraulic test and training services
including:
Pump testing including head-efficiency-flow and
NPSHR curves and a calibrated model of suction
system losses and NPSHAcomplete with discharge
system and yard piping.
Reservoir mixing using tracers complete with log-inactivation report and improvement tips. EHG also calibrates scale or computer models.
Troubleshooting of all kinds to find and fix hydraulic
bottlenecks, explain breaks, etc.
Operator and supervisor training in pump stations and
industrial/mining plants for water hammer safety and
maximum efficiency.
City of Thunder Bay
D-326
Plant conveyance, fill/drain and transient reviews

complete with dynamic models.
HAMMER User's Guide
D.3.1
Pump Station Upgrades and NPHS Testing

Pump tests are the best way to get reliable estimates of how an upgraded pump station
will perform based on the proposed and existing pump curves. These may match (or
not) at the operating point, significantly affecting the firm capacity. The published
pump curves are often not enough because impeller trimming, cavitation and wear can
all change a pump's head-flow performance. In addition, pump performance at the
factory is never the same as its output at the pump station. Testing is a wise investment, given the high energy cost of running the wrong pump combinations or the
expense involved with incorrectly installing or operating a new pump.
EHG and CWS use a modified ANSI 1.6 (Hydraulic Institute standard) test procedure
to obtain the NPSHR and head vs. flow curves for your pump. State-of-the-art
Primayer pressure loggers ( 2%) and Quadrina insertable flow meters ( 5%) obtain
data every 5 seconds. The procedure yields a calibrated suction system model in
WaterCAD (and HAMMER if requested), complete with NSPHA at each pump location. Based on this, you can make important upgrade decisions (or defer them) with
confidence.
D.3.2
Expert Witness and Break Investigations

The professional engineers of Ontario (PEO) designated EHGs founder and CEO, Dr.
Alan Fok, P.Eng., a Hydraulic Specialist in 1983 for his contributions to hydraulics.
EHG has performed pre-trial investigations, discovery and expert witness services for
several high-profile legal cases ranging from a penstock burst on the Welland Canal to
two urban flooding and erosion lawsuits (EHG acted for the plaintiff on one and the
defense for the other). EHGs objective field work, analysis and computer modeling
helps the parties to settle the matter or find a mediated solution.
HAMMER User's Guide
D-327
Field and Lab Tests for Disinfection

EHG performed five break investigations including computer modeling and reports in
2002-2003 alone. EHG identified the causes and provided practical solutions to difficult problems ranging from repeated pipe bursts, river crossing breaks, thrust restraint
failure, pump casing bursts, shaft breaks, and premature impeller wear due to cavitation on the suction and discharge sides. In addition to ensuring worker and environmental safety, the cost of this service is typically repaid several times over within a
few years by eliminating the need to repair breaks and lost production.
Sand sucked in,

contamination
D.4
Field and Lab Tests for Disinfection

EHG has provided field tests and scale models in the lab to ensure that water reservoirs deliver the required log-inactivation and disinfection performance:
Scale model of the Ottawa South reservoir (4.6 ML capacity), with inflows
ranging from 5 to 25 MLD and strict criteria for the chlorine residual in all areas
of the reservoir. EHG ensured the turn over rate of the water volume was maximized and provided a chlorine diffuser design.
Scale model of the Glen Cairn reservoir (68

ML capacity), with inflows ranging from 5 to
30 MLD. This was modeled in the lab to identify dead zones (see photo) and resolve them
using inexpensive diffuser and baffling
designs.
Tracer Test of the Brantford Water Treatment

Plant, whose contact chamber was upgraded
with baffles to improve disinfection performance. EHG confirmed this by determining the current T10, T50, and T90 values in the upgraded contact chamber. This
was used to predict seasonal log-inactivation performance.
EHG has also performed sub-atmospheric
leakage tests to ASTM standards. This was done
to explain repeated pipe breaks but this work led
to improved standards for gasket designs and
installation techniques in the province of
Ontario.Subatmospheric transient pressures can
suck contaminants into the water system.
D-328
HAMMER User's Guide
D.5
Hydropower and Cogeneration

The use of small hydroelectric plants and/or cogeneration is prevalent in Ontario and
their hydraulic components serve multiple uses. Their primary purpose is to provide
power and/or to reuse energy (i.e., hot water) to heat the facility and sometimes the
surrounding homes and businesses. EHG has modeled district cooling and heating
water systems, hydro tailraces, and two different types of penstocks impacting a canal
and generating station, respectively.
EHG explained the cause of the penstock rupture in the Welland Canal on the St.
Lawrence Seaway using advanced HAMMER technology and other tools.
EHG has correctly predicted the operational behavior of hydro systems (penstock and
tailrace) and helped explain a needle valve break.
D.6
Mining and Industrial

EHG has a strong track record in resolving critical safety and production issues faced
by the mining and industrial sectors. EHG's specialist hydraulic services are essential
for safe, uninterrupted and efficient hydraulic conveyance of water, process fluids and
slurries. EHG has provided pre-design and post-break project reviews to mining
clients directly as well as in close partnership with leading firms.
Our clients include Barrick Gold, Newmont, QIT Fer et Titane, Inco, and others. EHG
has been consulted on several of Barrick Golds plant projects.
EHG does not endorse products and its specialist practice extends to all sectors
(power, public, legal), therefore, EHG is completely independent and objective when
assessing facts or rendering opinions. EHGs advanced hydraulic services include:
Hydraulic conveyanceensure your plant can perform at maximum efficiency

by eliminating bottlenecks, such as under-sized pipes and launders or transitions.
Plant optimizationimprove solids separation in thickeners or mix using gravity

jets and tanks to minimize settlement, scale and power requirements.
Slurry and process pumpingkeep operators and equipment safe from water
hammer damage and reduce down-time due to unplanned emergency shut-downs.
Pre-start hydraulic reviewidentify key operational constraints for starting,

ramping and stopping a plant or pipeline; including restarts after a break or
planned maintenance.
HAMMER User's Guide
D-329
Mining and Industrial
D-330
HAMMER User's Guide
Index
Symbols
.ANI 26, 138
.GRP 138, 139, 212
.HIF 137, 138, 141
.HOF 26, 137
.MDB 138, 139, 141
.MDB import and export 105
.OUT 139, 203
.RPT 139, 140
A
about HAMMER 1
Access 95, 105
acknowledgements 236
addresses 13
AdminTools 11
air chamber 294
air chambers 190
air release valve 183
air vacuum valves 183
air volume maximum 164
amplitude 165
animate 211
animation 201, 215
controller 26
generate 26
animation controller 216
animation data 215
animations 26
annotation 212
annotations
adding 214
anti-alias 149
anticipator valves 190
ARV 183
ASCII text 203
attribute type 150
attribute value ranges 152
automatic scaling 213
HAMMER User's Guide
AVV 183
axes 211
B
Bernoulli equation 246
bladder 188
booster pump bypass 297
bottom gravity discharge tank 228
boundaries 164
boundaries of the system 161
boundary conditions 192
buttons 75
online help topic navigation 36
C
calibration 197
CAV 183
celerity 257
certification 321
characteristic time 261
check run 195
check valve 163
check valves 181, 297
check valves between two pipes 168
check valves installed 186
Chezys equation 281
CivilQuiz.com 322
ClientCare 7, 219
closed-form analytical solutions 197
coefficient
head loss 166
Colebrook-White
typical values 308
Colebrook-White equation 280
color coding
line thickness 128
color map selector 232
color maps 208
color ramp 209
Index-331
D
color-code 201
colors 206
colors tab 142
combination air valves 183, 190
company name 232
conservation of energy 245, 248
constant horsepower pumps 270
constraining input 152
consumption node 164, 196
contact 13
contacting Haestad Methods 13
contamination 192
continuity equation 247
continuity equation for unsteady flow 248
control status 170
control type 170
control valves 221
control variable 179
copy graph settings 213
copying elements 157
corresponding pressures 168
cover opening diameter 165
create ASCII file 138
creating new elements 154
CulvertMaster 320
curve
pumps 177, 270
cutting elements 157
dead end 165

decimal point 151
deleting elements 157
demand alternatives 221
design point 172
determining run duration 144
diameter 163, 165, 184
maintenance hole cover 165
orifice 165
pumps 178
discharge coefficient 169
display options 206
display precision 151
display tips 231
draw
lines 29
symbols 29
text 29
draw lines 214
draw symbol 214
draw text 214
drawing options 149
drawing pane 19
lock 149
locking 158
duty point 172
echoid 11
editing elements 156
efficiency
pumps 172
EGL 247
EHG 2, 323
elastic simulation 191
elastic theory 248, 255, 256
elasticity 257
element
display 232
element map
WaterCAD to HAMMER 47
WaterGEMS to HAMMER 47
element selector control 19
elements
color code 232
colors 206, 207
coordinates 162
Darcy-Weisbach 148
equation 278
roughness values 308
Darcy-Weisbach equation 278
data
copy 28
paste 28
data check 195
data form
add 30
set 30
swap 30
data logging 199
data requirements 192
database 26
datastore 138
import/export 141
Index-332
HAMMER User's Guide
F
copying 157
cutting 157
data control 19
deleting 157
description 162
editing 156
editor 161
elevation 162
finding 157
general properties 162
label 162
labels 206, 207
moving 156
pasting 157
report period 162
selecting 155
type 161, 162
validation 195
elevation 166
of the top of base 187
of the top of tank 186
of top of riser 187
of top of tank 187
pumps 172
e-mail 13
emitter k values for hydrants 230
energy grade 247
engineers reference 306
English 145, 150
Environmental Hydraulics Group (EHG) 2, 323
EPANET 25, 105, 139, 223
export 140
import 114, 140
equations
Bernoulli 246
Chezys 281
Colebrook-White 280
continuity 247
continuity for unsteady flow 248
Darcy-Weisbach 278
Hazen-Williams 277
Levenberg-Marquardt method 270
Mannings 280
method of characteristics 250
momentum for unsteady flow 249
Swamee and Jain 279
transients 248
unsteady state 248
valve closing pattern 274
HAMMER User's Guide
estimating hydrant discharge 230

exponent in gas law 188
export 139
.MDB 105
database 141
EPANET 105, 140
GIS 141
tips 219
external tool manager 25
external-source data 105
extreme heads 203
extremes reports 204
F
favorites 34
field measurements 199
file formats 137
file I/O tab 143
files
input and output 137
finding elements 157
first law of thermodynamics 245
fitting loss coefficients 311
FlexUnits 26, 142, 145, 150
defined 149
manager 150
flow 164, 181, 187
maximum and minimum 164
flow control equipment 161
flow decreasing characteristics 276
flow emitters 196, 230
FlowMaster 320
format
data 28
figure 28
graph 28
line 213
shade 213
format data 213
format display 159
format graph 211, 212
formatted reports 95
friction 285
friction coefficient 163
friction loss 277
quasi-steady 148
steady-state 147
Index-333
G
transient 148
unsteady 148
friction method 147
friction methods 189
G
gas vessel 294
definition 187
gas vessels 185, 190
generate animation data 137, 215
generate animations 26, 215
generate output database 95
getting started 81
global HAMMER options 142, 232
globe button 7
graph annotation 212
graph formatting 211, 212
graph settings 213
graph type 212
grid lines 213
grids 211
ground elevation 166
groundwater well 227
H
Haestad Methods
about us 317
accreditations 321
certification 321
continuing education 321
knowledge base 231
publications 320
software 317
training 321
Haestad Press 320
HAMMER
about 1
capabilities 235
datastore 138
getting started 12, 81
installing 3
learning 12, 13
lessons 81
network installation 10
network license 8
Index-334
network registration 8
operating systems 5
preferences 26
registration 6
sales 13
suggestions to Haestad Methods 15
support 13
tutorials 81
upgrades 7
HAMMER main window 18
HAMMER viewer 20
Hazen-Williams 147
Hazen-Williams equation 277
coefficients 310
head
maximum and minimum 163, 164
head loss coefficient 166, 186, 187
head losses 186
Helmholtz 258
help
using 30
See also online help.
HGL 201, 247
HGL profile 201
hiding symbols 149
high-speed sensors 199
history 211
history table 203
hydrant discharge 230
hydraulic element reference 161
hydraulic elements
reuse 233
hydraulic grade 247
hydraulic transient
numerical simulation 190
See also transient.
hydraulic transient analysis 189
hydraulic transients
overview 236
hydraulically close tanks 228
hydropneumatic tanks 227
I
import 139
.MDB 105
database 141
HAMMER User's Guide
J
EPANET 105, 140, 223
GIS 141
PIPE2000 105, 142, 223
Surge2000 105, 223
tips 219
WaterCAD 105
WaterCAD/WaterGEMS 141
WaterGEMS 105
WaterGEMS/WaterCAD 223
import EPANET 114
import PIPE2000 115
import Surge2000 115
independent papers 320
index 32
inertia 173, 179, 296
pumps 172, 173
inflow diameter 183
infrastructure 192
initial air volume 183
initial flow 177
initial typical flow 168
initial volume of gas 187
initial water level 186
input files 137
installation 3, 5
network 10
troubleshooting 6
installing HAMMER 3
interior points 205
introduction 1
display 232
graph 211
node 207
pipe 207
short 207
large files 224
lessons 81
network risk reduction 115
one 82
pipeline protection 82
three 115
two 105
working with data from external sources 105
Levenberg-Marquardt method 270
license 6
network 7, 8
line
thicknesses 128
line formatting 213
liquid 146
liquid properties 146
lock 158
lock aspect ratio 29, 159
lock drawing pain 24
lock drawing pane 149
log file 203
logo 206, 232
logs
view 25
loss 277
losses 186, 282
minor 282
losses ratio 166
junction
defined 164
K
K coefficients 311
k values 230
kinematic viscosity 279
knowledge base 231
L
labels 206
HAMMER User's Guide
magnify 158
main window 18
maintenance hole 165
maintenance procedures 305
manhole nodes
maintenance hole 165
Mannings equation 147, 280
typical values 310
maps
color 208
maximum value 152
Index-335
N
mean value 165
measurements 199
menus 19, 21
edit 23
file 22
format display 29
format graph 27
help 27
tools 25
view 24
method of characteristic (MOC) 250
method of characteristics (MOC) 191
methods for solving transient flow 237
metric 145, 150
Microsoft Access 95, 105, 203
minimum value 152
minor losses 277, 282
fitting 311
modeling tips 224
moment of inertia 180
momentum equation 249
morphing elements 155
mouse button 233
moving elements 156
msaccess.exe 95
multiple
pump curve 270
N
Navier-Stokes 191
network 7, 8
license manager 11
network licensing 7
network topologies 264
network topology 195
new elements 154
node reports 205
nodes 164
at pipe ends 163
consumption 164, 196
dead end 165
periodic head or flow 165
to 163
nominal flow 177
nominal head 177
normalize 149
normalize symbol size 24
Index-336
numerical calibration 197

numerical simulation 190
O
one-way surge tank 186
online book
using 30
online help
favorites tab 34
index tab 32
navigation buttons 36
previous/next buttons 36
related topics 32, 35
search tab 33
topics 35
using 30, 31
open HAMMER 17
operating point 267
operating rule 166, 169, 180
operating systems supported 5
operation classification 261
operation procedures 305
operation time 261
operational rule 180
options 206
orifice at branch end 170, 196
orifice between two pipes 171
orifice demand 196
orifice diameter 165
orifice to atmosphere 170, 196
orifices
rating curve 171
reference 170
oscillation period 165
other options 232
outflow diameter 183
output 202
output database 26
output files 137
output manager 25
output variable 26
overflows 192
overview
transients 236
HAMMER User's Guide
P
page setup 29
page view 29, 159, 214
pan 24, 158
parallel pipes 228
parallel pumps 228
parameters 26
paste graph settings 213
paste symbols 28
pasting elements 157
path 210
definition 20
path list 210
PDF 30
percent efficiency 178
turbine
efficiency 180
performing calculations of transient flow and
head 266
period 165
periodic flow 165
periodic head 165
phase 165
phone numbers 13
pipe
bonding nodes 163
pipe breaks 192
pipe elasticity 257
pipe elasticity and celerity 259
pipe elevations
adjustment 194
pipe materials 259
PIPE2000 105, 139, 223
import 115, 142
pipes 163
check valve 163
diameter 163
friction coefficient 163
length 163
pipes reports 205
piping design 286
piping layout 286
PLC 176
plot 210, 211
pocket reports 205
point
design/duty 172
HAMMER User's Guide
point histories 210

Poissons ratio 259
precision 151
preferences 26
prescribed quantity 165
pressure 178
head 246
maximum and minimum 164
pressure relief valves 181
pressure wave 261
pressurized systems 236
previews 214
print previews 214
profile 210
profile plot 211
profile setup 210
programmable logic controller 176
project options 142, 232
protection devices 288
protection equipment 181, 244
pump curves 222
pump quadrants 222
pumping systems 264
pumps 222
behavior 267
bypass 297
characteristics 267
constant horsepower 270
constant speed at reservoir 172
constant speed between 2 pipes 171, 172
control variable 179
curve 177
diameter 178
efficiency 172, 178
element reference 177
elevation 172
flow 177
fundamentals 171
head 177
inertia 172, 173, 179
operating point 267, 268
operating rule 180
pressure 178
protection 297
quadrants 175
reverse spin 178
shut after time delay 172
specific speed 172, 174
speed 172, 177, 179
Index-337
Q
theory 267
time delay 178
time to close 178, 179
variable speed 269
variable speed (VSP) 176
variable speed between two pipes 172
Q
quadrant representations 175
quadrants 222
quasi-steady friction 283
quasi-steady friction loss 148
quick start 81
R
RAM 224
rating curve 171
ratio of losses 166, 186, 187
reference 161
pumps 177
references 312
references and textbooks 320
registration 6, 8
network 8
related topics 32
defined 35
report
printout suppressed 162
report history after time 202
report paths 210
report pipes 210
reports 201
extremes 204
formatted 95
nodes 205
pipes 205
pockets 205
summary 204
tabulated 202
view 25
requirements to run HAMMER 4
reservoir 166
reverse flow 181
reverse spin 178
Reynolds number 279
Index-338
rigid column simulation 190

rigid column theory 248, 252, 255
risk management 192
rotating equipment 162, 171
rotational speed 179, 180
roughness
coefficient 307
roughness height 279, 280, 308
roughness values
Colebrook-White 308
Darcy-Weisbach 308
Hazen-Williams 309
Mannings 307
typical 310
rounding 151
rule 166
run duration 144
runout 172
rupture disk 188
S
sales 13
SAV 184
save animation as 216
save preset 209
SCADA 199
scale intervals 209
scale limits 209
scenario management 220
scientific notation 151
screen layout 159
searching for elements 157
second law of motion 252
selecting elements 155
selection set options 149
Sentinel 7, 9
serial number 6, 8
series pumps 228
setting run duration 144
settings 26
model 26
system 26
SewerCAD 318
short label display 207
shortcut menu 233
show extreme heads after 202
show frame 29, 159
HAMMER User's Guide
T
show title bar 29, 159
shutoff 172
SI 150
simulation
elastic 191
rigid column 190
sizing text 76
slow closing air valve 183
small outflow diameter 183
snapshot tables 202
software
suggestions 15
software network registration 8
software registration 6
specific speed 177, 180
equation 174
pumps 172, 174
speed
pumps 172
spherical valve 180
spring constant 184
SRV 184
start EPANET 25
start HAMMER 17
status bar 19
defined 79
steady state flow 246
steady-state friction loss 147
sticky tools 143
StormCAD 319
suggestions 15
summary reports 204
summary tab 144
support 7, 13
surge anticipator 182
surge anticipator valve 184
surge control 286
surge control equipment 162
surge control strategy 286
surge protection 289
surge relief valve 184
surge relief valves 299
surge tank 292, 294
surge tanks 185, 190
Surge2000 105, 139, 223
import 115
Swamee and Jain equation 279
symbol
size 24
HAMMER User's Guide
symbol visibility 149

symbols
hiding 149
normalize 149
system boundaries 164
system pipes 210
system requirements 4
system settings 26
T
tables
WaterObjects to HAMMER conversion 47
tabulated report 202
tanks
hydraulically close 228
top feed/bottom discharge 228
technical journals 320
technical support 13
telephone numbers 13
text 202
text sizing 76
thickness of a line 128
threshold pressure 165, 169, 184, 188
tick marks 213
ticks 211
time delay 178
time history 201
time of operation 168
time step
selection 195
time to close 170, 178, 179, 184
time to open 184
tips
display 231
import/export 219
modeling 224
title bar 18
titles 212
to node 163
toolbars 19, 75
tooltips tab 143
top feed tank 228
topics
online help 35
training 321
transient flow equations 248
transient friction 285
Index-339
U
transient friction loss 148
transient head 163, 164
transient heads 190
transient history 211
transient pressure 164
transient pressure pulses 199
transients
causes 239
effects 242
initiation 239
overview 236
theory 244
transition volume 183
transmission pipelines 262
turbine 180
inertia 180
operational rule 180
rotational speed 180
specific speed 180
turbine element reference 180
tutorials 81
See also lessons.
types of networks 264
types of pumping systems 264
types of valve 273
typical flow 177
typical pressure 188
U
U.S. customary 145, 150
uninstallation 5
troubleshooting 6
unit system 145
units 26, 145, 150
unsteady friction 285
unsteady friction loss 148
unsteady state
equations 248
upgrades 7
upstream pipe 169
URL 13
using help 30
V
vacuum 193
Index-340
vacuum breakers 182

validation 195, 197
value ranges 152
valve
spherical 180
valve closing pattern 274
valve of check type at wye branch 169
valve of various types between two pipes 169
valve to atmosphere 168
valve with linear area change between two pipes
170
valves 271
air inlet 182
air release 183
air vacuum 183
ball 169
bodies 273
butterfly 169
check 181
circular gate 169
closing characteristics 274
combination air 183
globe 169
needle 169
operating rule 169
pistons 273
pressure relief 181
regulating 181
selection 271
sizing 271
slow closing 183
surge anticipator 182, 184
surge relief 184, 299
theory 271
time to close 170
types 273
user-specified 169
vacuum breakers 182
vapor 193
vapor pockets 193
vapor pressure
adjustment 193
vapor volume 164
vapor volume maximum 164
variable speed pumps 176, 230, 269
view
logs 25
reports 25
view menu 158
HAMMER User's Guide
W
VSP 176, 230
W
walk 210
water column separation 193
WaterCAD 105, 139, 318
import 141, 223
WaterCAD to HAMMER elements 47
WaterGEMS 105, 139, 318
import 141, 223
WaterGEMS to HAMMER elements 47
WaterObject 141
WaterObjects 223
wave propagation 261
wave reflection 262
wave speed 144
adjustments 194
wave velocity 163
wear-and-tear 192
Web site 13
weir coefficient 186
what HAMMER is 1
workshops 13
WYSIWYG 214
Y
Youngs modulus 259
Z
zoom 24, 158
HAMMER User's Guide
Index-341
Index-342
HAMMER User's Guide

HAMMERUsersGuide PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HAMMERUsersGuide PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HAMMER

HYDRAULIC TRANSIENT MODELING SOFTWARE

Copyright 1986-2003 Haestad Methods, Inc. All rights reserved.

What is HAMMER? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Chapter 2: HAMMER Main Window

Main Window Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

HAMMER User's Guide

Help Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Hammer Dialog Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bladder Surge Tank (Surge) to Gas Vessel (HAMMER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49

Search Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HAMMER User's Guide

Copy Paths Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-74

Chapter 3: Quick Start Lessons

Lesson 1: Pipeline Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82

Part 5Animating Transient Results at Points and along Profiles . . . . . . . .3-100

HAMMER User's Guide

Chapter 4: Starting a HAMMER Project

File Management and Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Import and Export Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Project Management and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Determining Pressure Wave Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

Steady-State Friction Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147

Drawing Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

Chapter 5: Layout and Editing Tools

Finding Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157

HAMMER User's Guide

Chapter 6: Hydraulic Element Reference

Overview of Hydraulic Element Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-161

Chapter 7: Modeling Capabilities

Hydraulic Transient Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-189

Gathering Field Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-199

Chapter 8: Presenting Your Results

Hydraulic Element Labels and Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Generating Color Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-208

Animating Maps, Profiles and Point Histories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-215

Chapter A: Frequently Asked Questions

Overview: How Do I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-219

Modeling Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-224

HAMMER User's Guide

Modeling Parallel Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

How Do I Access the Knowledge Base? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-231

Editing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-233

Appendix B: HAMMER Theory and Practice

Hydraulic Transient Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Water System Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pump Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-267

HAMMER User's Guide

Constant-Horsepower Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-270

Friction and Minor Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-277

Appendix C: About Haestad Methods

HAMMER User's Guide

Chapter D: Environmental Hydraulics Group

Water Networks and Transmission Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-323

HAMMER User's Guide

HAMMER User's Guide

Internet ResourcesThe Haestad Methods WaterTalk forum is a free service

HAMMER User's Guide

Reduce the risk of transient-related damage to maximize operator safety and

HAMMER User's Guide

Orientation and Installation

Provide additional information (with respect to steady-state models) to help select